-
81 सु _su
1सु I. 1 U. (सुवति-ते) To go, move. -II. 1, 2 P. (सवति, सौति) To possess power or supremacy. -III. 5. U. (सुनोति, सुनुते; सुत; the स् of सु is changed to ष् after any preposition ending in इ or उ)1 To press out or extract juice.-2 To distil.-3 To pour out, sprinkle, make a libation.-4 To perform a sacrifice especially the Soma (sacrifice).-5 To bathe.-6 To churn. -Desid. (सुषूषति-ते) -- With उद् to excite, agitate. -प्र to produce, beget.2सु ind. A particle often used with nouns to form Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhī compounds, and with adjectives and adverbs. It has the following senses:--1 Well, good, excellent; as in सुगन्धि.-2 Beautiful, handsome; as in सुमध्यमा, सुकेशी &c.-3 Well, perfectly, thoroughly, properly; सुजीर्णमन्नं सुविचक्षणः सुतः सुशासिता स्त्री नृपतिः सुसेवितः......सुदीर्घकाले$पि न याति विक्रियाम् H.1.22.-4 Easily, readily, as in सुकर or सुलभ q. v.-5 Much, very much, exceedingly; सुदारुण, सुदीर्घ &c.-6 Worthy of respect or reverence.-7 It is also said to have the senses of assent, prosperity, and distress.-Comp. -अक्ष a.1 having good eyes.-2 having keen organs, acute.-अङ्ग a. well-shaped, handsome, lovely.-अच्छ a. see s. v.-अन्त a. having happy end, ending well.-अल्प, -अल्पक a. see s. v.-अस्ति, -अस्तिक see s. v.-आकार, -आकृति a. well-formed, handsome, beautiful.- आगत see s. v.-आदानम् taking justly or properly; स्वादानाद्वर्णसंसर्गात्त्वबलानां च रक्षणात् । बलं संजायते राज्ञः स प्रेत्येह च वर्धते ॥ Ms.8.172.-आभास a. very splendid or illustrious; सारतो न विरोधी नः स्वाभासो भरवानुत Ki.15. 22.-इष्ट a. properly sacrificed; स्विष्टं यजुर्भिः प्रणतो$स्मि यज्ञम् Bhāg.4.7.41. ˚कृत् m. a form of fire; धर्मादिभ्यो यथान्यायं मन्त्रैः स्विष्टकृतं बुधः Bhāg.11.27.41.-उक्त a. well-spoken, well-said; अथवा सूक्तं खलु केनापि Ve.3. (-क्ता) a kind of bird (सारिका).(-क्तम्) 1 a good or wise saying; नेतुं वाञ्छति यः खलान् पथि सतां सूक्तैः सुधा- स्यन्दिभिः Bh.2.6; R.15.97.-2 a Vedic hymn, as in पुरुषसूक्त &c. ˚दर्शिन् m. a hymn-seer, Vedic sage. ˚वाकन्यायः A rule of interpretation according to which some thing that is declared as being subordinate to some- thing else should be understood to signify a part or whole on the basis of expediency or utility. This is discussed by जैमिनि and शबर at MS.3.2.15-18. ˚वाच् f.1 a hymn.-2 praise, a word of praise.-उक्तिः f.1 a good or friendly speech.-2 a good or clever saying.-3 a correct sentence.-उत्तर a.1 very superior.-2 well towards the north.-उत्थान a. making good efforts, vigorous, active. (-नम्) vigorous effort or exertion.-उन्मद, -उन्माद a. quite mad or frantic.- उपसदन a. easy to be approached.-उपस्कर a. furnished with good instruments.-कण्टका the aloe plant.-कण्ठ a. sweet- voiced. (-ण्ठी) the female cuckoo.-कण्डुः itch.-कन्दः 1 an onion.-2 a yam.-3 a sort of grass.-कन्दकः onion.-कर a. (-रा or-री f.)1 easy to be done, practi- cable, feasible; वक्तुं सुकरं कर्तुं (अध्यवसातुं) दुष्करम् Ve.3 'sooner said than done'.-2 easy to be managed. (-रः) a good-natured horse. (-रा) a tractable cow. (-रम्) charity, benevolence.-कर्मन् a.1 one whose deeds are righteous, virtuous, good.-2 active, diligent. (-m.) N. of Visvakarman.-कल a. one who has acquired a great reputation for liberality in giving and using (money &c,)-कलिल a. well filled with.-कल्प a. very qualified or skilled; कालेन यैर्वा विमिताः सुकल्पैर्भूपांसवः खे मिहिका द्युभासः Bhāg.1.14.7.-कल्पित a. well equip- ped or armed.-कल्य a. perfectly sound.-काण्डः the Kāravella plant.-काण्डिका the Kāṇḍīra creeper.-काण्डिन् a.1 having beautiful stems.-2 beautifully joined. (-m.) a bee.-काष्ठम् fire-wood.-कुन्दकः an onion.-कुमार a.1 very delicate or soft, smooth.-2 beautifully young or youthful.(-रः) 1 a beautiful youth.-2 a kind of sugar-cane.-3 a kind of grain (श्यामाक).-4 a kind of mustard.-5 the wild Cham- paka.(-रा) 1 the double jasmine.-2 the plantain.-3 the great-flowered jasmine.-कुमारकः 1 a beauti- ful youth.-2 rice (शालि).(-कम्) 1 the Tamāla- patra.-2 a particutar part of the ear.-कुमारी the Navamallikā jasmine.-कृत् a.1 doing good, benevolent.-2 pious, virtuous, righteous.-3 wise, learned.-4 for- tunate, lucky.-5 making good sacrifices or offerings. (-m.)1 a skilful worker.-2 N. of Tvaṣṭri.-कृत a.1 done well or properly.-2 thoroughly done; कच्चिन्नु सुकृतान्येव कृतरूपाणि वा पुनः । विदुस्ते सर्वकार्याणि Rām.2.1.2.-3 well made or constructed.-4 treated with kindness, assisted, befriended.-5 virtuous, righteous, pious.-6 lucky, fortunate.(-तम्) 1 any good or virtuous act, kindness, favour, service; नादत्ते कस्यचित् पापं न चैव सुकृतं विभुः Bg.5.15; Me.17.-2 virtue, moral or religious merit; स्वर्गाभिसंधिसुकृतं वञ्चनामिव मेनिरे Ku.6.47; तच्चिन्त्यमानं सुकृतं तवेति R.14.16.-3 fortune, auspiciousness.-4 recompense, reward.-5 Penance; तदभूरिवासरकृतं सुकृतैरुप- लभ्य वैभवमनन्यभवम् Ki.6.29.-कृतिः f.1 well-doing, a good act.-2 kindness, virtue.-3 practice of penance.-4 auspiciousness.-कृतिन् a.1 acting well or kindly.-2 virtuous, pious, good, righteous; सन्तः सन्तु निरापदः सुकृतिनां कीर्तिश्चिरं वर्धताम् H.4.132; चतुर्विधा भजन्ते मां जनाः सुकृतिनो$र्जुन Bg.7.16.-3 wise, learned.-4 benevolent.-5 fortunate, lucky.-कृत्यम् a good action; सुकृत्यं विष्णु- गुप्तस्य मित्राप्तिर्भार्गवस्य च Pt.2.45.-केश(स)रः the citron tree.-क्रतुः 1 N. of Agni.-2 of Śiva.-3 of Indra.-4 of Mitra and Varuṇa.-5 of the sun.-6 of Soma.-क्रयः a fair bargain.-क्षेत्र a. sprung from a good womb.-खल्लिका luxurious life.-ग a.1 going gracefully or well.-2 graceful, elegant.-3 easy of access; अकृत्यं मन्यते कृत्यमगम्यं मन्यते सुगम् । अभक्ष्यं मन्यते भक्ष्यं स्त्रीवाक्यप्रेरितो नरः ॥ Pt.2.148.-4 intelligible, easy to be understood (opp. दुर्ग). (-गः) a Gandharva; गीतैः सुगा वाद्यधराश्च वाद्यकैः Bhāg.1.12.34.(-गम्) 1 ordure, feces.-2 happiness.-गण् m. a good calculator; L. D. B. -a. counting well.-गणकः a good calculator or astronomer.-गत a.1 well-gone or passed.-2 well-bestowed. (-तः) an epithet of Buddha.-गतिः 1 Welfare, hap- piness.-2 a secure refuge.-गन्धः 1 fragrance, odour, perfume.-2 sulphur.-3 a trader.(-न्धम्) 1 sandal.-2 small cumin seed.-3 a blue lotus.-4 a kind of fragrant grass. (-न्धा) sacred basil.-गन्धकः 1 sulphur.-2 the red Tulasee.-3 the orange.-4 a kind of gourd,-गन्धमूला a land-growing lotus-plant; L. D. B.-गन्धारः an epithet of Śiva.-गन्धि a.1 sweet-smelling, fra- grant, redolent with perfumes.-2 virtuous, pious.(-न्धिः) 1 perfume, fragrance.-2 the Supreme Being.-3 a kind of sweet-smelling mango. (-न्धि n.)1 the root of long pepper.-2 a kind of fragrant grass.-3 cori- ander seed. ˚त्रिफला1 nutmeg.-2 areca nut.-3 cloves. ˚मूलम् the root Uśīra. ˚मूषिका the musk-rat.-गन्धिकः 1 incense.-2 sulphur.-3 a kind of rice. (-कम्) the white lotus.-गम a.1 easy of access, accessible.-2 easy.-3 plain, intelligible.-गरम् cinnabar.-गहना an enclosure round a place of sacrifice to exclude profane access. ˚वृत्तिः f. the same as above.-गात्री a beautiful woman.-गृद्ध a. intensely longing for.-गृह a. (-ही f.) having a beautiful house or abode, well-lodged; सुगृही निर्गृहीकृता Pt.1.39.-गृहीत a.1 held well or firmly, grasped.-2 used or applied properly or auspiciously. ˚नामन् a.1 one whose name is auspiciously invoked, one whose name it is auspicious to utter (as Bali, Yudhi- ṣṭhira), a term used as a respectful mode of speaking; सुगृहीतनाम्नः भट्टगोपालस्य पौत्रः Māl.1.-ग्रासः a dainty mor- sel.-ग्रीव a. having a beautiful neck.(-वः) 1 a hero.-2 a swan.-3 a kind of weapon.-4 N. of one of the four horses of Kṛiṣṇa.-5 of Śiva.-6 of Indra.-7 N. of a monkey-chief and brother of Vāli. [By the advice of Kabandha, Rāma went to Sugrīva who told him how his brother had treated him and besought his assistance in recovering his wife, promising at the same time that he would assist Rāma in recovering his wife Sīta. Rāma, therfore, killed vāli, and installed Sugrīva on the throne. He then assisted Rāma with his hosts of monkeys in conquering Rāvaṇa, and recovering Sīta.] ˚ईशः N. of Rāma; सुग्रीवेशः कटी पातु Rāma-rakṣā.8.-ग्ल a. very weary or fatigued.-घोष a. having a pleasant sound. (-षः) N. of the conch of Nakula; नकुलः सहदेवश्च सुघोषमणपुष्पकौ Bg.1.16.-चक्षुस् a. having good eyes, seeing well. (-m.)1 discerning or wise man, learned man.-2 The glomerous fig-tree.-चरित, -चरित्र a.1 well-conducted, well-behaved; वृषभैकादशा गाश्च दद्यात् सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.116.-2 moral, virtuous; तान् विदित्वा सुचरितैर्गूढैस्तत्कर्मकारिभिः Ms.9.261. (-तम्, -त्रम्) 1 good conduct, virtuous deeds.-2 merit; तव सुचरितमङ्गुलीय नूनं प्रतनु Ś.6.1. (-ता, -त्रा) a well-conducted, devoted, and virtuous wife.-चर्मन् m. the Bhūrja tree.-चित्रकः 1 a king fisher.-2 a kind of speckled snake.-चित्रा a kind of gourd.-चिन्ता, -चिन्तनम् deep thought, deep reflection or consideration.-चिरम् ind. for a very long time, very long.-चिरायुस् m. a god, deity.-चुटी a pair of nippers or tongs.-चेतस् a.1 well-minded.-2 wise.-चेतीकृत a. with the heart satiated; well- disposed; ततः सुचेतीकृतपौरभृत्यः Bk.3.2.-चेलकः a fine cloth.-च्छद a. having beautiful leaves.-छत्रः N. of Śiva. (-त्रा) the river Sutlej.-जन a.1 good, virtuous, respectable.-2 kind, benevolent.(-नः) 1 a good or virtuous man, benevolent man.-2 a gentleman.-3 N. of Indra's charioteer.-जनता 1 goodness, kind- ness, benevolence, virtue; ऐश्वर्यस्य विभूषणं सुजनता Bh.2. 82.-2 a number of good men.-3 bravery.-जन्मन् a.1 of noble or respectable birth; या कौमुदी नयनयोर्भवतः सुजन्मा Māl.1.34.-2 legitimate, lawfully born.-जलम् a lotus.-जल्पः 1 a good speech.-2 a kind of speech thus described by Ujjvalamaṇi; यत्रार्जवात् सगाम्भीर्यं सदैन्यं सहचापलम् । सोत्कण्ठं च हरिः स्पृष्टः स सुजल्पो निगद्यते ॥-जात a.1 well-grown, tall.-2 well made or produced.-3 of high birth.-4 beautiful, lovely; सुजातं कल्याणी भवतु कृत- कृत्यः स च युवा Māl.1.16; R.3.8.-5 very delicate; खिद्यत् सुजाताङ्घ्रितलामुन्निन्ये प्रेयसीं प्रियः Bhāg.1.3.31.-डीनकम् a kind of flight of birds; Mb.8.41.27 (com. पश्चाद् गतिः पराडीनं स्वर्गगं सुडीनकम्).-तनु a.1 having a beautiful body.-2 extremely delicate or slender, very thin.-3 emaciated. (-नुः, -नूः f.) a lovely lady; एताः सुतनु मुखं ते सख्यः पश्यन्ति हेमकूटगताः V.1.1; Ś.7.24.-तन्त्री a.1 well-stringed.-2 (hence) melodious.-तपस् a.1 one who practises austere penance; a वानप्रस्थ; स्विष्टिः स्वधीतिः सुतपा लोकाञ्जयति यावतः Mb.12.71.3.-2 having great heat. (-m.)1 an ascetic, a devotee, hermit, an anchorite.-2 the sun. (-n.) an austere penance.-तप्त a.1 greatly harassed, afflicted.-2 very severe (as a penance); तपसैव सुतप्तेन मुच्यन्ते किल्बिषात्ततः Ms.11.239.-तमाम् ind. most excellently, best.-तराम् ind.1 bet- ter, more excellently.-2 exceedingly, very, very much, excessively; तया दुहित्रा सुतरां सवित्री स्फुरत्प्रभामण्डलया चकाशे Ku.1.24; सुतरां दयालुः R.2.53;7.21;14.9;18.24.-3 more so, much more so; मय्यप्यास्था न ते चेत्त्वयि मम सुतरा- मेष राजन् गतो$ स्मि Bh.3.3.-4 consequently.-तर्दनः the (Indian) cuckco.-तर्मन् a. good for crossing over; सुतर्माणमधिनावं रुहेम Ait. Br.1.13; (cf. also यज्ञो वै सुतर्मा).-तलम् 1 'immense depth', N. of one of the seven regi- ons below the earth; see पाताल; (याहि) सुतलं स्वर्गीभिः प्रार्थ्यं ज्ञातिभिः परिवारितः Bhāg.8.22.33.-2 the foundation of a large building.-तान a. melodious.-तार a.1 very bright.-2 very loud; सुतारैः फूत्कारैः शिव शिव शिवेति प्रतनुमः Bh.3.2.-3 having a beautiful pupil (as an eye). (-रः) a kind of perfume. (-रा) (in Sāṁkhya) one of the nine kinds of acquiescence.-तिक्तकः the coral tree.-तीक्ष्ण a.1 very sharp.-2 very pungent.-3 acutely painful.(-क्ष्णः) 1 the Śigru tree.-2 N. of a sage; नाम्ना सुतीक्ष्णश्चरितेन दान्तः R.13.41. ˚दशनः an epithet of Śiva.-तीर्थः 1 a good preceptor.-2 N. of Śiva. -a. easily crossed or traversed.-तुङ्ग a. very lofty or tall.(-ङ्गः) 1 the cocoa-nut tree.-2 the culminating point of a planet.-तुमुल a. very loud.-तेजन a. well-pointed, sharpened. (-नः) a well-pointed arrow.-तेजस् a.1 very sharp.-2 very bright, or splendid.-3 very mighty. (-m.) a worshipper of the sun.-दक्षिण a.1 very sincere or upright.-2 liberal or rich in sacrificial gifts; यज्ञैर्भूरिसुदक्षिणैः सुविहितैः संप्राप्यते यत् फलम् Pt.1. 31.-3 very skilful.-4 very polite. (-णा) N. of the wife of Dilīpa; तस्य दाक्षिण्यरूढेन नाम्ना मगधवंशजा पत्नी सुदक्षिणेत्यासीत् R.1.31;3.1.-दण्डः a cane, ratan.-दत् a. (-ती f.) having handsome teeth; जगाद भूयः सुदतीं सुनन्दा R.6.37.-दन्तः 1 a good tooth.-2 an actor; a dancer. (-न्ती) the female elephant of the north-west quarter.-दर्श a. lovely, gracious looking; सुदर्शः स्थूललक्षयश्च न भ्रश्येत सदा श्रियः Mb.12.56.19 (com. सुदर्शः प्रसन्नवक्त्रः).-दर्शन a. (-ना or-नी f.)1 good-looking, beautiful, handsome.-2 easily seen. (-नः) the discus of Viṣṇu; as in कृष्णो$प्यसु- दर्शनः K.-2 N. of Śiva.-3 of mount Meru.-4 a vul- ture. (-नी, -नम्) N. of Amarāvatī, Indra's capital. (-नम्) N. of Jambudvīpa.-दर्शना 1 a handsome wo- man.-2 a woman.-3 an order, a command.-4 a kind of drug.-दास् a. very bountiful.-दान्तः a Buddhist.-दामन् a. one who gives liberally. (-m.)1 a cloud.-2 a moun- tain.-3 the sea.-4 N. of Indra's elephant.-5 N. of a very poor Brāhmaṇa who came to Dvārakā with only a small quantity of parched rice as a present to his friend Kṛiṣṇa, and was raised by him to wealth and glory.-दायः 1 a good or auspicious gift.-2 a special gift given on particular solemn occasions.-3 one who offers such a gift.-दिनम् 1 a happy or auspicious day.-2 a fine day or weather (opp दुर्दिनम्); so सुदिनाहम् in the same sense.-दिह् a. well-polished, bright.-दीर्घ a. very long or extended. (-र्घा) a kind of cucumber.-दुराधर्ष a.1 very hard to get.-2 quite intolerable.-दुरावर्त a. a very hard to be convinced.-दुरासद a. unapproachable.-दुर्जर a. very difficult to be digested.-दुर्मनस् a. very troubled in mind.-दुर्मर्ष a. quite in- tolerable.-दुर्लभ a. very scarce or rare.-दुश्चर a.1 inaccessible.-2 very painful.-दुश्चिकित्स a. very difficult to be cured.-दुष्प्रभः a chameleon.-दूर a. very distant or remote. (-सुदूरम् means1 to a great distance.-2 to a very high degree, very much; सुदूरं पीडयेत् कामः शरद्गुणनिरन्तरः Rām.4.3.12.-सुदूरात् 'from afar, from a distance').-दृढ a. very firm or hard, compact.-दृश् a. having beautiful eyes. (-f.) a pretty woman.-देशिकः a good guide.-धन्वन् a. having an excellent bow. (-m.)1 a good archer or bowman.-2 Ananta, the great serpent.-3 N. of Viśvakarman. ˚आचार्यः a mixed caste; वैश्यात्तु जायते व्रात्यात् सुधन्वाचार्य एव च Ms.1.23.-धर्मन् a. attentive to duties. (-f.) the council or assembly of gods. (-m.)1 the hall or palace of Indra.-2 one diligent in properly maintaining his family.-धर्मा, -र्मी 1 the council or assembly of gods (देवसभा); ययावुदीरितालोकः सुधर्मानवमां सभाम् R.17.27.-2 (सुधर्मा) N. of Dvārakā; दिवि भुव्यन्तरिक्षे च महोत्पातान् समु- त्थितान् । दृष्ट्वासीनान् सुधर्मायां कृष्णः प्राह यदूनिदम् ॥ Bhāg.11.3. 4;1.14.34.-धात a. well cleaned.-धार a. well-pointed (as an arrow).-धित a. Ved.1 perfect, secure.-2 kind, good.-3 happy, prosperous.-4 well-aimed or directed (as a weapon).-धी a. having a good understanding, wise, clever, intelligent. (-धीः) a wise or intelligent man, learned man or pandit. (-f.) a good under- standing, good sense, intelligence. ˚उपास्यः1 a particu- lar kind of royal palace.-2 N. of an attendant on Kṛiṣṇa. (-स्यम्) the club of Balarāma. ˚उपास्या1 a woman.-2 N. of Umā, or of one of her female com- panions.-3 a sort of pigment.-ध्रूम्रवर्णा one of the seven tongues of fire.-नन्दम् N. of Balarāma's club; प्रतिजग्राह बलवान् सुनन्देनाहनच्च तम् Bhāg.1.67.18.-नन्दः a kind of royal palace.-नन्दा 1 N. of a woman.-2 N. of Pārvatī; L. D. B.-3 yellow pigment; L. D. B.-नयः 1 good conduct.-2 good policy.- नयन a. having beau- tiful eyes. (-नः) a deer.(-ना) 1 a woman having beautiful eyes.-2 a woman in general.-नाभ a.1 having a beautiful navel.-2 having a good nave or cen- tre.(-भः) 1 a mountain.-2 the Maināka mountain, q. v. (-भम्) a wheel, discus (सुदर्शन); ये संयुगे$चक्षत तार्क्ष्यपुत्रमंसे सुनाभायुधमापतन्तम् Bhāg.3.2.24.-नालम् a red water-lily.-निःष्ठित a. quite ready.-निर्भृत a. very lonely or private. (-तम्) ind. very secretly or closely, very narrowly, privately.-निरूढ a. well-purged by an injection; Charaka.-निरूहणम् a good purgative.-निर्णिक्त a. well polished.-निश्चलः an epithet of Śiva.-निषण्णः (-कः) the herb Marsilea Quadrifolia (Mar. कुऱडू).-निहित a. well-established.-नीत a.1 well-con- ducted, well-behaved.-2 polite, civil.(-तनि) 1 good conduct or behaviour.-2 good policy or prodence.-नीतिः f.1 good conduct, good manners, propriety.-2 good policy.-3 N. of the mother of Dhruva, q. v.-नीथ a. well-disposed, well conducted, righteous, vir- tuous, good.(-थः) 1 a Brāhmaṇa.-2 N. of Śiśupāla, q. v.; तस्मिन्नभ्यर्चिते कृष्णे सुनीथः शत्रुकर्षणः Mb.1.39.11.-3 Ved. a good leader.-नील a. very black or blue. (-लः) the pomegranate tree. (-ला) common flax.(-लम्), -नीलकः a blue gem.-नु n. water.-नेत्र a. having good or beautiful eyes.-पक्व a.1 well-cooked.-2 thoroughly matured or ripe. (-क्वः) a sort of fra- grant mango.-पठ a. legible.-पत्नी a woman having a good husband.-पत्र a.1 having beautiful wings.-2 well-feathered (an arrow).-पथः 1 a good road.-2 a good course.-3 good conduct.-पथिन् m. (nom. sing. सुपन्थाः) a good road.-पद्मा orris root.-परीक्षित a. well-examined.-पर्ण a. (-र्णा or-र्णी f.)1 well-winged; तं भूतनिलयं देवं सुपर्णमुपधावत Bhāg.8.1.11.-2 having good or beautiful leaves.(-र्णः) 1 a ray of the sun.-2 a class of bird-like beings of a semi-divine charac- ter.-3 any supernatural bird.-4 an epithet of Garuḍa; ततः सुपर्णव्रजपक्षजन्मा नानागतिर्मण्डलयन् जवेन Ki.16.44.-5 a cock.-6 the knowing (ज्ञानरूप); देहस्त्वचित्पुरुषो$यं सुपर्णः क्रुध्येत कस्मै नहि कर्ममूलम् Bhāg.11.23.55.-7 Any bird; द्वा सुपर्णा सयुजा सखाया समानं वृक्षं परिषस्वजाते Muṇd. 3.1.1. ˚केतुः N. of Viṣṇu; तमकुण्ठमुखाः सुपर्णकेतोरिषवः क्षिप्तमिषुव्रजं परेण Śi.2.23.-पर्णकः = सुपर्ण.-पर्णा, -पर्णी f.1 a number of lotuses.-2 a pool abounding in lotuses.-3 N. of the mother of Garuḍa.-पर्यवदात a. very clean.-पर्याप्त a.1 very spacious; तस्य मध्ये सुपर्याप्तं कारयेद् गृहमात्मनः Ms.7.76.-2 well-fitted.-पर्वन् a. well- jointed, having many joints or knots. (-m.)1 a bam- boo.-2 an arrow.-3 a god, deity; विहाय या सर्वसुपर्व- नायकम् N.4.9;14.41,76.-4 a special lunar day (as the day of full or new moon, and the 8th and 14th day of each fortnight).-5 smoke. (-f.) white Dūrvā grass.-पलायित a.1 completely fled or run away.-2 skilfully retreated.-पाक्यम् a kind of medicinal salt (Mar. बिडलोण).-पात्रम् 1 a good or suitable vessel, worthy receptacle.-2 a fit or competent person, any one well-fitted for an office, an able person.-पाद् (-पाद् or-पदी f.) having good or handsome feet.-पार्श्वः 1 the waved-leaf fig-tree (प्लक्ष).-2 N. of the son of Sampāti, elder brother of Jaṭāyu.-पालि a. distinguished.-पीतम् 1 a carrot.-2 yellow sandal. (-तः) the fifth Muhūrta.-पुंसी a woman having a good husband.-पुरम् a strong fortress.-पुष्प a. (-ष्पा or-ष्पी f.) having beautiful flowers.(-ष्पः) 1 the coral tree.-2 the Śirīṣa tree. (-ष्पी) the plantain tree.(-ष्पम्) 1 cloves.-2 the menstrual excretion.-पुष्पित a.1 well blossomed, being in full flower.-2 having the hair thrilling or bristling.-पूर a.1 easy to be filled; सुपूरा स्यात् कुनदिका सुपूरो मूषिकाञ्जलिः Pt.1.25.-2 well-filling. (-रः) a kind of citron (बीजपूर).-पूरकः the Baka-puṣpa tree.-पेशस् a. beautiful, tender; रत्नानां पद्मरागो$स्मि पद्मकोशः सुपेशसाम् Bhāg.11.16.3. ˚कृत् m. a kind of fly; Bhāg.11.7.34.-प्रकाश a.1 manifest, apparent; ज्येष्ठे मासि नयेत् सीमां सुप्रकाशेषु सेतुषु Ms.8.245.-2 public, notorious.-प्रतर्कः a sound judgment.-प्रतिभा spirituous liquor.-प्रतिष्ठ a.1 standing well.-2 very celebrated, renowned, glorious, famous.(-ष्ठा) 1 good position.-2 good reputation, fame, celebrity.-3 esta- blishment, erection.-4 installation, consecration.-प्रतिष्ठित a.1 well-established.-2 consecrated.-3 ce- lebrated. (-तः) the Udumbara tree.-प्रतिष्णात a.1 thoroughly purified.-2 well-versed in.-3 well-investi- gated, clearly ascertained or determined.-प्रतीक a.1 having a beautiful shape, lovely, handsome; भगवान् भागवतवात्सल्यतया सुप्रतीकः Bhāg.5.3.2.-2 having a beau- tiful trunk.(-कः) 1 an epithet of Kāmadeva.-2 of Śiva.-3 of the elephant of the north-east quarter.-4 An honest man; स्तेयोपायैर्विरचितकृतिः सुप्रतीको यथास्ते Bhāg.1.8.31.-प्रपाणम् a good tank.-प्रभ a. very brilliant, glorious. (-भा) one of the seven tongues of fire.-प्रभातम् 1 an auspicious dawn or day-break; दिष्टथा सुप्रभातमद्य यदयं देवो दृष्टः U.6.-2 the earliest dawn.-प्रभावः omnipotence.-प्रमाण a. large-sized.-प्रयुक्तशरः a skilful archer.-प्रयोगः 1 good management or ap- plication.-2 close contact.-3 dexterity.-प्रलापः good speech, eloquence.-प्रसन्नः N. of Kubera.-प्रसाद a. very gracious or propitious. (-दः) N. of Śiva.-प्रातम् a fine morning.-प्रिय a. very much liked, agreeable. (-यः) (in prosody) a foot of two short syllables.(-या) 1 a charming woman.-2 a beloved mistress.-प्रौढा a marriageable girl.-फल a.1 very fruitful, very productive.-2 very fertile.(-लः) 1 the pomegranate tree.-2 the jujube.-3 the Karṇikāra tree.-4 a kind of bean.(-ला) 1 a pumpkin, gourd.-2 the plan- tain tree.-3 a variety of brown grape.-4 colocynth.-फेनः a cuttle-fish bone.-बन्धः sesamum.-बभ्रु a. dark-brown.-बल a. very powerful.(-लः) 1 N. of Śiva.-2 N. of the father of Śakuni.-बान्धवः N. of Śiva.-बाल a. very childish.-बाहु a.1 handsome- armed.-2 strong-armed. (-हुः) N. of a demon, brother of Mārīcha, who had become a demon by the curse of Agastya. He with Mārīcha began to disturb the sacrifice of Viśvāmitra, but was defeated by Rāma. and Lakṣmaṇa; यः सुबाहुरिति राक्षसो$परस्तत्र तत्र विससर्प मायया R.11.29.-बीजम् good seed; सुबीजं चैव सुक्षेत्रे जातं संपद्यते तथा Ms.1.69.(-जः) 1 N. of Śiva.-2 the poppy.-बोध a.1 easily apprehended or understood. (-धः) good information or advice.-ब्रह्मण्यः 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya.-2 N. of one of the sixteen priests employed at a sacrifice.-भग a.1 very fortu- nate or prosperous, happy, blessed, highly favoured.-2 lovely, charming, beautiful, pretty; न तु ग्रीष्मस्यैवं सुभगमपराद्धं युवतिषु Ś.3.9; Ku.4.34; R.11.8; Māl.9.-3 pleasant, grateful, agreeable, sweet; दिवसाः सुभगा- दित्याश्छायासलिलदुर्भगाः Rām.3.16.1; श्रवणसुभग M.3.4; Ś.1.3.-4 beloved, liked, amiable, dear; सुमुखि सुभगः पश्यन् स त्वामुपैतु कृतार्थताम् Gīt.5.-5 illustrious.(-गः) 1 borax.-2 the Aśoka tree.-3 the Champaka tree.-4 red amarnath. (-गम्) good fortune. ˚मानिन्, सुभगं- मन्य a.1 considering oneself fortunate, amiable, pleasing; वाचालं मां न खलु सुभगंमन्यभावः करोति Me.96.-2 vain, flattering oneself.-भगा 1 a woman beloved by her hus- band, a favourite wife.-2 an honoured mother.-3 a kind of wild jasmine.-4 turmeric.-5 the Priyaṅgu creeper.-6 the holy basil.-7 a woman having her husband alive (सौभाग्यवती); जयशब्दैर्द्विजाग्र्याणां सुभगानर्तितै- स्तथा Mb.7.7.9.-8 a five-year old girl representing Durgā at festivals.-9 musk. ˚सुत the son of a favou- rite wife.-भङ्गः the cocoa-nut tree.-भटः a great war- rior, champion, soldier.-भट्टः a learned man.-भद्र a. very happy or fortunate. (-द्रः) N. of Viṣṇu; साकं साकम्पमंसे वसति विदधती बासुभद्रं सुभद्रम् Viṣṇupāda S.31. (-द्रा) N. of the sister of Balarāma and Kṛiṣṇa, married to Arjuna q. v. She bore to him a son named Abhimanyu.-भद्रकः 1 a car for carrying the image of a god.-2 the Bilva tree.-भाषित a.1 spoken well or eloquent.(-तम्) 1 fine speech, eloquence, learning; जीर्णमङ्गे सुभाषितम् Bh.3.2.-2ल a witty saying, an apophthegm, an apposite saying; सुभाषितेन गीतेन युवतीनां च लीलया । मनो न भिद्यते यस्य स वै मुक्तो$थवा पशुः Subhāṣ.-3 a good remark; बालादपि सुभाषितम् (ग्राह्यम्).-भिक्षम् 1 good alms, successful begging.-2 abundance of food, an abundant supply of provisions, plenty of corn &c.-भीरकः the Palāśa tree.-भीरुकम् silver.-भूतिः 1 well-being, wel- fare.-2 the Tittira bird; Gīrvāṇa.-भूतिकः the Bilva tree.-भूषणम् a type of pavilion where a ceremony is performed on a wife's perceiving the first signs of con- ception; सुभूषणाख्यं विप्राणां योग्यं पुंसवनार्थकम् Māna.34.354.-भृत a.1 well-paid.-2 heavily laden.-भ्रू a. having beautiful eyebrows. (-भ्रूः f.) a lovely woman. (N. B. The vocative singular of this word is strictly सुभ्रूः; but सुभ्रु is used by writers like Bhaṭṭi. Kālidāsa, and Bhavabhūti; हा पितः क्वासि हे सुभ्रु Bk.6.17; so V.3.22; Ku.5.43; Māl.3.8.)-मङ्गल a.1 very auspicious.-2 abounding in sacrifices.-मति a. very wise. (-तिः f.)1 a good mind or disposition, kindness, benevolence, friendship.-2 a favour of the gods.-3 a gift, blessing.-4 a prayer, hymn.-5 a wish or desire.-6 N. of the wife of Sagara and mother of 6, sons.-मदनः the mango tree.-मदात्मजा a celestial damsel.-मधुरम् a very sweet or gentle speech, agreeable words.-मध्य, -मध्यम a. slender-waisted.-मध्या, -मध्यमा a graceful woman.-मन a. very charming, lovely, beautiful.(-नः) 1 wheat.-2 the thorn-apple. (-ना) the great-flowered jasmine.-मनस् a.1 good-minded, of a good disposition, benevolent; शान्तसंकल्पः सुमना यथा स्याद्वीतमन्युर्गौतमो माभिमृत्यो Kaṭh.1.1.-2 well-pleased, satisfied; (hence-सुमनीभू = to be at ease; जिते नृपारौ समनीभवन्ति शद्बायमानान्यशनैरशङ्कम् Bk.2.54.). (-m.)1 a god, divinity.-2 a learned man.-3 a student of the Vedas.-4 wheat.-5 the Nimba tree. (-f., n.; said to be pl. only by some) a flower; मुमुचुर्मुनयो देवाः सुमनांसि मुदान्विताः Bhāg.1.3.7; रमणीय एष वः सुमनसां संनिवेशः Māl.1. (where the adjectival; sense in 1 is also intended); किं सेव्यते सुमनसां मनसापि गन्धः कस्तू- रिकाजननशक्तिभृता मृगेण R.G; Śi.6.66. ˚वर्णकम् flowers, unguent or perfume etc. for the body; सा तदाप्रभृति सुमनो- वर्णकं नेच्छति Avimārakam 2. (-f.)1 the great-flowered jasmine.-2 the Mālatī creeper. ˚फलः the woodapple. ˚फलम् nutmeg.-मनस्क a. cheerful, happy.-मन्तु a.1 advising well.-2 very faulty or blameable. (-m.) a good adviser.-मन्त्रः N. of the charioteer of Daśāratha.-मन्दभाज् a. very unfortunate.-मर्दित a. much harassed.-मर्षण a. easy to be borne.-मित्रा 1 N. of one of the wives of Daśāratha and mother of Lakṣmaṇa and Śatrughna.-मुख a. (-खा or-खी f.)1 having a beautiful face, lovely.-2 pleasing.-3 disposed to, eager for; सुरसद्मयानसुमुखी जनता Ki.6.42.-4 favour- able, kind.-5 well-pointed (as an arrow).-6 (सुमुखा) having a good entrance.(-खः) 1 a learned man.-2 an epithet of Garuḍa.-3 of Gaṇeśa; सुमुखश्चैकदन्तश्च कपिलो गजकर्णकः Maṅgal. S.1.-4 of Śiva.(-खम्) 1 the scratch of a finger-nail.-2 a kind of building.(-खा, -खी) 1 a handsome woman.-2 a mirror.-मूलकम् a carrot.-मृत a. stone-dead.-मेखलः the Muñja grass.-मेधस a. having a good understanding, wise, intelligent; इमे अङ्गिरसः सत्रमासते$द्य सुमेधसः Bhāg.9.4.3. (-m.) a wise man. (-f.) heart-pea.-मेरुः 1 the sac- red mountain Meru, q. v.-2 N. of Śiva.-यन्त्रित a.1 well-governed.-2 self-controlled.-यमाः a parti- cular class of gods; जातो रुचेरजनयत् सुयमान् सुयज्ञ आकूति- सूनुरमरानथ दक्षिणायाम् Bhāg.2.7.2.-यवसम् beautiful grass, good pasturage.-यामुनः 1 a palace.-2 N. of Viṣṇu.-युक्तः N. of Śiva.-योगः 1 a favourable junc- ture.-2 good opportunity.-योधनः an epithet of Duryodhana q. v.-रक्त a.1 well coloured.-2 im- passioned.-3 very lovely.-4 sweet-voiced; सुरक्तगोपी- जनगीतनिःस्वने Ki.4.33.-रक्तकः 1 a kind of red chalk.-2 a kind of mango tree.-रङ्गः 1 good colour.-2 the orange.-3 a hole cut in a house (सुरङ्गा also in this sense).(-ङ्गम्) 1 red sanders.-2 vermilion. ˚धातुः red chalk. ˚युज् m. a house-breaker.-रङ्गिका the Mūrvā plant.-रजःफलः the jack-fruit tree.-रञ्जनः the betel nut tree.-रत a.1 much sported.-2 playful.-3 much enjoyed.-4 compassionate, tender.(-तम्) 1 great delight or enjoyment.-2 copulation, sexual union or intercourse, coition; सुरतमृदिता बालवनिता Bh.2. 44. ˚गुरुः the husband; पर्यच्छे सरसि हृतें$शुके पयोभिर्लोलाक्षे सुरतगुरावपत्रपिष्णोः Śi.8.46. ˚ताण्डवम् vigorous sexual movements; अद्यापि तां सुरतताण्डवसूत्रधारीं (स्मरामि) Bil. Ch. Uttara.28. ˚ताली1 a female messenger, a go-between.-2 a chaplet, garland for the head. ˚प्रसंगः addiction to amorous pleasures; कालक्रमेणाथ योः प्रवृत्ते स्वरूपयोग्ये सुरत- प्रसंगे Ku.1.19.-रतिः f. great enjoyment or satis- faction.-रस a. well-flavoured, juicy, savoury.-2 sweet.-3 elegant (as a composition). (-सः, -सा) the plant सिन्धुवार. (-सा) N. of Durgā. (-सा, -सम्) the sacred basil.(-सम्) 1 gum-myrrh.-2 fragrant grass.-राजन् a. governed by a good king; सुराज्ञि देशे राजन्वान् Ak. (-m.)1 a good king.-2 a divinity.-राजिका a small house-lizard.-राष्ट्रम् N. of a country on the western side of India (Surat). ˚जम् a kind of poison.-2 a sort of black bean (Mar. तूर). ˚ब्रह्मः a Brāhmaṇa of Surāṣṭra.-रूप a.1 well-formed, handsome, love- ly; सुरूपा कन्या.-2 wise, learned. (-पः) an epithet of Śiva.-रूहकः a horse resembling an ass.-रेतस् n. mental power (चिच्छक्ति); सुरेतसादः पुनराविश्य चष्टे Bhāg. 5.7.14.-रेभ a. fine-voiced; स्यन्दना नो चतुरगाः सुपेभा वाविपत्तयः । स्यन्दना नो च तुरगाः सुरेभा वा विपत्तयः ॥ Ki.15.16. (-भम्) tin.-लक्षण a.1 having auspicious or beautiful marks.-2 fortunate.(-णम्) 1 observing, examining carefully, determining, ascertaining.-2 a good or auspicious mark.-लक्षित a. well determined or ascertained; तुलामानं प्रतीमानं सर्वं च स्यात् सुलक्षितम् Ms.8.43.-लग्नः, -ग्नम् an auspicious moment.-लभ a.1 easy to be obtained, easy of attainment, attainable, feasible; न सुलभा सकलेन्दुमुखी च सा V.2.9; इदमसुलभवस्तुप्रार्थनादुर्नि- वारम् 2.6.-2 ready for, adapted to, fit, suitable; निष्ठ्यूतश्चरणोपभोगसुलभो लाक्षारसः केनचित् Ś.4.4.-3 natural to, proper for; मानुषतासुलभो लघिमा K. ˚कोप a. easily provoked, irascible.-लिखित a. well registered.-लुलित a.1 moving playfully.-2 greatly hurt, injured.-लोचन a. fine-eyed. (-नः) a deer.(-ना) 1 a beauti- ful woman.-2 N. of the wife of Indrajit.-लोहकम् brass.-लोहित a. very red. (-ता) one of the seven tongues of fire.-वक्त्रम् 1 a good face or mouth.-2 correct utterance. (-क्त्रः) N. of Śiva.-वचनम्, -वचस् n. eloquence. -a. eloquent.-वयस् f. a hermaphrodite.-वर्चकः, -वर्चिकः, -का, -वर्चिन् m. natron, alkali.-वर्चला 1 N. of the wife of the sun; तं चाहमनुवर्तिष्ये यथा सूर्यं सुवर्चला Rām.2.3.3.-2 linseed.-वर्चसः N. of Śiva.-वर्चस्क a. splendid, brilliant.-वर्ण see s. v.-वर्तित 1 well rounded.-2 well arranged.-वर्तुलः a water-melon.-वसन्तः 1 an agreeable vernal season.-2 the day of full moon in the month of Chaitra, or a festival celebrated in honour of Kāmadeva in that month (also सुवसन्तकः in this sense).-वह a.1 bearing well, patient.-2 patient, enduring.-3 easy to be borne-(-हा) 1 a lute.-2 N. of several plants like रास्ना, निर्गुण्डी &c.; Mātaṅga L.1.1.-वासः 1 N. of Śiva.-2 a pleasant dwelling.-3 an agreeable perfume or odo- ur.-वासकः a water-melon.-वासरा cress.-वासिनी 1 a woman married or single who resides in her father's house.-2 a married woman whose husband is alive.-विक्रान्त a. very valiant or bold, chivalrous; सुविक्रान्तस्य नृपतेः सर्वमेव महीतलम् Śiva. B.16.45. (-न्तः) a hero. (-न्तम्) heroism.-विग्रह a. having a beautiful figure.-विचक्षण a. very clever, wise.-विद् m. a learned man, shrewd person. (-f.) a shrewd or clever woman.-विदः 1 an attendant on the women's apartments.-2 a king.-विदग्ध a. very cunning, astute.-विदत् m. a king-विदत्रम् 1 a household, family.-2 wealth.-3 grace, favour.-विदल्लः an attendant on the women's apart- ments (wrongly for सौविदल्ल q. v.). (-ल्लम्) the wo- men's apartments, harem.-विदल्ला a married woman.-विध a. of a good kind.-विधम् ind. easily.-विधिः a good rule, ordinance.-विनीत a.1 well trained, modest.-2 well executed. (-ता) a tractable cow.-विनेय a. easy to be trained or educated.-विभक्त a. well pro- portioned, symmetrical.-विरूढ a.1 fully grown up or developed.-2 well ridden.-विविक्त a.1 solitary (as a wood).-2 well decided (as a question).-विहित a.1 well-placed, well-deposited.-2 well-furnished, well- supplied, well-provided, well-arranged; सुविहितप्रयोगतया आर्यस्य न किमपि परिहास्यते Ś.1; कलहंसमकरन्दप्रेवशावसरे तत् सुविहितम् Māl.1.-3 well done or performed.-4 well satisfied (by hospitality); अन्नपानैः सुविहितास्तस्मिन् यज्ञे महात्मनः Rām.1.14.16.-वी(बी)ज a. having good seed.(-जः) 1 N. of Śiva.-2 the poppy. (-जम्) good seed.-वीरकम् 1 a kind of collyrium.-2 sour gruel (काञ्जिक); सुवीरकं याच्यमाना मद्रिका कर्षति स्फिचौ Mb.8.4.38.-वीराम्लम् sour rice-gruel.-वीर्य a.1 having great vigour.-2 of heroic strength, heroic, chivalrous.(-र्यम्) 1 great heroism-2 abundance of heroes.-3 the fruit of the jujube. (-र्या) wild cotton.-वृक्तिः f.1 a pure offering.-2 a hymn of praise.-वृत्त a.1 well-behaved, virtuous, good; मयि तस्य सुवृत्त वर्तते लघुसंदेशपदा सरस्वती R. 8.77.-2 well-rounded, beautifully globular or round; मृदुनातिसुवृत्तेन सुमृष्टेनातिहारिणा । मोदकेनापि किं तेन निष्पत्तिर्यस्य सेवया ॥ or सुमुखो$पि सुवृत्तो$पि सन्मार्गपतितो$पि च । महतां पादलग्नो$पि व्यथयत्येव कष्टकः ॥ (where all the adjectives are used in a double sense). (-त्तम्) a good or virtuous conduct; भर्तुश्चिन्तानुवर्तित्वं सुवृत्तं चानुजीविनाम् Pt.1.69. (-त्ता) a sort of grape.-वेल a.1 tranquil, still.-2 humble, quiet. (-लः) N. of the Trikūṭa mountain.-व्रत a. strict in the observance of religious vows, strictly virtuous or religious. (-तः) a religious student.(-ता) 1 a virtuous wife.-2 a tractable cow, one easily milked.-शंस a. well spoken of, famous, glorious, commendable.-शक a. capable of being easily done.-शर्मन् (m., f.) a person desiring intercourse (Uṇ.4. 165].-शल्यः the Khadira tree.-शाकम् undried ginger.-शारदः N. of Śiva.-शासित a. kept under control, well-controlled.-शिक्षित a. well-taught, trained, well- disciplined.-शिखः fire.(-खा) 1 a peacock's crest.-2 a cock's comb.-शीतम् yellow sandal-wood.-शीम a. cold, frigid. (-मः) coldness-शील a. good-tempered, amiable.(-ला) 1 N. of the wife of Yama.-2 N. of one of the eight favourite wives of Kriṣṇa.-शेव a. full of happiness; pleasant to be resorted; एष पन्था उरुगायः मुशेवः Ait. Br.7.13.11.-शोण a. dark-red.-श्रीका the gum olibanum tree.-श्रुत a.1 well heard.-2 versed in the Vedas.-3 gladly heard (also an ex- clamation at a श्राद्ध); पित्रे स्वदितमित्येव वाच्यं गोष्ठे तु सुश्रुतम् Ms.3.254. (-तः) N. of the author of a system of medicine, whose work, together with that of Charaka, is regardad as the oldest medical authority, and held in great esteem in India even to this day.-श्लिष्ट a.1 well-arranged or united.-2 well-fitted; Māl.1.-श्लेषः close union or embrace.-श्लोक्य a. very famous; तेजीयसामपि ह्येतन्न सुश्लोक्यं जगद्गुरो Bhāg.3.12.31.-संवीत a.1 well-girt; स ददर्श ततः श्रीमान् सुग्रीवं हेमपिङ्गलम् । सुसंवीतम्... Rām.4.16.15.-2 well dressed.-संवृतिः good concealment. a. well-concealed; परितप्तो$प्यपरः सुसंवृतिः Śi.16.23.-संस्कृत a.1 well cooked or prepared.-2 kept in good order; सुसंस्कृतोपस्करया व्यये चामुक्तहस्तया Ms.5.15.-संगृहीत a.1 well controlled or governed; सुसंगृहीतराष्ट्रो हि पार्थिवः सुखमेधते Ms.7.113.-2 well received.-3 well kept.-4 well abridged.-संध a. true to a promise.-संनत a. well-directed (as an arrow).-सत्या N. of the wife of Janaka.-सदृश् a. agreeable to look at.-समाहित a.1 well arranged, beautifully adorned; very beautiful; ऋतुकालं प्रतीक्षन्ते नार्थिनः सुसमाहिते । संगमं त्वहमिच्छामि त्वया सह सुमध्यमे ॥ Rām.1.48.18.-2 completely loaded; तद्यथानः सुसमा- हितमुत्सर्जद्यायात् Bṛi. Up.4.3.35.-3 Very intent, attentive.-समीहित a. much desired.- सरण N. of Śiva.-सह a.1 easy to be borne.-2 bearing or enduring well. (-हः) an epithet of Śiva.-सहाय a. having a good companion; प्रणेतुं शक्यते दण्डः सुसहायेन धीमता Ms.7.31.-साधित a. well trained or educated.-सार a. having good sap or essence.(-रः) 1 good sap, essence, or substance.-2 competence.-3 the red-flowering Kha- dira tree.-सारवत् n. crystal.-सिकता 1 good sand.-2 gravel.-3 sugar.-सुरप्रिया jasmine.-सेव्य a. to be well or easily followed (as a road).-सौभगम् con- jugal felicity.-स्थ a.1 well-suited, being in a good sense.-2 in health, healthy, faring well.-3 in good or prosperous circumstances, prosperous.-4 happy, fortunate. (-स्थम्) a happy state, well-being; प्रह्लाद सुस्थरूपोसि पश्यन् व्यसनमात्मनः Mb.12.222.12; सुस्थे को वा न पण्डितः H.3.114.-स्थित a. in the same sense as सुस्थ. (-तम्) a house with a gallery on all sides.-स्थितिः (also सुस्थता) f.1 good condition, well-being, welfare, happiness.-2 health, convalescence.-स्थिर a.1 stable.-2 resolute, cool.-स्नातः 1 one who bathes at the end of a sacrifice; L. D. B.-2 well purified by bathing.-स्मित a. pleasantly smiling. (-ता) a woman with a pleased or smiling countenance.-स्वपनः an epithet of Śiva.-स्वर a.1 melodious, harmonious.-2 loud. ˚यन्त्रकम् a kind of musical instrument; युता सुस्वरयन्त्रकैः Śukra.1.247.-हित a.1 very fit or suitable, appro- priate.-2 beneficial, salutary.-3 friendly, affection- ate.-4 satisfied; सहस्रनेत्रः सुहितत्वमाप न Rām. ch.2.64. (-ता) one of the seven tongues of fire.-हृद् a. having a kind heart, cordial, friendly, loving, affectionate; सुहृदः सुहृदो$न्यांश्च दुर्हृदश्चापि दुर्हृदः । सम्यक्प्रवृत्तान् पुरुषान्नसम्यगनुपश्यतः ॥ Mb.3.28.36. (-m.)1 a friend; सुहृदः पश्य वसन्त किं स्थितम् Ku.4.27; मन्दायन्ते न खलु सुहृदामभ्युपेतार्थकृत्याः Me.4.-2 an ally. ˚भेदः1 the separation of friends.-2 N. of the 2nd book of the हितोपदेश; मित्रलाभः सुहृद्भेदो विग्रहः संधिरेव च । पञ्चतन्त्रात्तथान्यस्माद् ग्रन्थादाकृष्य लिख्यते ॥ H. Pr.9. ˚वाक्यम् the counsel of a friend.-हृदः a friend.-हृदय a.1 good-hearted.-2 dear, affectionate, loving. -
82 CULTURE, LITERATURE, AND LANGUAGE
■ Bell, Aubrey F. G. The Oxford Book of Portuguese Verse: XIIth Century-XXth Century. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1925, 1952 (2nd edition, B. Vi-digal, ed.).■. Portuguese Literature. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1922, 1970 (2nd edition, B. Vidigal, ed.).■ Bleiberg, German, Maureen Ihrie, and Janet Pérez, eds. Dictionary of the Literature of the Iberian Peninsula, 2 vols. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1993.■ Castro, Francisco Lyon de, ed. História da literatura portuguesa, 7 vols. Lisbon: Alfa, 2001-02.■ Cidade, Hernani. Lições de Cultura e Literatura Portuguesa, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1960-62.■ Cook, Manuela. Portuguese: A Complete Course for Beginners. London: Hodder and Stoughton, 1996. Figueiredo, Fidelino. História literária de Portugal. Coimbra, 1944. Gentile, Georges Le. La Littérature Portugaise. Rev. ed. Paris, 1951. Kunoff, Hugo. Portuguese Literature from Its Origins to 1990: A Bibliography Based on the Collections at Indiana University. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press, 1994.■ Longland, Jean. Contemporary Portuguese Poetry. A Bilingual Selection. Irvington-on-Hudson: Harvey House, 1966. Prado Coelho, Jacinto do. Dicionário das Literaturas Portuguesas, Galega e Brasileira, 3rd ed. Oporto, 1978. Rossi, Giuseppe C. Storia della letteratura portoghesa. Florence, 1953.■ Santos, João Camilo dos. "Portuguese Contemporary Literature." In Antônio Costa Pinto, ed., Modern Portugal, 218-42. Palo Alto, Calif.: SPOSS, 1998.■ Saraiva, Antônio José. História da cultura em Portugal, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1950-60.■. História da Literatura Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1990 ed.■, and Oscar Lopes. História da Literatura Portuguesa. Oporto and Coimbra, 1992 ed.■ Seguier, Jaime de, ed. Dicionário Prático Ilustrado. Oporto: Lello, 1961 and later eds.■ Simões, João Gaspar. História da poesia portuguesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1955-56 and later eds.■. História da poesia portuguesa do século XX. Lisbon, 1959 and later eds.■ Stern, Irwin, ed.-in-chief. Dictionary of Brazilian Literature. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1988.■ TRAVEL AND TOURIST GUIDES ON PORTUGAL■ Ballard, Sam, and Jane Ballard. Pousadas of Portugal: Unique Lodgings in State-owned Castles, Palaces, Mansions and Hotels. Boston: Harvard Common, 1986.■ Bridge, Ann, and Susan Lowndes Marques. The Selective Traveller in Portugal. London: Chatto & Windus, 1968.■ Ellingham, Mark, et al. Portugal: The Rough Guide. London: Rough Guides, 2008 ed.■ Hogg, Anthony. Travellers' Portugal. London: Solo Mio, 1983.■ Kite, Cynthia, and Ralph Kite. Portuguese Country Inns & Pousadas. New York: Warner Books; Karen Brown's Country Inn Series, 1988.■ Lowndes, Susan, ed. Fodor's Portugal 1991. New York: Fodor's, 1990.■ Proença Raúl, and Sant'anna Dionísio, eds. Guía De Portugal. I. Generalidades. Lisboa E, Arredores. Lisbon: Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian, 1924; 1983.■ Robertson, Ian. Portugal: Blue Guide. London: Benn; New York: Norton, 2000 and later eds.■ Stoop, Anne de. Living in Portugal. Paris and New York: Flammarion, 1995. Wright, David, and Patrick Swift. Minho and North Portugal: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1968.■. Lisbon: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1971.■. Algarve: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1973.■ HISTORY OF PORTUGAL Ancient and Medieval (2000 BCE-1415 CE)■ Alarção, Jorge de. Roman Portugal. Volume I: Introduction. Warminster, U.K., 1988.■ Almeida, Fortunato de. História de Portugal. Vol. I. Coimbra, 1922. Arnaut, Salvador Dias. A Crise Nacional dos fins do século XVI. Vol. 1. Coimbra, 1960.■ Baião, Antônio, Hernani Cidade, and Manuel Múrias, eds. História de Expansão Portuguesa no Mundo, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1937-40. Caetano, Marcello. Lições de História do Direito Português. Coimbra, 1962. Cortesão, Jaime. Os Factores Democráticos no Formação de Portugal. Lisbon, 1960.■ David, Pierre. Etudes Historiques sur la Galice et le Portugal du VI au XII siécle. Paris, 1947.■ Dias, Eduardo Mayone. Portugal's Secret Jews: The End of an Era. Rumford, R.I.: Peregrinação Publications, 1999. Diffie, Bailey W. Prelude to Empire: Portugal Overseas before Henry the Navigator. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press, 1960. Dutra, Francis A. "Portugal: To 1279." Dictionary of the Middle Ages. Vol. X: 35-48. New York: Scribners, 1987.■. "Portugal: 1279-1481." Dictionary of the Middle Ages. Vol. X: 48-56. New York: Scribners, 1987. Gama Barros, Henrique de. História de Administração Pública em Portugal nos séculos XII à XV, 11 vols. Lisbon, 1945-51. Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães. A Economia dos Descobrimentos Henriquinos. Lisbon, 1962.■ Gonzaga de Azevedo, Luís. História de Portugal, 6 vols. Lisbon, 1939-44.■ Herculano, Alexandre. História de Portugal, 8 vols., 9th ed. Lisbon, 1940.■ Kennedy, Hugh. Muslim Spain and Portugal: A Political History of al-Anda-lus. London: Longman, 1996.■ Lencastre e Tavora, Luía Gonzaga. O Estudo da Sigilografia Medieval Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1990.■ Livermore, H. V. The Origins of Spain and Portugal. London: Allen & Unwin, 1971.■ Lopes, David. "Os Árabes nas obras de Alexandre Herculano." Boletim da Segunda Classe. Lisbon: Academia Real das Sciéncias, III (1909-10). MacKendrick, Paul. The Iberian Stones Speak. New York: Funk & Wagnalls, 1969.■ Martinez, Pedro Soares. História Diplomática De Portugal [chapter I, 114315]. Lisbon, 1986.■ Mattoso, José, ed. A Nobreza Medieval Portuguesa: A Família e o Poder. Lisbon: Estampa, 1981.■. Religião e cultura na Idade Média Portuguesa. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional, 1982.■. Identificaçao de um país ( ensaio sobre as orígens de Portugal), 2 vols. Lisbon: Estampa, 1985.■. Novos Ensaios de História Medieval Portuguesa. Lisbon: Edit. Presença, 1988.■. Historia de Portugal. Vol. 2: A Monarquia Feudal ( 1096-1480). Lisbon: Estampa, 1993.■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. Hansa e Portugal na Idade Média. Lisbon, 1959.■. Introduçao à História da Agricultura em Portugal. Lisbon, 1968.■. Daily Life in Portugal in the Middle Ages. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1971.■. Ensaios de História Medieval Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1980.■. "Introduçao à História da Cidade Medieval Portuguesa." Bracara Augusta XXV, 92-93 (January-December 1981): 367-87.■. Guía do Estudante de História Medieval Portuguesa, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1985.■. Portugal Na Crise Dos Séculos XIV e XV-Vol. IV of Serrão and Oliveira Marques, Nova História de Portugal. Lisbon, 1987.■ Peres, Damião de, ed. História de Portugal. Vols. I, II. Barcelos, 1928-29.■ Rau, Virginia. Subsídios para o estudo das Feiras Medievais Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1943.■. Sesma'rias Medievais Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1946.■ Ribeiro, Orlando. "Portugal, formação de." Dicionário da História de Portugal. Vol. III, 432-51. Lisbon, 1966.■ Rogers, Francis M. The Travels of the Infante Dom Pedro of Portugal. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1961.■ Russell, P. E. The English Intervention in Spain and Portugal in the Time of Edward III and Richard II. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1955.■ Savory, H. N. Spain and Portugal: The Prehistory of the Iberian Peninsula. New York: Thames and Hudson, 1968.■ Silva, Armando Coelho Ferreira. A Cultura Castreja no Noroeste de Portugal. Pacos de Ferreira, 1986.■ Varagnac, André. O Homem antes da Escrita ( Pre-história). Lisbon, 1963.■ Azevedo, J. Lúcio de. História de António de Vieira, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1918-20.■. Épocas de Portugal Económico. Lisbon, 1929.■ Borges de Macedo, Jorge. Problemas de História de Indústria Portuguesa no Século X VIII. Lisbon, 1963.■. "Pombal." Dicionário de História de Portugal. Vol. III, 415-23. Lisbon, 1968.■ Bovill, Edward W. The Battle of the Alcazar: An Account of the Defeat of Dom Sebastian at El-Ksar el-Kebir. London, 1952.■ Boxer, C. R. Four Centuries of Portuguese Expansion, 1415-1825: A Succinct Survey. Johannesburg, South Africa: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1961.■. The Portuguese Seaborne Empire 1415-1825. London: Hutchinson, 1969.■. João de Barros: Portuguese Humanist and Historian of Asia. New Delhi, India: Xavier Centre, 1981.■ Cheke, Marcus. Dictator of Portugal: A Life of the Marquis of Pombal, 16991782. London: Sidgwick & Jackson, 1938.■ Cunha, Luís da. Testamento Político. Lisbon, 1820.■ Davidson, Lillias C. Catherine of Bragança. London: John Murray, 1908.■ Dutra, Francis A. "Membership in the Order of Christ in the Seventeenth Century." The Americas 27 (1970): 3-25.■ Eberlein, H. D., and R. W. Ramsdell. The Practical Book of Italian, Spanish and Portuguese Furniture. Philadelphia: Lippincott, 1927.■ Ericeira, Luís de Meneses [Count of]. História de Portugal Restaurado, 4 vols. Oporto, 1945.■ Fisher, H. E. S. "Anglo-Portuguese Trade, 1700-70." Economic History Review XVI, 2 (1963): 219-33.■ Francis, A. D. The Methuens and Portugal: 1691-1708. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1966.■ Hanson, Carl A. Economy and Society in Baroque Portugal, 1668-1703. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1981.■ Herculano, Alexandre. History of the Origin and Establishment of the Inquisition in Portugal. New York: AMS Press, 1968 reprint.■ Kendrick, T. D. The Lisbon Earthquake. London: Methuen, 1956.■ Livermore, H. V. "The Privileges of an Englishman in the Kingdom and Dominions of Portugal." Atlante 11 (1954): 57-77.■ Macauley, Neil. Dom Pedro: The Struggle for Liberty in Brazil and Portugal, 1798-1834. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press, 1986.■ Macauley, Rose. They Went to Portugal. London: Jonathan Cape, 1946.■. They Went to Portugal, Too. London: Carcanet, 1990.■ Magalhães Godinho, Vitorino. Prix et Monnaies au Portugal. Paris, 1955.■. "Portugal and Her Empire." In New Cambridge Modern History. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, Vol. V (1961): 384-97; Vol. VI (1961): 509-10.■. A Economia dos descobrimentos henri-quinos. Lisbon, 1962.■. Estructura da Antiga Sociedade Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975.■ Mauro, Frédéric. Le Portugal et l'Atlantique au XVII siécle ( 1570-1670). Paris: SEVPEN, 1960.■ Maxwell, Kenneth. "Pombal and the Nationalization of the Luso-Brazilian Economy." Hispanic American Historical Review XLVIII (November 1968): 608-31.■. Conflicts and Conspiracies: Brazil and Portugal, 1750-1808. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1973.■ Norris, A. H., and R. W. Bremner. The Lines of Torres Vedras. Lisbon: British Historical Society of Portugal, 1980.■ Oliveira, Antônio de. A Vida Económica e Social de Coimbra de 1537 à 1640, 2 vols. Coimbra, 1971-72.■ Prestage, Edgar. The Royal Power and the Cortes in Portugal. Watford, U.K.: Voss & Michael, 1927.■. Portuguese Pioneers. London: Black, 1933.■. "The Mode of Government in Portugal during the Restoration [1640-68] Period." In Edgar Prestage, ed., Melange d'Etudes Portugaises Offerts a M. Georges Le Gentil, 265-70. Lisbon, 1949.■ Rabassa, Gregory. "Padre Antônio Vieira: Portugal's Amazing Polymath." Camões Centre Quarterly 2, 3-4 (Autumn and Winter 1990): 27-32. Rau, Virginia. D. Catarina de Bragança: Rainha de Inglaterra. Lisbon, 1944. Ricard, Robert. "Prophecy and Messianism in the Works of Antônio Vieira." The Americas 37 (1960): 357-88.■ Roche, T. W. E. Philippa: Dona Filipa of Portugal. London: Phillimore, 1971.■ Rogers, Francis M. The Travels of the Infante Dom Pedro of Portugal. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1961.■ Rooney, Peter T. "Hapsburg Fiscal Policies in Portugal, 1580-1640." Journal of European Economic History 23, 3 (1994): 545-62.■ Roth, Cecil. "The Religion of the Marranos." Jewish Quarterly Review 22 (1931): 1-33.■. A History of the Marranos. Philadelphia: Jewish Publication Society of America, 1932.■ Saraiva, Antônio José. Inquisição e Cristãos-Novos. Oporto, 1969.■. A Inquisição Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1969 and later eds.■ Schneider, Susan. O Marquês De Pombal E O Vinho Do Porto: Dependência e subdesenvolvimento em Portugal no século XVIII. Lisbon, 1980.■ Shaw, L. M. E. Trade, Inquisition and the English Nation in Portugal, 16401690. London: Carcancet, 1989.■ Shillington, V. M., and A. B. W. Chapman. The Commercial Relations of England and Portugal. London: Routledge, 1907.■ Sideri, Sandro. Trade and Power: Informal Colonialism in Anglo-Portuguese Relations. Rotterdam: Rotterdam University Press, 1970.■ Smith, John Athelstone [Conde de Carnota]. Marquis of Pombal, 2nd ed. London, 1872.■ Thomas, Gerturde Z. Richer Than Spices. New York: Knopf, 1965. Walford, A. R. The British Factory in Lisbon. Lisbon, 1940.■ Baptista, Jacinto. O Cinco de Outubro. Lisbon, 1965. Brandão, Raúl. Memórias, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1969 ed.■ Cabral, Manuel Villaverde. O desenvolvimento do capitalismo em Portugal no século XIX. Lisbon, 1981. Caetano, Marcello. História Breve das Constituções portuguesas. Lisbon, 1971 ed.■ Carnota, Conde da. Memoirs of Marshal, the Duke of Saldanha, with Selections from His Correspondence, 2 vols. London: John Murray, 1880. Carvalho, Joaquim de. Estudos sobre a cultura portuguesa do século XIX. Coimbra, 1955.■ Cheke, Marcus. Carlota Joaquina, Queen of Portugal. London: Sidgwick and Jackson, 1947.■ França, José-Augusto. Zé Provinho na Obra de Rafael Bordalo Pinheiro. Lisbon, 1975.■ Fuschini, Augusto. Liquidações políticas. Lisbon, 1896.■ Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães. Estrutura da Antiga Sociedade Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975 ed.■ Hammond, Richard J. Portugal and Africa, 1815-1910: A Study in Uneconomic Imperialism. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1966.■ Homem, Amadeu Carvalho. A Propaganda Republicana ( 1870-1910). Coimbra, 1990.■ Livermore, H. V. Portugal: A Short History. Edinburgh, U.K.: Edinburgh University Press, 1973. Machado, Alvaro Manuel. A Geração de 70-uma revolução cultural e literária. Lisbon, 1986 ed.■ Martins, Joaquim Pedro de Oliveira. Portugal Contemporâneo, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1953 ed.■ Medina, João. Eça Político. Lisbon, 1974.■ Mônica, Maria Filomena. Fontes Pereira de Melo. Oporto: Ed. Afrontamento, 1999.■ Nobre, Eduardo. Paixoes Reais. Lisbon: Quimera, 2002.■ Pereira, Miriam Halpern. Livre Câmbio e Desenvolvimento Económico: Portugal na segunda metade do século XIX. Lisbon, 1971.■ Peres, Damião, ed. História de Portugal. Volume III. Barcelos, 1935 ed.■ Ramos, Rui. D.Carlos. 1863-1908. Lisbon: Circulo de Leitores, 2006.■. Liberal Reformism in Portugal. Oliveira Martins, the Movement for New Life and the Politics of the Constitutional Monarchy ( 1885-1908). Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1998.■ Rorick, David. Maria da Fonte: History and Myth. M.A. thesis, History Department, Sonoma State University, Sonoma, Calif., 1984.■ Sá, Vítor de. Perspectivas do Século XIX. Lisbon, 1964.■ Serrão, Joel. Sampaio Bruno: O homem e o pensamento. Lisbon, 1958.■. Temas Oitocentistas, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1959-62.■. "Liberalismo." In Joel Serrão, ed., Dicionário de História de Portugal. Vol. II, 732-41. Lisbon, 1965.■. Do Sebastianismo ao Socialismo. Lisbon, 1975 ed.■ Silbert, Albert. Do Portugal de Antiga Regime ao Portugal Oitocentista. Lisbon, 1972.■ Teles, Basílio. Do Ultimatum ao 31 de Janeiro. Lisbon, 1968 ed.■ Parliamentary, Republican Portugal (1910-26)■ Antunes, José Freire. A Cadeira do Sidónio Pais. Lisbon, 1980. Arriaga, Manuel de. Na primeira presidência da República Portugueza: Um rápido relatório. Lisbon, 1916.■ Bell, Aubrey, F. G. In Portugal. London, 1912.■. Portugal of the Portuguese. London: Pitman, 1915.■ Bragança-Cunha, V. de. Revolutionary Portugal, 1910-1936. London: Swift, 1937.■ Brandão, Raúl. Memórias, 3 vols. In Brandão, Obras Completas. Lisbon, 1969.■ Burity, Braz [Pseudonym of Joaquim Madureira]. A Forja da Lei. Coimbra, 1915.■ Cabral, Manuel V. Portugal Na Alvorada Do Século XX. Lisbon, 1979.■. 'The Aesthetics of Nationalism: Modernism and Authoritarianism in Early 20th-Century Portugal." Luso-Brazilian Review (Madison, Wisc.) 26, 1 (Summer 1989): 15-43. Campos, Ezequiel. Política. Oporto, 1924.■ Cardia, Sottomayor, ed. Seara Nova: Antologia. Pela Reforma da República (1, 2) 1921-1926, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1971-72.■ Carqueja, Bento. O Povo de Portugal. Oporto, 1916.■. O Futuro de Portugal: Portugal Apos À Guerra. Oporto, 1920.■ Cortesão, Jaime. "Memórias da Grande Guerra." In Obras Completas de Jaime Cortesão. Lisbon, 1969.■ Cunha Leal, Francisco. As Minhas Memórias, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1966-68.■ Derou, Jean. Les Relations Franco-Portugaises ( 1910-1926). Paris: Publications de la Sorbonne, 1986.■ Fazenda, Pedro. A Crise Política. Lisbon, 1926.■ Ferrão, Carlos. História De la República. Lisbon, 1976.■ Ferreira, David. "5 De Outubro de 1910." In Joel Serrão, ed., Dicionário de História De Portugal III (1968): 264-67. Ferreira Martins, Gen. Luís, ed. Portugal na Grande Guerra, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1945.■ Gomes da Costa, Gen. Manuel. Memórias. Lisbon, 1930. História Política da Primeira República Portuguesa ( 1910-1915), 2 vols. Lisbon, 1973.■ Lorenzo, Felix. Portugal ( cinco anos de republica). Madrid, 1915.■ Machado, Bernardino. Depois de 21 de Maio. Lisbon, 1922.■ Machado Santos, Antônio. 1907-1910: A revolução portugueza. Relatôrio.■ Lisbon, 1911. Madureira, Arnaldo. 0 28 De Maio. Lisbon, 1982.■ Magno, David. Livro da Guerra de Portugal na Flandres. Oporto, 1920.■. A Situação Portuguesa. Oporto, 1926.■ Marques Guedes, Armando. Cinco Meses no governo. Oporto, 1926.■ Martins, Rocha. Memórias sobre Sidónio Pais. Lisbon, 1921.■ Medeiros, Fernando. Nas Orígens Do A Sociedade E A Economia Portuguesas Salazarismo. Lisbon, 1978. Medina, João. "Oh! a República!...," Estudos sobre o Republicanismo e a Primeira República Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1990.■, ed. História Contemporânea De Portugal: Primeira República, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1986.■ Mônica, Maria Filomena. "Uma Aristocracia Operária: Os Chapeleiros (18701913)." Análise Social 60, 2nd series (1979). Montalvor, Luís de, ed. História de Regimen Republicano em Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1930-32.■ Oliveira, César. O Operariado E A República Democrática, 1910-1914. Oporto, 1972.■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. "The Portuguese 1920s: A General Survey." Iberian Studies 2 (1973): 32-40.■. História De la República Portuguesa: As Estruturas De Base, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1973-74.■. A Primeira República Portuguesa: Alguns aspectos estruturais. Lisbon, 1975 ed.■. O Terceiro Governo Afonso Costa— 1917. Lisbon, 1977.■. Pabôn, Jesus. La Revolución Portuguesa, 2 vols. Madrid, 1945-46; Portuguese edition: Lisbon, 1961. Paxeco, Oscar. Os Que Arrancaram Em 28 De Maio. Lisbon, 1937. Peres, Damião, ed. História De Portugal. Ediçao Monumental: Supplemento. Oporto, 1954.■ Pessoa, Fernando. A Memória do Presidente— Rei Sidónio Pais. Lisbon, 1928.■ Relvas, José. Memórias Políticas, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1977-78.■ Schwartzman, Kathleen C. "Lucros, investimentos e coligações políticas na I República." Análise Social XVIII, 72-71 (1982): 741-58.■. The Social Origins of Democratic Collapse: The First Portuguese Republic in the Global Economy. Lawrence: University of Kansas Press, 1989.■ Serrão, Joel. Liberalismo, socialismo e republicanismo. Lisbon, 1979.■ Silva, Antônio Maria da. O Meu Depoimento, 2 vols. Mem Martins, 1978-82.■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. O Poder e a guerra, 1914-1918. Lisbon: Estampa, 1996.■, and Antônio Costa Pinto, eds. A Primeira República Portuguesa: Entre O Liberalismo E O Autoritarismo. Lisbon: Ed. Colibri, 2000.■ Telo, Antônio José. Decadência E Queda Da I República Portuguesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1980-84.■ Torre (Gomez), Hipôlito dela, and J. Sanchez Cervello. Portugal En El Siglo XX. Madrid: Ediciones Istmo: Colecciôn La Historia en sus textos, 1992.■ Valente, Vasco Pulido. "A República e as classes trabalhadores (Outubro 1910-Agosto 1911)." Análise Social IX, 31 (1972): 293-316.■. O Poder e o Povo: A Revolução de 1910. Lisbon, 1974.■ Veríssimo Serrao, Joaquim. História De Portugal. Volume XI: A Primeira República ( 1910-1926): História Política, Religiosa, Militar e Ultramarina. Lisbon, 1989.■. História De Portugal Volume XII: História Diplomática, Social, Económica e Cultural. Lisbon, 1990.■ Vincent-Smith, John. "Britain and Portugal, 1910-1916." Ph.D. dissertation, History, University of London, 1971.■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Portuguese Revolution of 1910." Journal of Modern History 44 (June 1972): 172-94.■. Republican Portugal: A Political History, 1910-1926. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1978.■. "Nightmare Republic: Portugal, 1910-1926." History Today (London) 32 (September 1981): 5-10.■ Young, George. Portugal Old and Young: An Historical Study. Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1917.■ Afonso, Rui. Injustiça: O Caso Sousa Mendes. Lisbon: Caminho, 1990.■ Antunes, José Freire. Os Americanos E Portugal. Vol. 1. Os anos de Ricard Nixon, 1969-1974. Lisbon, 1986.■. Os Americanos e Portugal. 1961. Kennedy e Salazar: O Leão e a Raposa. Lisbon, 1991.■. Salazar/Caetano. Cartas Secretas. 1932-1968. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1993.■. Jorge Jardim: Agente Secreto. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1996.■. Portugal na guerra do petróleo: Os Açores E As Vitórias de Israel 1973. Lisbon: Edeline, 2000. Aquino, Acácio Tómas de. O Segredo das Prisões Atlânticas. Lisbon, 1978. Araquistain, Luis. "Dictatorship in Portugal." Foreign Affairs 7 (October 1928): 41-53.■ Assac, Jacques Ploncard. Salazar. Paris: La Table Ronde, 1967.■ Baklanoff, Eric N. "The Political Economy of Portugal's Old Regime: Growth and Change Preceding the 1974 Revolution." World Development 7, 8-9 (August-September 1979): 799-812.■ Barreno, Maria Isabel, Maria Teresa Horta, and Maria Velho da Costa. The Three Marias: New Portuguese Letters. New York: Doubleday, 1975.■ Blume, Norman. "SEDES: An Example of Opposition in a Conservative Authoritarian State." Government and Opposition 12 (Summer 1977): 351-66.■ Braga da Cruz, Manuel. A origem da democracia-cristã em Portugal e o Sala-zarismo. Lisbon, 1979.■. "Notas para uma caracterização política do salazarismo." In Gabinete de Investigações Sociais. Análise Social: A Formação de Portugal Contemporâneo: 1900-1980. Vol. I, 72-74 (April-December 1981): 773-94.■. "O Integralismo nas origens do Salazarismo." Análise Social XVIII (1982): 1409-19.■. "A Oposição Eleitoral ao Salazarismo." Revista de História das Ideias V (1983).■. Monárquicos e Republicanos no Estado Novo. Lisbon, 1986.■ Cabral, Manuel V. "Sobre o fascismo e o seu avento em Portugal." Análise Social XII, 48 (1976), 873-915.■ Caetano, Marcello. A Missão Dos Dirigentes. Lisbon, 1966, 4th ed.■. Depoimento. São Paulo, 1974.■. História Breve das Constituições Portugueses. Lisbon, 1974.■. As Minhas Memórias de Salazar. Lisbon, 1977.■ Campinos, Jorge. A Ditadura Militar, 1926-1933. Lisbon, 1975. Carrilho, Maria. Forças Armadas e Mudança Política em Portugal no Século XX. Lisbon, 1985.■, et al. Portugal na Segunda Guerra Mundial Contributos para uma reavaliação. Lisbon, 1989.■ Carvalho, Otelo Saraiva de. Alvorada em Abril. Lisbon, 1977.■ Castanheira, Jose Pedro and Valdemar Cruz. A Filha Rebelde. Lisbon: Temas & Debates, 2003.■ Costa Pinto, Antônio, et al. O Fascismo Em Portugal [Proceedings of Conference, Lisbon, March 1980]. Lisbon, 1982.■. 'The Radical Right and the Military Dictatorship in Portugal: The National May 28 League (1928-1933)." Luso-Brazilian Review 23, 1 (Summer 1986): 1-15.■. "O Salazarismo No Recente Investigação Sobre o Fascismo Europeu...." Análise Social XXV (1990): 695-713.■. As camisas azuis: Ideologias, elites e movimentos fascistas em Portugal, 1914-1945. Lisbon: Estampa, 1994.■. Salazar's Dictatorship and European Fascism: Problems of Interpretation. New York: Columbia University Press, 1995.■. The Blue Shirts: Portuguese Fascists and the New State. New York: Columbia University Press, 2000.■ Delgado, Humberto. The Memoirs of General Delgado. London: Cassell, 1964.■. Memórias De Humberto Delgado. Iva Delgado and Antônio de Figueiredo, eds. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1991.■ Duarte Silva, A. E., et al. Salazar E O Salazarismo. Lisbon, 1989.■ Egerton, F. C. C. Salazar, Rebuilder of Portugal. London: Hodder & Stoughton, 1943.■ Ferraz, Artur Ivens. A Asenção de Salazar: Memórias de Ivens Ferraz. Lisbon, 1988.■ Ferro, Antônio. Salazar: O Homem E A Sua Obra. Lisbon, 1933. English edition: Salazar: Portugal and Her Leader. London: Faber & Faber, 1939, and editions in other languages.■. Portugal: Breviário Da Pátria Para Os Ausentes. Lisbon, 1946.■ Figueiredo, Antônio. Portugal and Its Empire: The Truth. London: Gollancz, 1961.■. "The Case Against Portugal." In Philip Mason, ed., Angola: A Symposium. Views of a Revolt, 46-57. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1962.■. Portugal. Fifty Years of Dictatorship. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1975.■ Fox, Ralph. Portugal Now. London, 1937.■ Freitas do Amaral, Diogo. O Antigo Regime E A Revolução. Memórias Políticas ( 1941-1975). Lisbon: Bertrand, 1995.■ Fryer, Peter, and Patricia McGowan Pinheiro. Oldest Ally: A Portrait of Sala-zar's Portugal. London: Dobson, 1961.■ Gallagher, Tom. "Controlled Repression in Salazar's Portugal." Journal of Contemporary History 14, 3 (July 1979): 385-403.■. "The Mystery Train: Portugal's Military Dictatorship 1926-32." European Studies Review 11 (1981): 325-54.■. "From Hegemony to Opposition: The Ultraright Before and After 1974." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 81-103. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.■. Portugal: A Twentieth Century Interpretation. Manchester, U.K.: Manchester University Press, 1983.■ Galvão, Henrique. Santa Maria: My Crusade for Portugal. London: Weiden-feld and Nicholson, 1961.■. Carta Aberta ao Dr. Salazar. Lisbon, 1975.■ Gamier, Christine. Vacances avec Salazar. Paris, 1952; American edition: Salazar in Portugal: An Intimate Portrait. New York, 1954. Georgel, Jacques. O Salazarismo. Lisbon, 1985.■ Gouveia, Fernando. Memórias de um Inspector da PIDE. Lisbon, 1979.■ Graham, Lawrence S. "Portugal: The Bureaucracy of Empire." LADAC Occasional Papers series 2, 9 (1973). Austin, Tex.: Institute of Latin American Studies.■. Portugal: The Decline and Collapse of an Authoritarian Order. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1975.■. "The Military in Politics: The Politicization of the Portuguese Armed Forces." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal, 221-56. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.■, and Harry M. Makler, eds. Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.■, and Douglas L. Wheeler, eds. In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.■ Guyomard, George. La Dictature Militaire au Portugal. Paris, 1927.■ Janeiro, Helena Pinto. Salazar E Pétain. Relações Luso-Francesas Durante A II Guerra Mundial ( 1940-44). Lisbon: Cosmos, 1998.■ Kay, Hugh. "A Catholic View." In Philip Mason, ed., Angola: A Symposium. Views of a Revolt, 80-103. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1962.■. Salazar and Modern Portugal. New York: Hawthorne, 1970.■ Leeds, Elizabeth. "Labor Export, Development and the State: The Political Economy of Portuguese Emigration." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Political Science, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1984.■ Lewis, Paul H. "Salazar's Ministerial Elite, 1932-1968."Journal of Politics 40 (August 1987): 622-47.■ Lins, Alvaro. Missão em Portugal. Lisbon, 1974.■ Linz, Juan. "Foreword." In L. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, xii-xi. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.■ Lucena, Manuel. A evolução do sistema corporativo português, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1976.■. "The Evolution of Portuguese Corporatism under Salazar and Caetano." In L. Graham and H. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 47-88. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.■ McCarthy, Mary. "Letter from Lisbon." The New Yorker XXX, 51 (February 5, 1955): 80-96.■ Magalhães Godinho, Vitorino. O Socialismo e o Futuro da Peninsula. Lisbon, 1969.■ Makler, Harry M. A " Elite" Industrial Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1969.■. "The Portuguese Industrial Elite and Its Corporative Relations." Economic Development and Cultural Change 24, 3 (April 1976): 495-526.■ Martins, Hermínio. "Opposition in Portugal." Government and Opposition 4 (Spring 1969): 250-63.■. "Portugal." In S. J. Woolf, ed., European Fascism, 302-36. New York: Vintage, 1969.■. "Introduction: Tristes durées." In R. Feijô, H. Martins and J. de Pina-Cabral, eds., Death in Portugal: Studies in Portuguese Anthropology and Modern History. Oxford: Journal of the Anthropological Society of Oxford, 1983.■ Medina, João. Salazar em França. Lisbon, 1977.■. Salazar E Os Fascistas: Salazarismo e Nacional-Sindicalismo: A história dum conflito 1932/1935. Lisbon, 1978.■ Ministério dos Negôcios Estrangeiros, ed. Dez Anos de Política Externa ( 1936-1947): A Nação Portuguesa e a Segunda Guerra Mundial, 12 vols., and in progress. Lisbon, 1964.■ Mônica, Maria Filomena. Educação e Sociedade no Portugal de Salazar. Lisbon, 1978.■ Nogueira, Alberto Franco. Salazar, 6 vols. Coimbra and Oporto, 1978-85.■ Oliveira, César. Portugal e a II República de Espanha, 1931-l 936. Lisbon, 1985.■. Salazar E A Guerra Civil De Espanha, 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1988.■. Os Anos Decisivos: Portugal 1962-1985. Um testemunho. Lisbon: Presença, 1993.■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. A Maçonaria Portuguesa e o Estado Novo. Lisbon, 1975.■. History of Portugal; 1 in 2 vols. New York: Columbia University Press, 1976 ed.■. A Liga de Paris E A Ditadura Militar, 1927-1928. Lisbon, 1976.■. História de Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon: 1980 and later eds.■, ed. A Literatura Clandestina Em Portugal, 1926-1932, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1990.■ Patriarca, Fátima. A Questaão Social no Salazarismo. Vol. 1. Lisbon: INCM, 1995.■. Sindicatos contra Salazar: A revolta do 18 de janeiro de 1934. Lisbon: Instituto de Ciências Sociais, 2000. Pattee, Richard. Portugal and the Portuguese World. Milwaukee, Wisc.: Bruce, 1957.■ Payne, Stanley G. A History of Spain and Portugal. Volume 2. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1973.■. "Salazarism: 'Fascism' or 'Bureaucratic Authoritarianism'?" In Estudos de história portuguesa: Homenagem à A. H. de Oliveira Marques. Lisbon, 1983.■ Pereira, José Pacheco. Conflitos sociais nos campos do sul de Portugal. Mem Martins, 1978.■. A Preparação Ideológica da Intervenção Militar de 28 de Maio de 1926. Oporto, 1978.■. "Problemas da história do P. C. P." In A. Costa Pinto et al., eds., O Fascismo Em Portugal [Proceedings of Conference, University of Lisbon, March 1980], 269-85. Lisbon, 1982.■ Pimentel, Irene Flunser. Judeus em Portugal durante a II Guerra Mundial. Em fuga de Hitler e do Holocausto. Lisbon: Esfera dos Livros, 2006.■ Pires, José Cardoso. Dinossauro Excelentíssimo. Lisbon, 1972.■ Porch, Douglas. The Portuguese Armed Forces and the Revolution. London: Croom Helm, 1977.■ Presidência do Conselho de Ministros. Comissão do Livro Negro Sobre o Regime Fascista ["Black Book" series]. Eleições No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1979.■. A Política De Informação No Regime Fascista, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1980.■. Livros Proibidos No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1981.■. Presos Políticos No Regime Fascista, 5 vols. Lisbon, 1981-87.■. Relatórios Para Oliveira Salazar, 1931-1939. Lisbon, 1981.■. Discriminação Política No Emprego No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1982.■. Proibição Da " Time" No Regime Fascista [ Time magazine July 23, 1946, with Dr. Salazar on cover]. Lisbon, 1982.■. Os Estudantes No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1983.■. Trabalho, Sindicatos E Greves No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1984.■. Correspondência Entre Mário De Figueiredo E Oliveira Salazar. Lisbon, 1986.■. Repressão Política E Social No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1986.■. Correspondência de Pedro Teotónio Pereira para Oliveira Salazar vol. 1 ( 1931-1939), 2 vols. Lisbon, 1987-89.■ Queiroga, Captain Fernando. Portugal Oprimido. Lisbon, 1974.■ Raby, David L. "Populism and the Portuguese Left: From Delgado to Otelo." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 61-80. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.■. Fascism and Resistance in Portugal: Communists, Liberals and the Military Dissidents in the Opposition to Salazar, 1941-1974. Manchester, U.K.: Manchester University Press, 1988.■ Raby, Dawn Linda. "The Portuguese Presidential Election of 1949: A Successful Government Maneuver?" Luso-Brazilian Review 27, 1 (Summer 1990): 63-77.■ Rêgo, Raúl. Diário Político. Lisbon, 1969; 1974, 2nd ed.■. Horizontes Fechados. Oporto, 1970.■. Horizontes Fechados/ Páginas de Política, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1974.■ Ribeiro, Aquilino. Volfrâmio. Lisbon, 1944.■. Quando os Lobos Uivam. Lisbon, 1958; English ed. Patricia McGowan■ Pinheiro, trans. London: Cape, 1963.■ Robinson, Richard A. H. Contemporary Portugal: A History. London and Boston: Allen & Unwin, 1979.■ Rocha, José Antônio De Oliveira. The Portuguese Administrative State. Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Political Science, University of South Carolina, 1986.■ Rosa, Frederico Delgado. Humberto Delgado. Biografia Do General Sem Medo. Lisbon: Esfera dos Livros, 2008. Rosas, Fernando. O Estado Novo Nos Anos Trinta: 1928-1938. Lisbon, 1986.■. O Salazarismo E A Aliança Luso-Britânica. Lisbon, 1988.■. Portugal Entre A Paz E A Guerra... 1939-1945. Lisbon, 1990.■. O Estado Novo ( 1926-1974). Vol. VII of José Mattoso, ed. Historia De■ Portugal. Lisbon: Edit. Estampa, 1994.■. and Pedro Aires Oliveira (eds.). A Transicao Falhada. O Marcelismo e o Fim do Estado Novo ( 1968-1974). Lisbon: Edit. Noticias, 2004.■ Rudel, Christian. Salazar. Paris: Mercure de France, 1969.■ Sá Carneiro, Francisco. Uma Tentativa de Participação política. Lisbon, 1971.■. A Liberalização bloqueada. Lisbon, 1972.■. Vale a Pena ser Deputado? Fundão, 1973.■ Salazar, Antônio de Oliveira. Discursos E Notas Políticas. [Speeches, Broadcasts, Notes and Statements, 1928-1966, 6 vols. Coimbra, 1935-1966]. Several editions.■. Doctrine and Action: Internal and Foreign Policy of the New Portugal, I928-1939. Robert Edgar Broughton, trans. London: Faber & Faber, 1939.■. "Realities and Trends of Portugal's Policies." International Affairs XXXIX, 2 (April 1963): 169-83.■. The Road for the Future [Speeches, statements of policy made during 1928-62]. Lisbon, 1963.■. Entrevistas: 1960-1966 [interviews]. Coimbra, 1967.■. Salazar: Pensamento e doutrina política. Textos anthológicos. [Anthology of speeches, writings, interviews granted, 1914-68]. Mendo C. Henriques and Gonçalo de Sampaio e Melo, eds. Lisbon, 1989.■ Santana, Emilio. Historia de um Atentado. O atentado contra Salazar. Lisbon, 1976.■ Schmitter, Philippe C. Corporatism and Public Policy in Authoritarian Portugal. London: Sage, 1975.■. "Liberation by Golpe: Retrospective Thoughts on the Demise of Authoritarian Rule in Portugal." Armed Forces and Society 2 (Nov. 1975): 5-33.■. "The Impact and Meaning of Elections in Authoritarian Portugal, 1933-74." In G. Hermet et al., eds., Elections Without Choice. Basingstoke, U.K.: Macmillan, 1978.■. "'The 'Regime d'exception' That Became the Rule: Forty-Eight Years of Authoritarian Domination in Portugal." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Mak-ler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 3-46. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.■, and Gerhard Lehmbruch, eds. Trends towards Corporatist Intermediation. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1979.■ Shelton, Richard L. "Development of the Communist Party of Portugal, 1921-1976." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of History, St. Louis University, 1984.■ Silva, José. Memórias de um operário. Vol. 2. Oporto, 1971. Soares, Mário. Escritos Políticos. Lisbon, 1969.■. Portugal Bailloné. Paris, 1972; Portuguese edition: Portugal Amordaçado, Lisbon, 1974; English edition: Portugal's Struggle for Liberty. Translated by Mary Gawsworth. London: Allen & Unwin, 1975.■ Spínola, Antônio de. Portugal e o Futuro. Lisbon, 1974; English edition: Johannesburg: Perskor, 1974.■ Teixeira, Luis [Sampaio]. Perfil de Salazar. Lisbon, 1938.■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. "From Neutrality to Alignment: Portugal in the Foundation of the Atlantic Pact." EUI: Working Papers in History. Florence, Italy: European University Institute, 1991.■ Telo, Antônio José. Portugal na Segunda Guerra. Lisbon, 1987.■. A Neutralidade Portuguesa e o Ouro Nazi. Lisbon: Quetzal, 2000.■ Teotônio Pereira, Pedro. Memórias, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1972-73.■ Vasco, Nuno. Vigiados e perseguidos. Lisbon, 1977.■ Veríssimo, Serrão. Marcelo Caetano: Confidencias No Exílio. Lisbon, 1985. Vintras, R. E. The Portuguese Connection: The Secret History of the Azores Base. London: Bachman & Turner, 1974. West, S. George. The New Corporative State of Portugal [Inaugural lecture, King's College, London, Feb. 1937]. London: New Temple Press, 1937. Wheeler, Douglas L. "Thaw in Portugal." Foreign Affairs 48, 4 (July 1970): 769-81.■. "Days of Wine and Carnations: The Portuguese Revolution of [April 25] 1974." Bulletin. New Hampshire Council on World Affairs XX (July 1974): 1-10.■. "Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970)." In Jacques Frémontier, ed., Les Hommes d'Siecle XX: Les Dictateurs. Paris: Mazenod, 1978.■. "The Military and the Portuguese Dictatorship, 1926- 1974." In S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 191-219. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.■. "In the Service of Order: The Portuguese Dictatorship's Political Police (PVDE; PIDE) and the British, German and Spanish Intelligence [Services]." Journal of Contemporary History 24, 2 (January 1983): 1-25.■. Republican Portugal: A Political History, 1910-1926. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1978. Portuguese edition: História Política de Portugal, 1910-l926. Mem Martins, 1985.■. "The Price of Neutrality: Portugal, the Wolfram Question, and World War II." Luso-Brazilian Review [two part article] 12, 1-2 (Summer 1986; Winter 1986): 107-27.■. A Ditadura Militar Portuguesa, 1926-1933. Mem Martins, 1988.■. "The Third Pig: From Theory to Grubby Fact in Reassessing the Estado Novo." In B. F. Taggie and R. W. Clement, eds., Iberia & the Mediterranean, 145-68. Warrensburg: Central Missouri State Press, 1989.■. "And Who Is My Neighbor? A World War II Hero of Conscience for Portugal." Luso-Brazilian Review 26, 1 (Summer 1989): 119-39.■. "Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970)." In Research Guide to European Historical Biography. Vol. 3. Washington, D.C.: Beacham, 1992.■. "'Estado Presente de tranquilidade,' posto em causa: Portugal observado e analisado no contexto internacional de 1958-59." In Iva Delgado, Carlos Pacheco, and Telmo Faria, eds., Humberto Delgado: As eleições de 58, 448-71. Lisbon: Vega, 1998.■, and René Pélissier. Angola. New York: Praeger and London: Pall Mall, 1971; reprinted: Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1977.■ Wiarda, Howard J. "Toward a Framework for the Study of Political Change in Iberic-Latin Tradition: The Corporative Model." World Politics 25 (January 1973): 206-35.■. Corporatism and Development: The Portuguese Experience. Amherst: University of Massachusetts Press, 1977.■. "The Corporatist Tradition and the Corporative System in Portugal." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal. The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 89-122. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.■ Afonso, Rui. Um Homem Bom. Aristides De Sousa Mendes O " Wallenberg Portugues." Lisbon: Caminho, 1995.■. Injustica-o Caso Sousa Mendes. Lisbon: Caminho, 1990.■ Agudo, Manuel Ros. La Guerra Secreta de Franco ( 1939-1945). Barcelona, 2002.■ Anon., Fugindo a Hitler e a Salazar e ao Holocausto-Refugiados em Portugal entre 1933-1945. Lisbon: Soc. Tipografica, 1994.■ Barreiros, Jose Antonio. A Lusitania Dos Espioes. Lisbon: Hugin, 1995.■. O Espiao Alemao Em Goa. Operacao Long Shanks, 1943. Lisbon, 2001.■ Beevor, J. G. SOE. Recollections and Reflections 1940-45. London, 1981. Bloch, Michael. Operation Willi: The Plot to Kidnap the Duke of Windsor July 1940. London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 1984. Carrilho, Maria et. al., Portugal Na Segunda Guerra Mundial. Contributos para uma reavaliacao. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1989. Cole, Robert. Britain and the War of Words in Neutral Europe, 1939-45. New York: St. Martin's, 1990. Colvin, Ian. Flight 777. London: Evans, 1957. Dias, Mariana Tavares. Lisboa nos Anos 40. Lisbon: Quimera, 1997. Eizenstadt, Stuart E. Coord. U.S. and Allied Efforts to Recover and Restore Gold and Other Assets Stolen or Hidden by Germany during World War II. New York, 2001.■ Fralon, Jose-Alain. A Good Man in Evil Times. The Story of Aristides De Sousa Mendes: The Man Who Saved the Lives of Countless Refugees in World War II. New York: Carroll & Graf, 2001.■ Giraudoux, Jean. Portugal. Paris: Grasset, 1958.■ Johns, Philip. Within Two Cloaks. Missions With SIS and SOE. London, 1979.■ Koestler, Arthur. Arrival and Departure. London, 1943.■ Leitz, Christian. Sympathy for the Devil: Neutral Portugal and Nazi Germany in World War II. New York, 2001.■ Louca, Antonio. Hitler e Salazar. Comercio em tempos de Guerra 1940-1944. Lisbon, 2000.■ Luca, Antonio. "Portugal's Double Game: Between the Nazis and the Allies." In Avi Beker, ed., The Plunder of Jewish Property during the Holocaust. Confronting European History. New York, 2001. MacIntyre, Ben. Agent Zigzag. New York: Harmony, 2007. Martins, Maria Joao. O Paraiso Triste. O Quotidiano em Lisboa durante a II Grande Guerra. Lisbon: Vega, 1994. Masterman, J.C. The Double-Cross System in the War of 1939 to 1945. New Haven, Conn.: Yale University Press, 1972. Muggeridge, Malcolm. Chronicles of Wasted Time. Chronicle 2: The Infernal Grove. New York: William Morrow, 1974.■ Nery, Julia. O Consul. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1991.■ Pimentel, Irene Flunser. Judeus em Portugal na Segunda Guerra Mundial. Lisbon, 2006.■ Popov, Dusko. Spy/ Counterspy. London, 1974.■ Prokosch, Frederick. The Conspirators. New York, 1943.■ Remarque, Erich Maria. The Night in Lisbon. New York, 1966.■ Ribeiro, Aquilino. Volfarmio Romance. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1943.■ Rosas, Fernando. Portugal entre a Paz e a Guerra. Lisbon: Estampa, 1990.■ Saint-Exupery, Antoine. Wartime Writings, 1939-1944. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1986.■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano, ed. Portugal E A Guerra. Historia das Intervencoes militares portuguesas nos grandes conflitos mundiais seculos XIX e XX. Lisbon: Colibri, 1998.■ Telo, Antonio Jose. Propagandal E Guerra Secreta Em Portugal 1939-45. Lisbon, 1990.■. Portugal na Segunda Guerra ( 1941-1945), 2 vols. Lisbon, 1991.■. A neutralidade portuguesa e o ouro nazi. Lisbon, 2000.■ Vintras, R.E. The Portuguese Connection: The Secret History of the Azores Base. London: Bachman and Turner, 1974. Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Age Old Business of Espionage." 1987 World Book Year Book. Chicago, 1987.■. "'In the Service of Order.' The Portuguese Political Police and the British, Germany and Spanish Intelligence [Services]." Journal of Contemporary History 36: no. 3 (Jan. 1983), 1-25.■. "And Who is My Neighbor? A World War II Hero of Conscience for Portugal." Luso-Brazilian Review 23 (no. 2) (Summer 1989), 119-39.■. "The Price of Neutrality: Portugal, the Wolfram Question, and World War II." Luso-Brazilian Review (Madison, WI), 23 (nos.1, 2) (Summer, 1986; Winter, 1986). 97-111; 108-127.■. "Last of the Great Air Mysteries of the War [World War II]." Bridport and Lyme Regis Gazette (Dorset, U.K.), June 5, 2003, 24-25.■. "Leslie Howard Helped Win World War II," St. Louis Post-Dispatch (St. Louis, Mo.), April 3, 5, 2005.■ Wilson, Robert. A Small Death in Lisbon. London, 2000.■. The Company Of Strangers. San Diego, 2002.■ Wylie, Neville. "An Amateur Learns His Job? Special Operations Executive in Portugal, 1940-42." Journal of Contemporary History. 36: no. 3 (2001), 441-57.■ Ferreira Martins, General. Historia do Exercito Portugues. Lisbon: Inquerito, 1945.■ Kaulza de Arriaga, General. Guerra e Politica. Em nome da verdade. Os anos decisivos. Lisbon: Referendo, 1987.■ Medeiros Ferreira, Jose. O Comportamento Politico dos Militares, Forcas Armadas e Regimes Politicos em Portugal no seculo XX. Lisbon: Estampa, 1992.■ Pereira Marques, Fernando. Exercito e Sociedade em Portugal. No Declinio do Antigo Regime e advento do Liberalismo. Lisbon: Regra do Jogo, 1981.■ Porch, Douglas. The Portuguese Armed Forces and the Revolution. London: Croom Helm, 1977.■ Ribeiro Dos Santos, Antonio Pedro. O Estado E A Order Publica. As Institui-coes Militares Portuguesas. Lisbon: Instituto Superior De Ciencias Sociais E Politicas, 1999.■ Saraiva de Carvalho, Otelo. Alvorada em Abril. Amadora (Portugal): Bertrand, 1977.■ Selvagem, Carlos. Portugal Militar. Compendio de Historia Militar e Naval de Portugal. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional, 1931.■ Spinola, Antonio de. Portugal e o Futuro. Lisbon: Arcadia, 1974.■. Pais Sem Rumo. Contributo para a historia de uma Revolucao. Lisbon: Scire, 1978.■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. Portugal e a Guerra. Historia das intervencoes militares portuguesas nos grandes conflitos mundiais do seculo XX. Lisbon: Ed. Colibri, 1999.■. Coord., Nova Historia Militar de Portugal, 5 vols. Lisbon: Circulo de Leitores, 2003-.■ Valente, Vasco Pulido. O Poder e o Povo. A Revolucao de 1910. Lisbon: Moraes, 1976, 1982.■ Wheeler, Douglas L. Republican Portugal: A Political History ( 1910-1926). Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1978, 1998.■. A Ditadura Militar Portuguesa ( 1926-1933). Mem Martins: Europa- America, 1988.■. "The Military and the Portuguese Dictatorship, 1926-1974: "The Honor of the Army." In Lawrence S. Graham and Harry M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents. 191-219. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.■ Aguiar, Joaquim. "Hidden Fluidity in an Ultra-Stable Party System." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 101-27. Lisbon, 1985.■ Braga da Cruz, Manuel, ed. Sistema Eleitoral Portugües: Debate Político e Parlamentar. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional/ Casa da Moeda, 1998.■, ed. "Portugal Político 25 Anos Depois." In Análise Social XXXV, 154/155 (Summer, 2000): 1-404.■ Bruneau, Thomas C., and Alex Macleod. Politics in Contemporary Portugal: Parties and the Consolidation of Democracy. Boulder, Colo.: Rienner, 1986.■ Bruneau, Thomas C., ed. Political Parties and Democracy in Portugal. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1997. Carlucci, Frank. "Confiei no Povo Portugues." Visao (Lisbon), April 10, 1997, 46-47.■. "The View from the U.S. Embassy." In Hans Binnendijk, ed., Authoritarian Regimes in Transition. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Dept. of State, Foreign Service Institute, Center for the Study of Foreign Affairs, 1987.■ Coelho, Mário Baptista, ed. Portugal. O Sistema Política a Constitucional, 1974-87. Lisbon: Instituto de Ciências Sociais, UNL, 1989.■ Costa Pinto, Antonio. "Settling Accounts with the Past in a Troubled Transition to Democracy: The Portuguese Case." In Alexandra Barahona De Brito, Carmen Gonzalez-Enriquez, and Paloma Aguilar, eds., The Politics of Memory: Transitional Justice in Democratizing Societies, 65-91. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2001.■ Cruzeiro, Maria Manuela. Costa Gomes-o Ultimo Marechal. Lisbon: Edit. Noticias, 1998.■ Domingos, Emídio Da Veiga. Portugal Político. Análise das Instituiçoes. Lisbon, 1989.■ Goldey, David. "Elections and the Consolidation of Portuguese Democracy: 1974-1983." Electoral Studies 2, 3 (1983): 229-40.■ Graham, Lawrence S. "Institutionalizing Democracy: Governance in Post-1974 Portugal." In Ali Farazmand, ed., Handbook of Comparative and Development Public Administration, 81-90. New York: Dekker, 1991.■, and Douglas L. Wheeler, eds. In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.■ Gunther, Richard. "Spain and Portugal." In G. A. Dorfman and P. J. Duignan, eds., Politics in Western Europe, 186-236. Stanford, Calif.: Hoover Institution Press, 1988.■ Magone, José Maria. European Portugal: The Difficult Road to Sustainable Democracy. Basingstoke, U.K.: Macmillan, 1997.■ Maxwell, Kenneth. The Making of Portuguese Democracy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1995.■, ed. Portugal in the 1980s: Dilemmas of Democratic Consolidation. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.■ Maxwell, Kenneth R., and Scott C. Monje, eds. Portugal: The Constitution and the Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-1989. New York: Camões Center, RIIC, Camões Center Special Report No. 2, Columbia University, 1991.■ Opello, Walter C., Jr. "The New Parliament in Portugal." Legislative Studies Quarterly, 3 (May 1978): 309-334.■. "Local Government and Political Culture in a Portuguese Rural County." Comparative Politics 13 (April 1981): 271-89.■. "Portugal's Administrative Elite: Social Origins and Political Attitudes." West European Politics 6 (Jan. 1983): 63-74.■. Portugal's Political Development: A Comparative Approach. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1985.■ Pinto Balsemão, Francisco. "The Constitution and Politics: Options for the Future." In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s, 197-232. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.■ Sartori, Giovanni. "Portugal." In Sartori, G, ed., Parties and Party Systems. Vol. 1, 131-45. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1976. Secretary of State for Mass Communications. Constitution of the Portuguese Republic [1976]. Lisbon, 1977.■ Aguiar, Joaquim. A Ilusão do poder: Analise do Sistema Partidário, 19761982. Lisbon, 1983. Almeida, Diniz de. Orígens e Evolução do Movimento dos Capitães. Lisbon, 1977.■. Ascensao, Apogeu e Queda do MFA, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1979.■ Alves, Márcio Moreira. Les Soldats Socialistes du Portugal. Paris: Gallimard, 1975.■ Antunes, José Freire. Sá Carneiro: Um Meteoro Nos Anos Setenta. Lisbon, 1982.■. O Segredo do 25 de Novembro. Mem Martins, 1983.■ Arouca, Manuel. Os Filhos Da Costa Do Sol. Mem Martins, 1989. Audibert, Pierre, and Daniel Brignon. Portugal: Les nouveaux centurions. Paris, 1974.■ Baptista, Jacinto. Caminhos para uma revolução. Lisbon, 1975. Barreto, Antônio. Memórias da Reforma Agrária. Mem Martins: Europa-Amé-rica, 1983.■, and C. V. Preto, eds. A Situação Social em Portugal, 1960-1996. Lisbon: Instituto de Ciências Sociais, 1996.■ Bermeo, Nancy Gina. "Worker Management in Industry: Reconciling Representative Government and Industrial Democracy in a Polarized Society." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 181-98. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.■. The Revolution within the Revolution: Workers' Control in Rural Portugal. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1986.■ Braeckman, Colette. Portugal: Revolution surveilée. Brussels: Rossei, 1975.■ Braga da Cruz, Manuel. "O Presidente da República na génese e evolução do sistema de governor portugües." Análise social XXIX, 125-26 (1994): 237-65.■, coord. "Portugal Político 25 Anos Depois." Análise Social XXXV, 154/155 (Summer 2000): 1-404. Bruneau, Thomas C. "Popular Support for Democracy in Post-revolutionary Portugal: Results from a Survey." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 21-42. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.■. Politics and Nationhood: Post-Revolutionary Portugal. New York: Praeger, 1984.■. "Portugal Fifteen Years after the April Revolution." Field Staff Reports ( 1989-90/ No. 1, Europe), 3-11. Indianapolis, Ind.: Universities Field Staff International, 1990.■, and Alex Macleod. Politics in Contemporary Portugal: Parties and the Consolidation of Democracy. Boulder, Colo.: Rienner, 1986.■ Carvalho, Ortelo Saraiva de. Cinco Meses Mudaram Portugal. Lisbon, 1975.■. Alvorada em Abril. Lisbon, 1977.■ Cid, Augusto. PREC-Processo Revolucionário Eventualmente Chocante. Viseu, 1977.■ Costa Lobo, Marina, and Pedro C. Magalhaes. "From 'Third Wave' to 'Third Way': Europe and the Portuguese Socialists (1975-1999)," Journal of Southern Europe and the Balkans 3, no. 1 (2001), 25-35.■ Costa Pinto, Antônio, ed. Modern Portugal. Palo Alto, Calif.: SPOSS, 1998.■, and Nuno Severiano Teixeira, eds. Southern Europe and the Making of the European Union. New York: Columbia Univ. Press, 2002.■ Cunhal, Alvaro. A Revolução Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975.■ Dias, Eduardo Mayone. Portugal's Secret Jews: The End of an Era. Rumford, R.I.: Peregrinação Publications, 1999.■ Downs, Charles. "Comissões de Moradores and Urban Struggles in Revolutionary Portugal." International Journal of Urban and Regional Research 4 (1986): 267-94.■. Revolution at the Grassroots: Community Organizations in the Portuguese Revolution. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1989.■ Dufour, Jean-Marc. Prague sur Tage. Paris, 1975.■ Durão Barroso, José. Le systémepolitiqueportugais face à l'intégration euro-péenne. Lisbon, 1983.■ Eisfeid, Rainer. "Portugal: What Role/What Future?" In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal Ten Years after the Revolution. New York: RIIC, Columbia University, 1984.■. Sozialistischer Pluralismus in Europa: Ansãtze und Scheitern am Beispiel Portugal. Cologne: Verlag Wissenchaft ünd Politik, 1985.■. "Portugal and Western Europe." In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s, 29-62. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.■ Farinha, Luis. "Regresso a Europa. Uma opcao feliz." Historia. XXIX; 95, III series (March 2007), 23-33.■ Faye, Jean-Pierre, ed. Portugal: The Revolution in the Labyrinth. Nottingham, U.K.: Spokesman, 1976. Ferreira, Hugo Gil, and Michael W. Marshall. Portugal's Revolution: Ten Years On. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1986. Figueira, João Costa. Cavaco Silva: Homem de Estado. Lisbon, 1987. Filoche, Gérard. Printemps Portugais. Paris: Editions Action, 1984. Frémontier, Jacques. Os Pontos nos ii. Lisbon, 1976. Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian. 25 de Abril-10 anos depois. Lisbon, 1984. Futscher Pereira, Bernardo. "Portugal and Spain." In K. Maxwell, ed. Portugal in the 1980s, 63-87. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.■ Gama, Jaime. Política Externa Portuguesa 1983-85: Ministério dos Negôcios Estrangeiros. Lisbon, 1986.■. "Preface." In J. Calvet de Magalhães, A. de Vasconcelos, and J. Ramos Silva, eds., Portugal: An Atlantic Paradox, 9-11. Lisbon, 1990. Gaspar, Jorge, and Nuno Vitorino. As Eleições De 25 De Abril: Geografia E Imagem Dos Partidos. Lisbon, 1976.■. "10 Anos de Democracia: Reflexos na geografia política." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opelio, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal 1974-1984/ Conflitos e Mudanças em Portugal, 1974-1984, 135-55. Lisbon, 1985.■, et al. As Eleições para assembleia da república, 1979-1983: Estudos de geografia eleitoral. Lisbon, 1984. Gaspar, Jorge, and Nuno Vitorino, eds. Portugal em mapas e em números. Lisbon, 1981.■ Giaccone, Fausto. Una Storia Portoghese/ Uma História Portuguesa. Palermo: Randazzo Focus, 1987.■ Gladdish, Ken. "Portugal: An Open Verdict." In Geoffrey Pridham, ed. Securing Democracy: Political Parties and Democratic Consolidation in Southern Europe, 104-25. London and New York: Routledge, 1990.■ Graham, Lawrence S. The Decline and Collapse of an Authoritarian Order. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1975.■, and Harry M. Makler, eds. Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.■, and Douglas L. Wheeler, eds. In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.■ Grayson, George W. "Portugal and the Armed Forces Movement." Orbis XIX, 2 (Summer 1975): 335-78.■ Green, Gil. Portugal's Revolution. New York: International, 1976.■ Hammond, John L. Building Popular Power: Workers' and Neighborhood Movements in the Portuguese Revolution. New York: Monthly Review Press, 1988.■ Harsgor, Michael. Naissance d'un Nouveau Portugal. Paris: Ed. du Seuil, 1975.■. Portugal in Revolution. Washington, D.C.: CSIS and Sage, 1976.■ Harvey, Robert. Portugal, Birth of a Democracy. London: Macmillan, 1978.■ Herr, Richard, ed. Portugal: The Long Road to Democracy and Europe. Berkeley, Calif.: International and Area Studies, 1992.■ Insight Team of the Sunday [London] Times. Insight on Portugal: The Year of the Captains. London: Deutsch, 1975.■ Janitschek, Hans. Mario Soares: Portrait of a Hero. London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 1985.■ Keefe, Eugene K., et al. Area Handbook for Portugal, 1st ed. Washington, D.C.: Foreign Area Studies of American University, 1977. Kramer, Jane. "A Reporter at Large: The Portuguese Revolution." The New Yorker (Dec. 15, 1975): 92-131.■ Lauré, Jason, and Ettagal Lauré. Jovem Portugal: After the Revolution. New York: Straus, Farrar and Giroux, 1977.■ Livermore, H. V. A New History of Portugal. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1976.■ Lourenço, Eduardo. Os Militares e O Poder. Lisbon, 1975.■. O Fascismo Nunca Existiu. Lisbon, 1976.■. "Identidade e Memôria: o caso português." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-l 984, 17-22. Lisbon, 1985.■ Lucena, Manuel. Evolução e Instituições: A Extinção dos Grémios da Lavoura Alentejanos. Mem Martins, 1984.■. "A herança de duas revoluções." In M. Baptista Coelho, ed., Portugal: O Sistema Político e Constitucional, 1974-87, 505-55. Lisbon, 1989.■ Macedo, Jorge Braga de, and S. Serfaty. Portugal since the Revolution: Economic and Political Perspectives. New York: Praeger, 1981.■ Magone, José M. European Portugal: The Difficult Road to Sustainable Democracy. New York: St. Martin's, 1997. Mailer, Phil. Portugal: The Impossible Revolution. London: Solidarity, 1977. Manta, João Abel. Cartoons/ 1969-1975. Lisbon, 1975.■ Manuel, Paul C. Uncertain Outcome: The Politics of Portugal's Transition to Democracy. Lanham, Md. and London: University Press of America, 1994.■ Mateus, Rui. Contos Proibidos. Memorias de Um PS Desconhecido, 3rd ed. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1996.■ Maxwell, Kenneth. "Portugal under Pressure." The New York Review of Books (May 2, 1974).■. "The Hidden Revolution in Portugal." The New York Review of Books (April 17, 1975).■. "The Thorns of the Portuguese Revolution." Foreign Affairs 54, 2 (Jan. 1976): 250-70.■. "The Communists and the Portuguese Revolution." Dissent 27, 2 (Spring 1980): 194-206.■. Portugal in the 1980s: Dilemmas of Democratic Consolidation. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.■. The Making of Portuguese Democracy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1995.■, ed. "Portugal: Toward the Twenty-First Century." Camoes Center Quarterly 5, 3-4 (Fall 1995): 6-55.■, ed. The Press and the Rebirth of Iberian Democracy. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1983.■. Portugal Ten Years after the Revolution: Reports of Three Columbia University-Gulbenkian Workshops. New York: Research Institute on International Change, Columbia University, 1984.■ Maxwell, Kenneth, and Michael H. Haltzel, eds. Portugal: Ancient Country, Young Democracy. Washington, D.C.: Wilson Center Press, 1990.■ Medeiros Ferreira, José. Ensaio Histórico sobre a revolução do 25 de Abril. Lisbon, 1983.■ Medina, João, ed. Portugal De Abril: Do 25 Aos Nossos Dias. In Medina, ed., História Contemporãnea De Portugal. Lisbon, 1985. Merten, Peter. Anarchismus ünd Arbeiterkãmpf in Portugal. Hamburg: Libertare, 1981.■ Miranda, Jorge. Constituição e Democracia. Lisbon, 1976.■. A Constituição de 1976. Lisbon, 1978.■ Morrison, Rodney J. Portugal: Revolutionary Change in an Open Economy. Boston: Auburn House, 1981.■ Mujal-Leôn, Eusebio. "The PCP [Portuguese Communist Party] and the Portuguese Revolution." Problems of Communism 26 (Jan.- Feb. 1977): 21-41.■ Neves, Mário. Missão em Moscovo. Lisbon, 1986.■ Oliveira, César. M. F. A. e Revolução Socialista. Lisbon, 1975.■. Os Anos Decisivos: Portugal 1962-1985. Um testemunho. Lisbon: Presença, 1993.■ Opello, Waiter C., Jr. Portugal's Political Development: A Comparative Approach. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1985.■. Portugal: From Monarchy to Pluralist Democracy. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1991.■ Pell, Senator Claiborne H. Portugal ( Including the Azores and Spain) in Search of New Directions: Report to the Committee on Foreign Relations, U.S. Senate. Washington, D.C.: Government Printing Office, 1976.■ Pereira, J. Pacheco. "A Case of Orthodoxy: The Communist Party of Portugal." In Waller and Fenema, eds., Communist Parties in Western Europe: Adaptation or Decline? Oxford: Basil Blackwell, 1988.■ Pilmott, Ben. "Socialism in Portugal: Was It a Revolution?" Government and Opposition 7 (Summer 1977).■. "Were the Soldiers Revolutionary? The Armed Forces Movement in Portugal, 1973-1976." Iberian Studies 7, 1 (1978): 13-21.■, and Jean Seaton. "Political Power and the Portuguese Media." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 43-57. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.■ Porch, Douglas. The Portuguese Armed Forces and the Revolution. London: Croom Helm and Stanford, Calif.: Hoover Institution Press, 1977.■ Pouchin, Dominique. Portugal, quelle révolution? Paris, 1976.■ Pulido Valente, Vasco. "E Viva Otelo." In Pulido Valente, V., ed., O País das Maravilhas, 451-54. Lisbon, 1979 [anthology of articles from weekly Lisbon paper, Expresso].■. Estudos Sobre a Crise Nacional. Lisbon, 1980.■ Rebelo de Sousa, Marcelo. O Sistema de Governo Português antes e depois da Revisão Constitucional, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1981. Rêgo, Raúl. Militares, Clérigos e Paisanos. Lisbon, 1981. Robinson, Richard A. H. Contemporary Portugal: A History. London: Allen & Unwin, 1979.■ Rodrigues, Avelino, Cesário Borga, and Mário Cardoso. O Movemento dos Capitães e o 25 de Abril. Lisbon, 1974.■. Portugal Depois De Abril. Lisbon, 1976.■ Ruas, H. B., ed. A Revolução das Flores. Lisbon, 1975.■ Rudel, Christian. La Liberte couleur d'oeillet. Paris: Fayard, 1980.■ Sa, Tiago Moreira de. Os Americanos na Revolucao Portuguesa ( 1974-1976). Lisbon: Edit. Noticias, 2004.■ Sá Carneiro, Francisco. Por Uma Social-Democracia Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975.■ Sanches Osôrio, Helena. Um Só Rosto. Uma Só Fé. Conversas Com Adelino Da Palma Carlos. Lisbon, 1988. Sanches Osôrio, J. The Betrayal of the 25th of April in Portugal. Madrid: Sedmay, 1975.■ Schmitter, Philippe C. "Liberation by Golpe: Retrospective Thoughts on the Demise of Authoritarian Rule in Portugal." Armed Forces and Society 2 (1974): 5-33.■. "An Introduction to Southern European Transitions from Authoritarian Rule: Italy, Greece, Portugal, Spain and Turkey." In G. O'Donnell,■ P. C. Schmitter, and L. Whitehead, eds., Transitions from Authoritarian Rule, 3-10. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1986.■ Silva, Fernando Dioga da. "Uma Administração Envelhecido." Revista da Ad-ministraçao Pública 2 (Oct.-Dec. 1979).■ Simões, Martinho, ed. Relatório Do 25 De Novembro: Texto Integral, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1976.■ Soares, Isabel, ed. Mário Soares: O homem e o político. Lisbon, 1976. Soares, Mário. Democratização e Descolonização: Dez meses no Governo Provisório. Lisbon, 1975. Sobel, Lester A., ed. Portuguese Revolution, 1974-1976. New York: Facts on File, Inc., 1976.■ Spínola, Antônio de. Portugal e o Futuro. Lisbon, 1974.■. País Sem Rumo: Contributo para a História de uma Revolução. Lisbon, 1978.■ Story, Jonathan. "Portugal's Revolution of Carnations: Patterns of Change and Continuity." International Affairs 52 (July 1976): 417-34. Sweezey, Paul. "Class Struggles in Portugal." Monthly Review 27, 4 (Sept. 1975): 1-26.■ Szulc, Tad. "Lisbon and Washington: Behind Portugal's Revolution." Foreign Policy 21 (Winter 1975-76): 3-62. Tavares de Almeida, Antônio. Balsemão: O retrato. Lisbon, 1981. "Vasco." Desenhos Políticos. Lisbon, 1974.■ Vasconcelos, Alvaro. "Portugal in Atlantic-Mediterranean Security." In Douglas T. Stuart, ed., Politics and Security in the Southern Region of the Atlantic Alliance, 117-36. London: Macmillan, 1988.■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "Golpes militares e golpes literários. A literatura do golpe de 25 de Abril de 1974 em contexto histôrico." Penélope. Fazer E Desfazer A História, 19-20 (1998): 191-212.■. "Tributo ao Historiador dos Historiadores. Memorias de A.H.de Oliveira Marques (1933-2007)," Historia XXIX, 95, III series (March 2007), 18-22.■ Wiarda, Howard J. Transcending Corporatism? The Portuguese Corporative System and the Revolution of 1974. Columbia: Institute of International Studies, University of South Carolina, 1976.■. The Transition to Democracy in Spain and Portugal. Washington, D.C.: American Enterprise Institute for Public Policy Research, 1989. Wise, Audrey. Eyewitness in Revolutionary Portugal. With a Preface by Judith Hart, MP. London: Spokesman, 1975.■ PHYSICAL FEATURES: GEOGRAPHY, GEOLOGY, FAUNA, AND FLORA■ Birot, Pierre. Le Portugal: Étude de géographie régionale. Paris, 1950.■ Embleton, Clifford. Geomorphology of Europe. London: Macmillan, 1984.■ Girão, Aristides de Amorim. Divisão regional, divisão agrícola e divisão administrativa. Coimbra, 1932.■. Condições geográficos e históricas de autonomia política de Portugal. Coimbra, 1935.■. Atlas de Portugal, 2nd ed. Coimbra, 1958.■ Ribeiro, Orlando. Portugal, O Mediterrâneo e o Altântico. Coimbra, 1945 and later eds.■. Portugal. Volume V of Geografia de Espana y Portugal. Barcelona, 1955.■. Ensaios de Geografia Humana e regio nal. Lisbon, 1970.■. A geografia e a divisão regional do país. Lisbon, 1970.■ Stanislawski, Dan. The Individuality of Portugal. Austin: The University of Texas Press, 1959.■. Portugal's Other Kingdom: The Algarve. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1963.■ Taylor, Albert William. Wild Flowers of Spain and Portugal. London: Chatto & Windus, 1972.■ Way, Ruth, and Margaret Simmons. A Geography of Spain and Portugal. London: Methuen, 1962.■ ARCHAEOLOGY AND PREHISTORY■ "Actas do Colóquio Inter-Universitário do Noroeste Peninsular (Porto-Baião, 1988), vol. II, Proto-História, romanização e Idade Média." In Trabalhos de antropologia e etnologia. 28, 3-4 (1988).■ Alarcão, Jorge de, ed. "Do Paleolítico va arte visigótica." Vol. 1, História da■ Arte em Portugal. Lisbon: Alfa, 1986.■. Roman Portugal, 3 vols. Warminister, U.K.: Aris & Phillips, 1988.■. Portugal Das Orígens A Romanização. Vol. I. In J. Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds. Nova História de Portugal. Lisbon: Presença, 1990. Anderson, James M., and M. S. Lea. Portugal 1001 Sights: An Archaeological and Historical Guide. Calgary, Alberta: University of Calgary and Robert Hale, 1994.■ Balmuth, Miriam S., Antonio Gilman, and Lourdes Prados-Torreira, eds. Encounters and Transformations: The Archaeology of Iberia in Transition. Monographs in Mediterranean Archaeology, no. 7. Sheffield, U.K.: Sheffield Academic Press, 1997.■ Beirão, C. M. M. Une civilization protohistorique du Sud au Portugal ( 1er Age du Fer). Paris: D. Boccard, 1986.■ Cardoso, João Luís, Santinho A. Cunha, and Delberto Aguiar. O Homem Pre-Histórico no Concelho de Oeiras. Oeiras, Portugal: Estudos Arquelógicos de Oeiras, 1991.■ Harrison, Richard J. The Bell Beaker Cultures of Spain and Portugal. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1977.■ Mangas, Júlio, ed. Hispania epigraphica. Madrid, 1989.■ Maloney, Stephanie J. "The Villa of Toerre de Palma, Portugal: Archaeology and Preservation." Portuguese Studies Review VIII, 1 (Fall-Winter, 1999-2000): 14-28.■ Savory, H. N. Spain and Portugal: The Prehistory of the Iberian Peninsula. London, 1968.■ Silva, A. C. F. A cultura castreja no Noroeste de Portugal. Paços de Ferreira:■ Museu da Citânia de Sanfins, 1986. Straus, L. G. Iberia before the Iberians. Albuquerque, N.M., 1992.■ FOREIGN TRAVELERS AND RESIDENTS' ACCOUNTS■ Andersen, Hans Christian. A Visit to Portugal 1866. London: Peter Owen, 1972.■ Beckford, William. Italy, with Sketches of Spain and Portugal. Paris: Baudry's European Library, 1834.■ Boyd Alexander, ed. London: Hart-Davies, 1954.■. Recollections of an Excursion to the Monasteries of Alcoboca and Batalha. Fontwell, U.K.: Centaur Press, 1972.■ Bell, Aubrey F. G. In Portugal. London: Bodley Head, 1912.■ Borrow, George. The Bible in Spain, 2 vols. London: Constable, 1923 ed.■ Chaves, Castelo Branco. Os livros de viagens em Portugal no século XVIII e a sua projecção europeia. Lisbon, 1977.■ Costigan, Arthur William. Sketches of Society and Manners in Portugal. London: T. Vernon, 1787.■ Crawfurd, Oswald. Portugal Old and New. London: Kegan, Paul, 1880.■. Round the Calendar in Portugal. London: Chapman & Hall, 1890.■ Darymple, William. Travels through Spain and Portugal in 1774. London: J. Almon, 1777.■ Dumouriez, Charles Francois Duperrier. An Account of Portugal as It Appeared in 1766. London: C. Law, 1797.■ Fielding, Henry. Jonathan Wild and the Journal of a Voyage to Lisbon. London: J. M. Dent, 1932.■ Fullerton, Alice. To Portugal for Pleasure. London: Grafton, 1945.■ Gibbons, John. I Gathered No Moss. London: Robert Hale, 1939.■ Gordon, Jan, and Cora Gordon. Portuguese Somersault. London: Harrap, 1934.■ Hewitt, Richard. A Cottage in Portugal. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1996.■ Huggett, Frank. South of Lisbon: Winter Travels in Southern Portugal. London: Gollancz, 1960.■ Hume, Martin. Through Portugal. London: Richards, 1907.■ Hyland, Paul. Backwards Out of the Big World: A Voyage into Portugal. Hammersmith, U.K.: HarperCollins, 1996.■ Jackson, Catherine Charlotte, Lady. Fair Lusitania. London: Bentley, 1874.■ Kelly, Marie Node. This Delicious Land Portugal. London: Hutchinson, 1956.■ Kempner, Mary Jean. Invitation to Portugal. New York: Athenaeum, 1969.■ Kingston, William H. G. Lusitanian Sketches of the Pen and Pencil. 2 vol. London: Parker, 1845.■ Landmann, George. Historical, Military and Picturesque Observations on Portugal. 2 vol. London: Cadell and Davies, 1818.■ Latouche, John [Pseudonym of Oswald Crawfurd]. Travels in Portugal. London: Ward, Lock & Taylor, ca. 1874.■ Link, Henry Frederick. Travels in Portugal and France and Spain. London: Longman & Rees, 1801.■ Macauley, Rose. They Went to Portugal. London: Jonathan Cape, 1946.■. They Went to Portugal, Too. Manchester: Carcanet Books, 1990.■ Merle, Iris. Portuguese Panorama. London: Ouzel, 1958.■ Murphy, J. C. Travels in Portugal. London: 1795.■ Proper, Datus C. The Last Old Place: A Search through Portugal. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1992.■ Quillinan, Dorothy [Wordsworth]. Journal of a Few Months in Portugal with Glimpses of the South of Spain. 2 vol. London: Moxon, 1847. Sitwell, Sacheverell. Portugal and Madeira. London: Batsford, 1954. Smith, Karine R. Until Tomorrow: Azores and Portugal. Snohomish, Wash.: Snohomish Publishing, 1978. Southey, Robert. Journals of a Residence in Portugal, 1800-1801 and a Visit to France, 1838. London and New York: Oxford Univ. Press, 1912. Thomas, Gordon Kent. Lord Byron's Iberian Pilgrimage. Provo, Utah: Brigham Young University Press, 1983. Twiss, Richard. Travels through Portugal and Spain in 1772-1773. London, 1775.■ Watson, Gilbert. Sunshine and Sentiment in Portugal. London: Arnold, 1904. Wheeler, Douglas L. "A[n American] Fulbrighter in Lisbon, Portugal, 196162." Portuguese Studies Review 1 (1991): 9-16.■ PORTUGUESE CARTOGRAPHY, DISCOVERIES, AND NAVIGATION■ Albuquerque, Luís de. Curso de História de Naútica. Coimbra, 1972.■. Introdução a história dos descobrimentos, 3rd ed. Mem Martins, 1983.■. Os Descobrimentos Portugueses. Lisbon: Alfa, 1983.■. Portuguese Books on Nautical Science from Pedro Nunes to 1650. Lisbon, 1984.■. Os Descobrimentos Portugueses. Lisbon, 1985.■ Boorstin, Daniel. The Discoverers. New York: Random House, 1983. Boxer, C. R. The Portuguese Seaborne Empire, 1415-1825. London: Hutchinson, 1969.■ Brazão, Eduardo. La découverte de Terre-Neuve. Montreal: Les Presses de l'Université, 1964.■. "Les Corte-Real et le Nouveau Monde." Revue d'histoire d'Amérique Française 19, 1 (1965): 335-49. Cortesão, Armando, and Avelino Teixeira de Mota. Cartografia Portuguesa Antiga. Lisbon, 1960.■. Portugalia Monumenta Cartográfica, 6 vols. Lisbon, 1960-62.■. História da Cartografia Portuguesa, 2 vols. Coimbra, 1969-70.■ Cortesão, Jaime. L'expansion des portugais dans l'historie de la civilisation. Brussels, 1930.■. Os descobrimentos portugueses, 2 vols. V. Magalhães Godinho and Joel Serrão, eds. Lisbon, 1960.■. A expansão dos Portugueses no período henriquinho. Lisbon, 1965.■. Descobrimentos precolombanos dos portugueses. Lisbon, 1966.■ Costa, Abel Fontoura da. A Marinharia dos Descobrimentos, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1960.■ Costa Brochado, Idalino F. Descobrimento do Atlântico. Lisbon, 1958. English ed., 1959-60.■ Coutinho, Admiral Gago. A naútica dos descobrimentos, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1951-52.■ Crone, G. R. Maps and Their Makers. New York: Capricorn Books, 1966.■ Dias, José S. da Silva. Os descobrimentos e a problemática cultural do Século XVI, 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1982.■ Disney, Anthony, and Emily Booth, eds. Vasco Da Gama and the Linking of Europe and Asia. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2000.■ Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães, ed. Documentos sobre a expansão portuguesa [ to 1460], 3 vols. Lisbon, 1945-54.■ Guedes, Max, and Gerald Lombardi, eds. Portugal. Brazil: The Age of Atlantic Discoveries. Lisbon: Bertrand; Milan: Ricci; Brazilian Culture Foundation, 1990. [Catalogue of New York Public Library Exhibit, Summer 1990]■ Harley, J. B., and David Woodward. The History of Cartography. Volume 1: Cartography in Prehistoric, Ancient and Medieval Europe and Mediterranean. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1987.■ Leite, Duarte. História dos Descobrimentos: Colectânea de esparsos, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1958-61.■ Ley, Charles. Portuguese Voyages, 1498-1663. London: Dent, 1953.■ Marques, J. Martins da Silva. Descobrimentos portugueses, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1944-71.■ Martyn, John R. C., ed. Pedro Nunes ( 1502-1578): His Lost Algebra and Other Discoveries. John R. C. Martyn, trans. New York: Peter Lang, 1996.■ Morison, Samuel Eliot. The European Discovery of America: The Northern Voyages, A. D. 500-1600. New York: Oxford University Press, 1971.■. Portuguese Voyages to America in the Fifteenth Century. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1974.■ Mota, Avelino Teixeira da. Mar, Além-Mar-Estudos e Ensaios de História e Geografia. Lisbon, 1972.■ Nemésio, Vitorino. Vida e Obra do Infante D. Henrique. Lisbon, 1959.■ Parry, J. H. The Discovery of the Sea. New York: Dial, 1974.■ Penrose, Boies. Travel and Discovery in the Renaissance, 1420-1620. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1952.■ Peres, Damião. História dos Descobrimentos Portugueses. Oporto, 1943.■ Prestage, Edgar. The Portuguese Pioneers. London, 1933; New York: Barnes & Noble, 1967.■ Rogers, Francis M. Precision Astrolabe: Portuguese Navigators and Transoceanic Aviation. Lisbon, 1971.■ Seary, E. R. "The Portuguese Element in the Place Names of Newfoundland." In Luís Albuquerque, ed., Vice-Almirante A. Teixeira da Mota: In Memo-riam. Vol. II, 359-64. Lisbon: Academia da Marinha, 1989.■ Subrahmanyam, Sanjay. The Career and Legend of Vasco Da Gama. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1997.■ Velho, Alvaro. Roteiro ( Navigator's Route) da Primeira Viagem de Vasco da Gama ( 1497-1499). Lisbon, 1960.■ Winius, George, ed. Portugal, the Pathfinder: Journeys from the Medieval toward the Modern World 1300-ca. 1600. Madison, Wisc.: Hispanic Seminary of Medieval Studies, 1995.■ PORTUGAL AND HER OVERSEAS EMPIRES (1415-1975)■ Abshire, David M., and Michael A. Samuels, eds. Portuguese Africa: A Handbook. New York: Praeger, 1969.■ Afonso, Aniceto, and Carlos de Matos Gomes. Guerra Colonial. Lisbon: Noticias, 2001.■ Albuquerque, J. Moushino de. Moçambique. Lisbon, 1898.■ Alden, Dauril. The Making of an Enterprise: The Society of Jesus in Portugal, Its Empire & Beyond. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1995.■ Alexandre, Valentim. Orígens do Colonialismo Português Moderno ( 18221891). Lisbon: Sá da Costa, 1979.■, and Jill Dias, eds. "O Império Africano 1825-1890. Volume X." In J.■ Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds., Nova História Da Expansão Portuguesa. Lisbon: Estampa, 1998.■ Ames, Glen J. "The Carreira da India, 1668-1682: Maritime Enterprise and the Quest for Stability in Portugal's Asian Empire." Journal of European Economic History 20, 1 (1991): 7-28.■. Renascent Empire? The House of Braganza and the Quest for Stability in Portuguese Monsoon Asia, ca. 1640-1683. Amsterdam: Amsterdam Univ.Press, 2000.■. Vasco da Gama. Renaissance Crusader. New York: Pearson/Longman, 2005.■ Antunes, José Freire. O Império com Pés de Barro: Colonizaçao e Descolonização: As Ideologias em Portugal. Lisbon: D. Quixote, 1980.■. O Factor Africano 1890-1990. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1990.■. A Guerra De Africa 1961-1974, 2 vols. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1995-96.■. Jorge Jardim: Agente Secreto 1919-1982. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1996.■ Axelson, Eric A. South-East Africa, 1488-1530. London: Longmans, 1940.■. "Prince Henry and the Discovery of the Sea Route to India." Geographical Journal (U.K.) 127, 2 (June 1961): 145-58.■. Portugal and the Scramble for Africa, 1875-1891. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1967.■. Portuguese in South-East Africa, 1488-1699. Cape Town: Struik, 1973.■. Congo to Cape: Early Portuguese Explorers. New York: Harper & Row, 1974.■ Azevedo, Mário. Historical Dictionary of Mozambique, 2nd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 2003.■ Baião, António, Hernãni Cidade, and Manuel Murias, eds. História da Expansão Portuguesa no Mundo, 4 vols. Lisbon, 1937-40.■ Bender, Gerald J. "The Limits of Counterinsurgency [in the Angolan War, 1961-72]." Comparative Politics (1972): 331-60.■. Angola under the Portuguese: The Myth Versus Reality. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1978.■ Bhíla, H. H. K. Trade and Politics in a Shona Kingdom: The Manyika and Their Portuguese and African Neighbours, 1875-1902. Harlow, U.K.: Longman, 1990.■ Birmingham, David. The Portuguese Conquest of Angola. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1965.■. Trade and Conflict in Angola. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1966.■. Frontline Nationalism in Angola & Mozambique. London: James Currey, 1992.■. Portugal and Africa. New York: St. Martins, 1999.■ Bottineau, Yves. Le Portugal Et Sa Vocation Maritime. Paris: Boccard, 1977. Boxer, C. R. Fidalgos in the Far East— Fact and Fancy in the History of Macau. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1948. ———. The Christian Century in Japan. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1951.■ ———. Salvador de Sá and the Struggle for Brazil and Angola, 1602-1688. London, 1952.■ ———. Four Centuries of Portuguese Expansion, 1415-1825: A Succinct Survey. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1961.■ ———. The Golden Age of Brazil, 1695-1750. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1962.■ ———. Race Relations in the Portuguese Colonial Empire, 1415-1825. Oxford:■ Clarendon Press, 1963. ———. Portuguese Society in the Tropics. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1965.■ ———. The Portuguese Seaborne Empire 1415-1825. London: Hutchi nson, 1969.■ ———, and Carlos de Azevedo, eds. Fort Jesus and the Portuguese in Mombasa. London: Hollis and Carter, 1960.■ Broadhead, Susan H. Historical Dictionary of Angola, 2nd ed. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press, 1992.■ Burton, Richard. Goa and the Blue Mountains. London: Bentley, 1851.■ Cabral, Luís. Crónica da Libertação. Lisbon, 1984.■ Caetano, Marcello. Colonizing Traditions, Principles and Methods of the Portuguese. Lisbon, 1951.■ ———. Portugal E A Internacionalização Dos Problemas Africanos, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1965.■ Cann, John P. Counterinsurgency in Africa: The Portuguese Way of War, 1961-1974. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1997. Castelo, Claudia. " O modo portugues de estar no mundo." O luso-tropicalismo e a ideologia colonial portuguesa ( 1931-1961). Oporto: Afrontamento, 1998. Castro, Armando. O Sistema Colonial Português em Africa ( meados do Século XX). Lisbon, 1978.■ Chaliand, Gerard. "The Independence of Guinea-Bissau and the Heritage of [Amilcar] Cabral." In Revolution in the Third World. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1978.■ Chilcote, Ronald H. Portuguese Africa. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall, 1967.■ Clarence-Smith, Gervase. Slaves, Peasants and Capitalists in Southern Angola 1840-1926. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1979.■ ———. The Third Portuguese Empire 1825-1975: A Study in Economic Imperialism. Manchester, U.K.: Manchester University Press, 1985.■ Coates, Timothy J. Convicts and Orphans: Forced and State-Sponsored Colonizers in the Portuguese Empire, 1550-1720. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 2001.■ Davies, Shann. Macau. Singapore: Times Editions, 1986.■ Dias, C. Malheiro, ed. História da colonização portuguesa no Brasil, 3 vols. Oporto, 1921-24.■ Diffie, Bailey W., and George Winius. Foundations of the Portuguese Empire, 1415-1580. Minneapolis: Minnesota University Press, 1977.■ Disney, Anthony R. Twilight of the Pepper Empire: Portuguese Trade in Southwest India in the Early Seventeenth Century. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1978.■ ———, and Emily Booth, eds. Vasco Da Gama and the Linking of Europe and Asia. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2000.■ Duffy, James. Shipwreck and Empire: Being an Account of Portuguese Maritime Disaster in a Century of Decline. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1955.■ ———. Portuguese Africa. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1959. ———. Portugal in Africa. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1962.■. "The Portuguese Territories." In Colin Legum, ed., Africa: A Handbook to the Continent. New York: Holmes & Meier, 1967. ———. A Question of Slavery. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1967. Felgas, Hélio. História do Congo Português. Carmona, Angola, 1958. ———. Guerra em Angola. Lisbon, 1961.■ Galvão, Henrique, and Carlos Selvagam. O Império Ultramarino Português, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1953.■ Gleijeses, Piero. Conflicting Missions: Havana, Washington and Africa, 19591976. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2002.■ Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães. "Portugal and Her Empire." In The New Cambridge Modern History. Vol. V (1961): 384-97; Vol. VI (1963): 509-TO.■ Grenfell, F. James. História da Igreja Baptista em Angola, 1879-1975. Queluz, Portugal: Núcleo, 1998.■ Hammond, Richard J. "Economic Imperialism: Sidelights on a Stereotype." Journal of Economic History XXI, 4 (1961): 582-98.■ ———. Portugal and Africa, 1815-1910: A Study in Uneconomic Imperialism. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1966.■ Hanson, Carl. Portugal and the Wider World 1147-1497. New Orleans, La.: University Press of the South, 2001.■ Harris, Marvin. Portugal's African Wards. New York: American Committee on Africa, 1957.■ ———. "Portugal's Contribution to the Underdevelopment of Africa and Brazil." In Ronald H. Chilcote, ed., Protest & Resistance in Angola & Brazil: Comparative Studies, 209-23. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1972.■ Henderson, Lawrence W. Angola: Five Centuries of Conflict. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1979. ———. A Igreja Em Angola. Lisbon: Edit. Além-Mar, 1990. Heywood, Linda. Contested Power in Angola 1840s to the Present. Rochester, N.Y.: University of Rochester Press, 2000.■ Hilton, Anne. The Kingdom of Kongo. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1985.■ Hower, Alfred, and Richard Preto-Rodas, eds. Empire in Transition: The Portuguese World in the Time of Camões. Gainesville: University Presses of Florida, 1985.■ Isaacman, Allen. "The Prazos da Coroa 1752-1830: A Functional Analysis of the Political System." STUDIA (Lisbon) 26 (1969): 149-78.■. Mozambique: The Africanization of a European Institution: The Zambezi Prazos, 1750-1902. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1972.■ ———. The Tradition of Resistance in Mozambique: Anti-Colonial Activity in the Zambesi Valley 1850-1921. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1976.■ James, Martin. Historical Dictionary of Angola, 3rd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 2004.■ Jardim, Jorge. Sanctions Double-Cross: Oil to Rhodesia. Lisbon, 1978. Johnson, Harold, and Maria Beatriz Nizza da Silva. O Império Luso-Brasileiro 1500-1620. Volume VI. In J. Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds. Nova História Da Expansão Portuguesa. Lisbon: Estampa, 1992. Joliffe, Jill. East Timor: Nationalism & Colonialism. University of Queensland Press, 1978.■ Kea, Ray A. Settlements, Trade and Politics in the Seventeenth Century Gold Coast. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1982.■ Kohen, Arnold. From the Place of the Dead. The Epic Struggles of Bishop Belo of East Timor. New York: St Martins, 1999.■ Livingstone, Charles, and David Livingstone. Narrative of an Expedition to the Zambezi and Its Tributaries. New York: 1866.■ Livingstone, David. Missionary Travels and Researches in South Africa. London, 1857.■ Lobban, Richard, and Joshua Forrest. Historical Dictionary of the Republic of Guinea-Bissau, 3rd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 1996. Lobban, Richard, and Marilyn Halter. Historical Dictionary of Cape Verde, 3rd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 1993. Martino, Antonio M. Joao de Azevedo Coutinho. Marinheiro e soldado de Portugal. Lisbon: Colibri, 2002. Martins, Rocha. História das Colónias Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1933. Marvaud, Angel. Le Portugal et Ses Colonies. Paris, 1912. Mason, Philip, ed. Angola: A Symposium; Views of a Revolt. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1961. Melo, João de, ed. Os Anos Da Guerra 1961-1975: Os Portugueses em Africa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1988. Miller, Joseph C. Way of Death: Merchant Capitalism and the Angolan Slave Trade, 1730-1830. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1988.■ Ministry of Foreign Affairs. Portugal. Vinte Anos de Defesa do Estado Português de India. Lisbon, 1967.■. Portugal Replies in the United Nations. Lisbon, 1970.■ Mondlane, Eduardo. The Struggle for Mozambique. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1969.■ Moreira, Adriano. Política Ultramarina. Lisbon, 1956.■. Portugal's Stand in Africa. New York: University Publishers, 1962.■, and Jose Carlos Venancio. Eds. Luso-Tropicalismo. Uma Teoria Social em Questao. Lisbon: Vega, 2000.■ Múrias, Manuel, ed. História da expansão portuguesa no mundo, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1937-42.■. Short History of Portuguese Colonization. Lisbon, 1940.■ Newitt, Malyn. Portuguese Settlement on the Zambesi: Exploration, Land Tenure and Colonial Rule in East Africa. New York: Holmes & Meier, 1973.■. Portugal in Africa: The Last Hundred Years. London: Longmans, 1981.■. A History of Mozambique. London: Hurst, 1995.■. A History ofPortuguese Overseas Expansion, 1400-1668. London: Routledge, 2005.■. História De Portugal. 1933-1974: II Suplemento. Oporto, 1981.■. Salazar. Vol. V: A Resistência ( 1958-1964). Oporto, 1981.■ Nowell, Charles E. "Portugal and the Partition of Africa." Journal of Modern History XIX, 1 (1947): 1-17.■ Nunes, Antonio Lopes Pires. Angola 1961. Da Baixa do Cassange a Nambu-angongo. Lisbon: Prefacio, 2005.■ Okuma, Thomas. Angola in Ferment: The Background and Prospects of Angolan Nationalism. Boston: Beacon, 1962.■ Pattee, Richard. Portugal and the Portuguese World. Milwaukee, Wise.: Bruce, 1957.■ Pélissier, René. Les Guerres Grises: Resistance Et Revoltes en Angola ( 18451941). Orgeval: Pélissier, 1977.■. Naissance Du Mozambique: Tome 1, Tome 2, Resistance Et Revoltes Anticoloniales ( 1854-1981), 2 vols. Orgeval: Pélissier, 1984.■. História de Moçambique. Vol. II. Lisbon, 1988.■. Naissance de la Guinée: Portugais et Africains en Senegambie ( 1841-1936). Orgeval: Pélissier, 1989.■ Pires, Adelino Serras, and Fiona Claire Capstick. The Winds of Havoc: A Memoir of Adventure and Destruction in Deepest Africa. New York: St. Martin's, 2001.■ Prestage, Edgar. The Portuguese Pioneers. London: Black, 1933.■ Ranger, T. [Terence] O. "Revolt in Portuguese East Africa: The Makombe Rising of 1917." St. Anthony's Papers. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 15 (1963).■ Remy. Goa, Rome of the Orient. Trans. from the French by Lancelot Sheppard. London, 1957.■ Ribeiro, General Goncalves. A Vertigem da Descolonizacao. Da Agonia do Exodo a Cidadania Plena. Lisbon: Inquerito, 2002. Ricard, Robert. Etudes sur l'Histoire des Portugais au Maroc. Coimbra, 1955.■ Richards, J. M. Goa. London: Hurst, 1982.■ Rodney, Walter. A History of the Upper Guinea Coast, 1545-1800. New York: Oxford University Press, 1970. Rodrigues, José Honório. Africa e Brasil: Outro Horizonte. Rio de Janeiro, 1961.■ Rogers, Francis M. "Valentim Fernandes, Rodrigo de Santaella, and the Recognition of the Antilles as "Opposite India." Boletim da Sociedade de Geografia de Lisboa series 75 (July-September 1957): 279-309.■. The Obedience of a King of Portugal. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1958.■. The Quest for Eastern Christians: Travels and Rumors in the Age of Discovery. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1962.■ Russell-Wood, A. J. Fidalgos and Philanthropists: The Santa Casa da Mi-sericordia of Bahia, 1550-1755. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1968.■. "Colonial Brazil." In David W. Cohen and Jack Greene, eds., Neither Slave nor Free, 84-133. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1972.■. "Local Government in Portuguese America: A Study in Cultural Divergence." Comparative Studies in Society and History 16 (1974): 187-231.■. From Colony to Nation: Essays on the Independence of Brazil. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1975.■. World on the Move: The Portuguese in Africa, Asia & America, 1415-1808. New York: St. Martins, 1993.■ Salazar, António de Oliveira. Goa and the Indian Union. Lisbon, 1954.■. "Portugal, Goa and the Indian Union." Foreign Affairs (New York) 34, 3 (April, 1956): 418-31.■. "Realities and Trends of Portugal's Policies." International Affairs (London) XXXIX, 2 (April 1963): 169-83.■ Saldanha, C. F. A Short History of Goa. Goa, 1957.■ Sanceau, Elaine. Indies Adventure: The Amazing Career of Afonso de Albuquerque. London: Blackie, 1936.■. Portugal in Quest of Prester John. London: Hutchinson, 1943.■. The Land of Prester John. New York: Knopf, 1944.■. Henry the Navigator. New York: Norton, 1947.■. The Perfect Prince: Dom João II. Oporto, 1959.■. Good Hope, the Voyage of Vasco da Gama. Lisbon, 1967.■. Knight of the Renaissance: A Biography of Dom João de Castro. London: Hutchinson, n.d.■ Schubert, Benedict. A Guerra e as Igrejas: Angola, 1961-1991. Basel, Switzerland: Schlettwein, 2000 [orig. ed. in German, Lucerne, Exodus Pub., 1997].■ Schwartz, Stuart G. Sovereignty and Society in Colonial Brazil. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1973.■ Serra, Carlos, ed. História de Moçambique, 2 vols. Maputo, Mozambique: Tempo, 1982-83.■ Silva, Botelho da, ed. and comp. " Dossier" Goa. ( General Manuel) Vassalo e Silva. A Recusa do Sacrifício Inútil. Lisbon, 1975.■ Silva, Maria Beatriz Nizza da, ed. O Império Luso-Brasileiro 1750-1822. Volume VIII. In J. Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds., Nova História Da Expansão Portuguesa. Lisbon: Estampa, 1986.■ Silva Cunha J. M. da. Questões Ultramarinos e Internacionais. Lisbon, 1960.■ Silva Rego, A. da. História das missões do padroado português do Oriente: India ( 1500-1542). 1 vol. Lisbon, 1949.■. Portuguese Colonization in the Sixteenth Century: A Study of Royal Ordinances. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1957.■. O Ultramar Português No Século XIX ( 1834-1910). Lisbon, 1966.■ Sousa Dias, Gastão. Os Portugueses em Angola. Lisbon, 1959.■ Sykes, John. Portugal and Africa: The People and the War. London: Hutchinson, 1971.■ Telo, António José. Lourenço Marques na Política Externa Portuguesa. Lisbon: Cosmos, 1991.■. Economia E Império No Portugal Contemporânea. Lisbon: Cosmos, 1994.■. Os Açores e o Controlo do Atlântico. Lisbon: Asa, 1993.■ Vail, Leroy, and Landeg White. Capitalism and Colonialism in Mozambique: A Study of Quelimane District. Minneapolis: Minnesota University Press, 1980.■ Veen, Ernst van. Defeat or Decay? An Inquiry into the Portuguese Decline in Asia 1580-1645. Leiden: University of Leiden, 2000.■ Verlinden, Charles. "Italian Influence on Iberian Colonization." Hispanic American Historical Review 33 (1953): 99-211.■. The Beginnings of Modern Colonization. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1970.■ Vogel, Charles. Le Portugal et Ses Colonies. Paris, 1860.■ Vogt, John. Portuguese Rule on the Gold Coast 1469-1682. Athens: University of Georgia Press, 1979.■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Portuguese in Angola. 1836-1891: A Study in Expansion and Administration." Ph.D. dissertation, Boston University, Department of History, 1963.■. "Anti-Imperialism Traditions in Portugal, Yesterday and Today." Boston University Graduate Journal XII, 2 (Spring 1964): 125-37.■. 'The Portuguese and Mozambique: The Past against the Future." In John A. Davis and James K. Baker, eds., Southern Africa in Transition. 180-96. New York: Praeger, 1966.■. "Gungunhana." In Norman R. Bennett, ed., Leadership in Eastern Africa, Six Political Biographies, 165-220. Boston: Boston University Press, 1968.■. "Gungunyane the Negotiator." Journal of African History IX, 4 (1968): 585-602.■. "Nineteenth-Century African Protest in Angola: Prince Nicolas of Kongo (1830?-1860)." African Historical Studies (Boston) I (1968): 40-59.■. "The Portuguese Army in Angola." Journal of Modern African Studies (Cambridge U.K.), 7, 3 (Oct. 1969): 425-39.■. "Thaw in Portugal." Foreign Affairs 48, 4 (July 1970): 769-81.■. "Portugal in Angola: A Living Colonialism?" In C. Potholm and R. Dale, eds., Southern Africa in Perspective, 172-82. New York: Free Press, 1972.■. "The First Portuguese Colonial Movement, 1835-1875." Iberian Studies (Keele, U.K.) I, 1 (Spring 1975): 25-27.■. "Rebels and Rebellions in Angola, 1672-1892." In Mark Karp, ed., African Dimensions: Essays in Honor of William O. Brown, 81-93. Boston: Boston University Press, 1975.■. "African Elements in Portugal's Armies in Africa (1961-1974)." Armed Forces and Society (Chicago) 2, 2 (Feb. 1976): 233-50.■. "Portuguese Colonial Governors in Africa, 1870-1974." In L. H. Gann and Peter Duignan, eds., African Proconsuls: European Governors in Africa, 415-26. New York: Free Press, 1978; and "J. Mousinho de Albuquerque (1855-1902)" and "J. Norton de Matos (1867-1955)": 427-44; 445-63.■. "The Portuguese Withdrawal from Africa, 1974-1975; The Angolan Case." In John Seiler, ed., Southern Africa Since the Portuguese Coup, 3-21. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1980.■. "The Portuguese Exploration Expeditions and Expansion in Angola, 1877-1883." In Academia de Marinha and Instituto de Investigação Científica Tropical, eds., Vice Almirante A. Teixeira Da Mota: In Memoriam. Volume I, 267-76. Lisbon, 1987.■. "'Aqui é Portugal!': The Politics of the Colonial Idea during the Estado Novo, 1926-1974." In Pavilhão de Portugal, EXPO'98 and Instituto de História Contemporânea, eds., Portugal No Transição Do Milênio: Colóquio Internacional, 375-105. Lisbon: Fim de Século, 1998.■. The Empire Time Forgot: Writing a History of the Portuguese Overseas Empire, 1808-1975. Oporto: Universidade Fernando Pessoa, 1998.■. "Filho Do Porto, Filho Do Império: Antônio Francisco Da Silva Porto (1817-1890) and the Politics of Motivation in Portugal's First and Second Scrambles for Africa (1836-1861; 1875-1891)." Revista da UFP [Universidade Fernando Pessoa] 4 (Dec. 1999): 225-54.■. "'Mais leis do que mosquitos': A Primeira República Portuguesa e o Império Ultramarino (1910-1926)." In Nuno Severiano Teixeira and Antó-nio Costa Pinto, eds., A Primeira República Portuguesa Entre O Liberalismo E O Autoritarismo, 133-68. Lisbon: University Nova de Lisboa, 2000.■. "Spiritual Peoples at Odds: Portugal, India and the Goa Question, 1947-61." In Anthony Disney and Emily Booth, eds., Vasco Da Gama and the Linking of Europe and Asia, 452-70. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2000.■. "Portugal, Africa and the future." In Stewart Lloyd-Jones and Antonio Costa Pinto, eds., The Last Empire: Thirty Years of Portuguese Decolonization, 113-25. Bristol, U.K.: Intellect, 2003.■. "The Forced Labor 'System' in Angola, 1903-1947: Reassessing Origins and Persistence in the Context of Colonial Consolidation, Economic Growth and Reform Failures." In CEAUP, Centro de Estudos Africanos da Universidade do Porto, ed., Trabalho forcado africano-experiencias coloniais comparadas, 367-393. Oporto: CEAUP, 2006.■. "As Raizes Do Nacionalismo Angolano: Publicacoes De Protesto Dos Assimilados, 1870-1940." In Nuno Vidal and Justino Pinto De Andrade, eds., O Processo De Transicao Para O Multipartidarismo Em Angola, 73-92. Lisbon: Ed. Firmamento, 2006.■, and René Pélissier. Angola. London: Pall Mall and New York: Praeger, 1971; reprinted, Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1977; Portuguese lang. edition, Lisbon: Tinta-da-China, 2009. Whiteway, R. W. The Rise of the Portuguese Power in India, 1497-1550. London: Constable, 1899.■ Winius, George D. The Fatal History of Portuguese Ceylon: Transition to Dutch Rule. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1971.■. "The Portuguese Asian 'Decadência' Revisited." In Alfred Hower and Richard Preto-Rodas, eds., Empire in Transition, 106-17. Gainesville: University Presses of Florida, 1980.■. The Black Legend of Portuguese India. New Delhi: New Concept, 1985.■ Alves, Marcial. Os Portugueses no Mundo. Lisbon, 1983.■ Anderson, Grace M., and David Higgs, eds. A Future to Inherit: Portuguese Communities in Canada. Toronto: McClelland and Stewart, 1976. Arroteia, Jorge Carvalho. A emigração Portuguesa-suas origens e distribuição. Lisbon, 1983.■ Brettell, Caroline B. "Nineteenth- and Twentieth-Century Portuguese Emigration: A Bibliography." Portuguese Studies Newsletter 3 (Fall-Winter, 1977-78).■. "Emigrar Para Voltar: A Portuguese Ideology of Return Migration." Papers in Anthropology 20 (1979): 1-20.■. We Have Already Cried Many Tears: The Stories of Three Portuguese Migrant Women. Cambridge, Mass.: Schenkman Publishing Co., 1982.■. Men Who Migrate, Women Who Wait: Population and History in a Portuguese Parish. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1986.■ Carvalho, Eduardo de. Os portugueses na Nova Inglaterra. Rio de Janeiro, 1931.■ Caspari, Andrea. "The Return Orientation among Portuguese Migrants in France." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 193-203. Lisbon, 1985.■ Dias, Eduardo Mayone, ed. Portugueses na América do Norte. Baden: Peregrinação, 1983.■ Fagundes, Francisco Cota. Hard Knocks: An Azorean-American Odyssey.■ [Memoir]. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 2000. Felix, John Henry, and Peter F. Senecal. The Portuguese in Hawaii. Honolulu, Hawaii: Authors' edition, 1978. Fernandes, Ferreira. Os Primos da América. Lisbon: Relógio D'Agua, 1991. Ferreira, Eduardo de Sousa. As orígens e formas de emigração. Lisbon, 1976. Freitas, J. F. Portuguese-American Memories. Honolulu, Hawaii, 1930.■ Giles, Wenona. "Motherhood and Wage Labour in London, England: Portuguese Migrant Women and the Politics of Gender." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology. University of Toronto, 1987.■ Higgs, David, ed. Portuguese Migration in Global Perspective. Ontario: Multicultural Historical Society of Ontario, 1990.■ Klimt, Andrea. "Portuguese Migrants in Germany: Class, Ethnicity and Gender." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology. Stanford University, 1987.■ Lavigne, Gules. Les ethniques et la ville: L'aventure des immigrants portugais à Montreal. Montreal: Preamble, 1987.■ Leder, Hans Howard. Cultural Persistence in a Portuguese-American Community. New York: Arno Press, 1980.■ Lewis, J. R., and A. M. Williams. "Emigrants and Retornados: A Comparative Analysis of the Economic Impact of Return Migration in the Região Centro." In E. D. Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 227-50. Lisbon, 1985.■ McCabe, Marsha L., and Joseph D. Thomas, eds. Portuguese Spinner: An American Story; Stories of History, Culture and Life from Portuguese Americans in Southeastern New England. New Bedford, Mass.: Spinner, 1998.■ Marques, D., and J. Medeiros. Portuguese Immigrants: 25 Years in Canada. Toronto: West End YMCA, 1989.■ Martins, J. Oliveira. Fomento Rural e emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1956.■ Mira, Manuel. The Forgotten Portuguese: The Melungeons and Other Groups; The Portuguese Making of America. Franklin, N.C.: Portuguese-American Historical Research Foundation, 1998.■ Nazareth, J. Manuel. "Familia e Emigração em Portugal." Economia e Sociedade (Lisbon) 23 (1977): 31-50.■ Nunes, Maria Luisa. A Portuguese Colonial in America: Belmira Nunes Lopes; The Autobiography of a Cape Verdean-American. Pittsburgh, Penn.: Latin American Literary Review Press, 1982.■ Oliver, Lawrence. Never Backward: The Autobiography of Lawrence Oliver; A Portuguese-American. San Diego, 1972.■ Pap, Leo. The Portuguese-Americans. Boston: Twayne, 1981.■ Pereira, Miriam Halpern. A Política Portuguesa de Emigraçao, 1850 a 1930. Lisbon: Regra do Jogo, 1981.■ Pereira da Rosa, Victor M., and Salvato V. Trigo. "Elementos para uma Caracterização da Família Imigrante Portuguesa na Africa do Sul." Economia e Sociologia 41 (1986): 61-71.■. Azorean Emigration: A Preliminary Overview. Oporto: Fernando Pessoa University, 1994.■. Portugueses e Moçambicanos no Apartheid: Da Ficção à Realidade. Lisbon, 1986.■ Purves, James. "Portuguese in Bermuda." Bermuda Historical Quarterly 3 (1946): 133-42.■ Ribeiro, F. G. Cassola. Emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1986.■ Rocha-Trinidade, Maria Beatriz da. "La Sociologie des Migrations au Portugal." Current Sociology 32, 2 (Summer 1984): 175-98.■. "Towards Reintegration of Emigrants." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and Guy Clausse, eds., Closing the Migratory Cycle: The Case of Portugal, 183-94. Saarbrücken: Breitenbach, 1985.■. "Emigração." In Dicionario Illustrado Da História De Portugal ( 1985): 205-7.■. A Emigração. Lisbon, 1986.■. "Espaços de herança cultural portuguesa-gentes, factos, políticas." Analise Social (Lisbon) XXIV (1988): 313-51.■ Rocha-Trinidade, Maria Beatriz da, and Jorge Arroteia. Bibliografia da Emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1984.■ Rogers, Francis M. Americans of Portuguese Descent: A Lesson in Differentiation. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1974.■. Testemunhos sobre a Emigração Portuguesa: Antologia. Lisbon, 1976.■ Silva, F. Emídio da. A Emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1917.■ Silva, Manuela, et al. Retorno, Emigração e Desenvolvimento Regional em Portugal. Lisbon, 1984.■ Simões, Mário Pinto. O Emigrante Português: Processos de Adaptação ( o exemplo da Suiça). Oporto, 1985.■ Simões, Nuno. O Brasil e a Emigração Portuguesa. Coimbra, 1934.■ Sousa Ferreira, Eduardo de, and Guy Clausse, eds. Closing the Migratory Cycle: The Case of Portugal. Saarbrucken: Verlag Breitenbach, 1986.■ Teixeira, Carlos, and Victor M. Pereira da Rosa, eds. The Portuguese in Canada: From the Sea to the City. Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 2000.■ Vicente, António Luís. Os Portuguese Nos Estados Unidos Da América: Política De Comunidades E Comunidade Política. Lisbon: FLAD, 1998.■ Viera, David, et al. Portuguese in the United States: A Bibliography ( Supplement to the 1976 Leo Pap Bibliography). Essay Number 6 in Essays in Portuguese Studies. Durham, N.H.: International Conference Group on Portugal, 1989.■ Williams, Jerry. And Yet They Come: Portuguese Immigration from the Azores to the United States. New York: Center for Migration Studies, 1982.■ Portugal's Atlantic Islands (Azores, Madeiras)■ Biddle, Anthony J. Drexel. The Madeira Islands, 2 vols. London: Hurst and Blackett, 1900.■ Bryans, Robin. Madeira, Pearl of the Atlantic. London: Robert Hale, 1959.■. The Azores. London: Faber & Faber, 1963.■ Cooke, Rupert Croft. Madeira. London: Putnam, 1961.■ Cossart, Noel. Madeira— the Island Vineyard. London: Christie's, 1984.■ Da Silva, Fernando Augusto, and Carlos Azevedo de Menezes. Elucidário Madeirense, 3 vols. Funchal, 1940.■ Duncan, T. Bentley. Atlantic Islands in the Seventeenth Century: Madeira, the Azores and the Cape Verdes in Seventeenth-Century Commerce andNavigation. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1972.■ Guill, James H. A History of the Azores Islands. Menlo Park, Calif.: Author's Edition, 1972.■ Instituto Histórico Da Ilha Terceira [Azores]. Os Açores E O Atlântico ( Séculos XIV-XVII) [Proceedings of International Colloquium, August 1983]. Angra do Heroismo, Terceira Island, Azores, 1984.■ Koebel, William Henry. Madeira Old and New. London: Griffiths, 1909.■ Mee, Jules. Histoire de la découverte des Iles Açores. Ghent, 1901.■ Peres, Damião. A Madeira sob os donatórios-Séculos XV e XVI. Funchal, 1914.■ Rogers, Francis M. Atlantic Islanders of the Azores and Madeiras. North Quincy, Mass.: Christopher House, 1979.■ Serpa, Caetano Valadão. A Gente Dos Açores. Identificaçao-Emigraçio E Religiosidade: Séculos XVI-XX. Lisbon: 1978.■ Silva, J. Donald. "With Columbus in Madeira." Portuguese Studies Review (Durham, NH) I, 1 (Spring-Summer 1991).■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Azores and the United States (1787-1987): Two Hundred Years of Shared History." Boletim do Instituto Histórico da Ilha Terceira XLV (1988): 55-71.■ Almada, José de. A Aliança Inglesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1947.■. Para a história da aliança luso-britânica. Lisbon, 1955.■ Atkinson, William C. British Contributions to Portuguese and Brazilian Studies. London: British Council, 1974.■ Bourne, Kenneth. The Foreign Policy of Victorian England 1830-1902. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1970.■ British Broadcasting Corporation (BBC). 600 Years of Anglo-Portuguese Alliance. London: BBC, 1973.■ British Community Council of London. Souvenir Brochure Commemorating the 600th Anniversary of the Anglo-Portuguese Treaty of Alliance and Friendship, 1373-1973. Lisbon, 1973.■ Cabral, Manuel Villaverde. Portugal na Alvorada do Século XX. Lisbon, 1979.■ Caetano, Marcello "Aliança Inglesa." Enciclopédia Luso-Brasileira da Cultura. Vol. 1 (1963): 1270-1271.■. "L'alliance Anglo-Portuguese: Histoire et situation actuelle." Chronique de politique etrangére (Paris) XX, 6 (1967): 695-708.■. Portugal e a Internacionalização dos Problemas Africanos. Lisbon, 1971.■ Castro, Armando. A dominação inglesa em Portugal. Estudo seguido de Antologia Textos dos Sécs. XVIII e XIX. Oporto: Afrontamento, 1972.■. "Portugal." In O. De Raeymaeker et al. Small Powers in Alignment, 27-96. Leuven, Belgium: Leuven University Press, 1974.■ Cunha Leal, Francisco. Portugal e Inglaterra. Corunna, 1932.■ Davidson, Basil. "The Oldest Alliance Faces a Crisis." In Philip Masonm, ed., Angola: A Symposium. Views of a Revolt, 138-60. London: Oxford University Press, 1962.■ Duff, Katherine. "The War and the Neutrals." In Arnold and Veronica Toyn-bee, eds., Survey of International Affairs. London: Chatham House, 1956.■ Duffy, James. A Question of Slavery. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1967.■ Epstein, John. "The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 1373-1973." World Survey (London) 54 (June 1973): p. 18.■ Ferreira, José Medeiros. Estudos de Estratégia e Relações Internacionais. Lisbon, 1981.■ Ferreira Martins, General L. O Poder Militar Da Gran-Bretanha E A Aliança Anglo-Lusa. Coimbra, 1939.■. A Cooperaçio Anglo-Portuguesa na Grande Guerra de 1914-18. Lisbon, 1942.■ Francis, A. D. The Methuens and Portugal 1691-1700. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1966.■. Portugal 1715-1808. London: Tamesis, 1985.■ Freitas, A. Barjona de. A Questão Ingleza. Lisbon, 1891.■ Gonçalves, Caetano. A Aliança Luso-Britânica e o Domínio Colonial Português. Lisbon, 1917.■ Guedes, Armando Marques. A Aliança Inglesa: Notas de História diplomática, 1383-1943. Lisbon, 1943. Halpern Pereira, Miriam. Revoluçio, finanças, dependência externa. Lisbon, 1979.■ Howorth, A. H. D'Araujo Scott. A Aliança Luso-Britânica E A Segunda Guerra Mundial. Lisbon, 1956.■ Kay, Hugh. Salazar and Modern Portugal. New York: Hawthorne, 1970.■ Lawrence, L. Nehru Seizes Goa. New York: Pageant, 1963.■ Livermore, H. V. "The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance: Historical Perspective." 600 Years of Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 7-15. Lisbon: BBC, 1973.■ Macedo, Jorge Borges de. História Diplomática Portuguesa-Constantes e Linhas de Força. Lisbon, 1987.■ Manoel, J. de Câmara. Portugal e Inglatterra. Lisbon, 1909.■ Martinez, Pedro S. História Diplomática de Portugal. Lisbon, 1986.■ Medlicott, W. N. The Economic Blockade, Vol. II. London: His Majesty's Stationery Office, 1952.■ Oliveira, Pedro Aires. Os Despojos Da Alianca. A Gra-Bretanha e a questao colonial portuguesa 1945-1975. Lisbon: Tinta-da-China, 2007. Ortigão, Ramalho. John Bull. Lisbon, 1887.■ Prestage, Edgar. Diplomatic Relations of Portugal with France, England and Holland from 1646 to 1668. Watford, U.K.: Voss & Michael, 1925.■. Chapters in Anglo-Portuguese Relations. London: Voss & Michael, 1935.■ Russell, Peter E. The English Intervention in Spain and Portugal in the Time of Edward III and Richard II. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1955. Sarmento, J. E. Morães. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance and Coast Defense. London, 1908.■ Serrão, Joel. "O Ultimatum (January 1890)." Dicionário de História de Portugal. Vol. IV (1971): 219-24.■ Shafaat, Ahmed Khan, ed. Anglo-Portuguese Negotiations Relating to Bombay, 1660-1667. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1922.■ Sideri, Sandro. Trade and Power: Informal Colonialism in Anglo-Portuguese Relations. Rotterdam: Rotterdam University Press, 1970.■ Sousa, Carlos Hermenegildo de. A Aliança Anglo-Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1943.■ Stone, Glyn A. "The Official British Attitude to the Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 1910-45." Journal of Contemporary History (London) 10, 4 (Oct. 1975): 729-46.■. The Oldest Ally: Britain and the Portuguese Connection, 1936-1941. Woodbridge, U.K.: Royal Historical Society and Boydell Press, 1994. Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. O Ultimatum Inglês: Política Externa no Portugal do 1890. Lisbon, 1990.■ Teles, Basilio. Do Ultimatum ao 30 de Janeiro. Oporto, 1905.■ Vicente, António Pedro. "Um testemunho de 1796 sobre a Situação de Portugal face ao domínio inglês." In Arquivos do Centro Cultural Portugües, IV. Paris, 1972.■ Vieira de Castro, Luís. D. Carlos I. ( Elementos de História Diplomática), 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1941.■ Vincent-Smith, John. "Britain, Portugal and the First World War." European Studies Review 4, 3 (1974).■. "The Portuguese Economy and the Anglo-Portuguese Commercial Treaty of 1916." Iberian Studies (Keele, U.K.) III, 2 (Autumn 1974): 49-54.■. As Relações Políticas Luso-Britânicas 1910-1916. Lisbon, 1975.■. "The Portuguese Republic and Britain, 1910-14." Journal of Contemporary History 10, 4 (Oct. 1975): 707-27.■ Vintras, R. E. The Portuguese Connection: A Secret History of the Azores Base. London: Bachman & Turner, 1974. Viriato [Pseud]. A Aliança lnglesa. Lisbon, 1914.■ Walford, A. R. The British Factory in Lisbon and Its Closing Stages Ensuring upon the Treaty of 1810. Lisbon, 1940.■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Portuguese in Angola, 1836-1891: A Study in Expansion and Administration." Ph.D. dissertation, History Department, Boston University, 1963.■. "19th Century: Anglo-Portuguese Alliance and the Scramble for Africa." In BBC, 600 Years of Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 40-43. London: BBC, 1973.■. "The Price of Neutrality: Portugal, the Wolfram Question and World War II." Luso-Brazilian Review (Madison, Wisc.) 34, 1, 2 (Summer 1986; Winter 1986): 107-27; 97-111.■ Wordsworth, William. William Wordsworth's Convention of Cintra: A Facsimile of the 1809 Tract [Introduction by Gordon Kent Thomas]. Provo, Utah: Brigham Young University Press, 1983.■ Young, George. Portugal Old and Young. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1917.■ ANTHROPOLOGY, SOCIOLOGY, RURAL AND URBAN SOCIETY■ Almeida, Miguel Vale de. The Hegemonic Male: Masculinity in a Portuguese Town. Oxford: Berghan, 1996.■ Black, Richard. Crisis and Change in Rural Europe: Agricultural Development in the Portuguese Mountains. Aldershot, U.K.: Avebury and Ashgate, 1992.■ Brettell, Caroline B. Men Who Migrate, Women Who Wait: Population and History in a Portuguese Parish. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1986.■. "The Absence of Men." Natural History 96, 2 (Feb. 1987): 52-61.■. "The Portuguese." In Encyclopedia of World Cultures. New Haven, Conn.: Human Relations Area Files, 1990.■. "The Priest and His People: The Contractual Basis for Religious Practice in Rural Portugal." In Ellen Badone, ed., Religious Orthodoxy and Popular Faith in European Society, 55-75. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1990.■ Brogger, Jan. Pre-bureaucratic Europeans: A Study of a Portuguese Fishing Community. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1989. Cabral, Manuel Villaverde. "Portuguese Perspectives." Sociologia Ruralis [Journal of European Rural Sociology] XXIV, 1 (1986); number devoted to rural Portugal today. Chaney, Rick. Regional Emigration and Remittances in Developing Countries: The Portuguese Experience. New York: Praeger, 1986. Cole, Sally. Women of the Praia: Work and Lives in a Portuguese Colonial Community. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1991. Cutileiro, José. A Portuguese Rural Society. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1971.■ Deschamps, Paul. Portugal: La Vie Sociale Actuelle. Paris, 1935.■. Histoire Sociale du Portugal. Paris, 1959.■ Dias, Jorge. Rio do Onor-comunitarismo agropastoral. Oporto, 1953.■. Ensaios Etnológicos. Lisbon, 1961.■. The Portuguese Contribution to Cultural Anthropology. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1964.■. Vilarinho Da Furna: Uma Aldeia Comunitária. Rev. ed. Lisbon, 1981.■ Downs, Charles. Os Moradores à Conquista da Cidade. Lisbon, 1978.■. "Community Organization, Political Change and Urban Policy: Portugal. 1974-1976." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Sociology. University of California, 1980.■. "Residents' Commissions and Urban Struggles in Revolutionary Portugal." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.■ Dracklé, Dorlé. Macht und Ohnmacht: Der Kampf num die Agarreform im Alentejo ( Portugal). Gottingen, Germany: Edit. Re, 1991.■ Espírito Santo, Moise. Communidade Rural ao Norte do Tejo. Lisbon, 1980.■ Feijó, Rui, H. Martins, and João de Pina Cabral, eds. Death in Portugal. Oxford: Journal of the Anthropological Society of Oxford, 1983.■ Feijó, Rui Graça. "State, Nation and Regional Diversity in Portugal: An Overview." In Richard Herr and John H. Polt, eds., Iberian Identity: Essays on the Nature of Identity in Portugal and Spain, 37-47. Berkeley: Institute of International Studies, University of California, 1989.■ Feio, Mariano. Les Bas Alentejo et l'Algarve. Lisbon, 1949.■ Ferreira de Almeida, João. Classes sociais nos campos. Lisbon, 1986.■ Fonseca, Ramiro da. O Livro da Saúde e da Doença. Lisbon, 1979.■ Gallop, Rodney. Portugal: A Book of Folk-Ways. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1936. Reprinted, 1961.■ Hoefgen, Lynn. "The Integration of Returnees from the Colonies into Portugal's Social and Economic Life." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology, University of Florida, 1985.■ Ingerson, Alice Elizabeth. "Corporatism and Class Consciousness in Northwestern Portugal." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology. Johns Hopkins University, 1984.■ Jenkins, Robin. The Road to Alto. London: Pluto Press, 1979.■ Lawrence, Denise. "Menstrual Politics: Women and Pigs in Rural Portugal." In T. Buckley and A. Gottlieb, eds., Blood Magic: The Anthropology of Menstruation, 117-36. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1988.■. "Suburbanization of House Form and Gender Relations in a Rural Portuguese Agro-Town." Architecture and Behavior 4, 3 (1988): 197-212.■ Martins, Hermínio. "Portugal." In Margaret S. Archer and Salvador Giner, eds., Contemporary Europe: Class, Status and Power. New York: St. Martins, 1971.■ Mattoso, José. Identificação de um país. Lisbon, 1985.■ Merten, Peter. Anarchismüs und Arbeiterkãmpf in Portugal. Hamburg: Libera-tare Association, 1981.■ Monteiro, Paulo. Terra que ja foi terra: Análise Sociológica de nove lugares agro-pastorais da Serra da Lousã. Lisbon, 1985.■ Nataf, Daniel. "Social Cleavages and Regime Formation in Contemporary Portugal." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Political Science, UCLA, 1987.■ Nazareth, J. Manuel. "Familia e Emigração em Portugal: Ensaio Exploratório." Economia e Socialismo 23 (1977): 31-50.■ O'Neill, Brian Juan. "Dying and Inheriting in Rural Tras-os-Montes." Journal of the Anthropological Society of Oxford 14 (1983): 44-74.■. Social Inequality in a Portuguese Hamlet: Land, Late Marriage, and Inheritance, 1870-1978. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1987.■ Pacheco, Helder. Tradições Populares de Portugal. Lisbon, 1985.■ Pardoe, Julia. Traits and Traditions of Portugal, 2 vols. London, 1832.■ Pereira Neto, João Baptista. "Social Evolution in Portugal since 1945." In Raymond S. Sayers, ed., Portugal and Brazil in Transition, 212-27. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1968.■ Pina-Cabral, João de. Sons of Adam, Daughters of Eve: The Peasant World-View of the Alto Minho. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1986.■. "Sociocultural Differentiation and Regional Identity in Portugal." In■ R. Herr and J. H. Polt, eds., Iberian Identity, 3-18. Berkeley: Institute of International Studies, 1989.■ Poinard, Michel. La Retour des Traveilleurs Portugais. Paris: La Documentation Francaise, 1979.■ Reed, Robert Roy. "Managing the Revolution: Revolutionary Promise and Political Reality in Rural Portugal." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology, Indiana University, 1988.■ Riegelhaupt, Joyce F. "In the Shadow of the City: Integration of a Portuguese Village" [São João das Lampas, nr, Cascais]. Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology, Columbia University, 1964.■. "Saloio Women: An Analysis of Informal and Formal Political and Economic Roles of Portuguese Peasant Women." Anthropological Quarterly 40, 3 (July 1967): 109-26.■. "Festas and Padres: The Organization of Religious Action in a Portuguese Parish." American Anthropologist 75 (1973): 835-52.■. "Peasants and Politics in Salazar's Portugal: The Corporate State and Village 'Nonpolitics'" In L. S. Graham and H. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 167-90. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.■ Rodrigues, Julieta E. S. de Almeida. "Continuity and Change in Urban Portuguese Women's Roles: Emerging New Household Structures." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Sociology, Columbia University, 1979.■ Rowland, Robert. "Demographic Patterns and Rural Society in Portugal." So-ciologica Ruralis 26, 1 (1986): 36-47.■ Sanchis, Pierre. Arraial. La Fête d'un Peuple: Les Pélerinages Populaires au Portugal. Paris, 1976.■ Siegel, Bernard J. "Social Structure and Medical Practitioners in Rural Brazil and Portugal." Sociologia (São Paulo) 20, 4 (Oct. 1958): 463-76.■. "Conflict, Parochialism and Social Differentiation in Portuguese Society." Journal of Conflict Resolution V, 1 (March 1961): 35-12.■ Smith, T. Lynn. "The Social Relationships of Man to the Land in Portugal." Sociologia 25, 1 (Dec. 1963): 319-43.■ Sousa Santos, Boaventura. "Estado e sociedade na semiperíferia do sistema mundiale: O caso português." Análise Social 87-89 (1985): 869-902.■. "Social Crisis and the State." In Kenneth Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s: Dilemmas of Democratic Consolidation, 167-95. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.■ Vasconcellos, Joaquim Leite de. Ethnograia Portuguesa, 8 vols. Lisbon, 1941-82.■. Tradições Populares Portugueses. New ed. Lisbon, 1986.■ Willems, Emilio. "On Portuguese Family Structure." International Journal of Comparative Society (Dharwar, India) 3, 1 (Sept. 1962): 65-79.■ ARTS, ARCHITECTURE, URBAN PLANNING, MUSIC■ Almeida, Rodrigo Vicente de. História da Arte em Portugal: ( Segundo Estudo) Documentos lnéditos. Oporto, 1883. Almeida D'Eca, Admiral Vicente M. Castles of Portugal. Lisbon, 1925. Amaral, Francisco K. Lisboa: Uma Cidade em Transformação. Lisbon, 1969. Azevedo, Carlos de, and Chester Brummel. Churches of Portugal. New York: Scala Books, 1985.■ Barreira, João, ed. Arte Portuguesa: As Decorativas, 2 vols. Lisbon, n.d.■ Barretto, Mascarenhas, and George Dykes. Fado: Lyrical Origins and Poetical Motivation. Lisbon, 1977.■ Binney, Marcus. Country Manors of Portugal. London: Scala, 1987.■ Branco, Luís de Freitas. A Música em Portugal. Lisbon, 1930.■ Brito, Manuel Carlos de. Opera in Portugal in the Eighteenth Century. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1989.■ Carvalho, Pinto de. História de Fado. Lisbon, 1903 and 1982 eds.■ Castro d'Aire, Teresa. O Fado. Lisbon: Temas da Actualidade, 1996.■ Chicó, Mário Tavares. A Architectura Gótica em Portugal. Lisbon, 1968.■ França, José-Augusto. A Arte em Portugal No Século XIX. Lisbon, 1966.■. Lisboa Pombalina e o Illuminismo, 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1977.■. A Reconstrucão e a Arquitectura Pombalina. Lisbon, 1978.■ Gallop, Rodney. "The Fado (The Portuguese Song of Fate)." Musical Quarterly XIX (1933): 199-213.■. Eight Portuguese Folksongs. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1936.■ Gil, Júlio. The Finest Churches in Portugal. Lisbon, 1988.■. The Finest Castles in Portugal, 3rd ed. George F. W. Dykes, trans. Lisbon, 1996.■ Gonçalves, Rui Mário. Pintura e escultura em Portugal. Lisbon: Instituto de Cultura, 1984.■. 100 Pintores Portugueses do século XX. Lisbon: Alfa, 1986.■ Kubler, George. Portuguese Plain Architecture: Between Spices and Diamonds, 1521-1706. Middletown, Conn.: Wesleyan University Press, 1972.■. Studies in Ancient American and European Art: The Collected Essays of George Kubler. New Haven, Conn.: Yale University Press, 1985.■, and Martin Soria. Art and Architecture in Spain and Portugal. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1959.■ Lacerda, Aarão de. História da Arte em Portugal, 2 vols. Oporto, 1942-48.■ Leão, Joaquim de Sousa. "Decorative Art: The Azulejo." In H. V. Livermore, ed. Portugal and Brazil: An Introduction. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1953.■ Lopes Graça, Fernando. A canção popular portuguesa. Lisbon, 1953.■. A música portuguesa e os sus problemas: Ensaios. Lisbon, 1959.■ Moita, Luís. O fado: canção de vencidos. Lisbon, 1936.■ Neves, José Cassiano. The Palace and Gardens of Fronteira: Seventeenth and Eighteenth Century Portuguese Style. Lisbon: Quetzal and Scala, 1995. North, C.T. Guia dos castelos antigos de Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon: Bertrand Ed., 2002.■ Pacheco, Jose. Stuart Carvalhais. O desenho grafico e a imprensa. Lisbon: Biblioteca do Empresario, 2000. Pereira, Paulo, ed. Arte portuguesa. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1995. Picchio, Luciana Stegagno. Storia del Teatro Portoghese. Rome: Edizinio deli' Ateneo, 1964.■ Queirós, José. Cerâmica Portuguesa, 2 vols. 2nd rev. ed. Lisbon, 1948.■ Santos, Luís Reis. Monuments of Portugal. Lisbon, 1940.■ Santos, Reinaldo dos. A Escultura em Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1948-50.■. História da Arte em Portugal. Oporto, 1953.■ Sasportes, José. História da Dança em Portugal. Lisbon, 1970. Simões, J. M. dos Santos. "Azulejos in a Land of Many Colours." Connoisseur (London) CXXXVII, 551 (1956): 15-21.■. Azulejaria em Portugal no Século X VIII. Lisbon, 1979.■ Smith, Robert C. A Talha em Portugal. Lisbon, 1963.■. The Art of Portugal, 1500-1800. London, Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1968.■. "The Building of Mafra." Apollo 97, 134 (April 1973): 360-67.■ Stoop, Anne de. Demeures portugaises dans les environs de Lisbonne. Paris: Weber, 1986.■. Palais et manoirs: Le Minho. Paris: Ed. du Seuil, 1995.■ Tannock, Michael. Portuguese 20th Century Artists: A Biographical Dictionary. Chichester, U.K.: Phillimore, 1978.■ Taylor, René. "The Architecture of Port Wine." The Architectural Review CXXIX, 772 (1961): 368-99.■ Terol, Marylene. Azulejos a Lisbonne. Paris: Hervas, 1992.■ Veiga de Oliveira, Ernesto. Instrumentos musicais populares portugueses. Lisbon, 1982.■ Watson, Walter Crum. Portuguese Architecture. London: Constable, 1908. Wohl, Hellmut. "Carlos Mardel and His Lisbon Architecture." Apollo 97, 134 (April 1973): 350-59.■ Andrade, Sergio de. "Presepios." In Dicionario de Arte Barroca em Portugal. Lisbon: Presenca, 1989. Barreira, Joao. Arte Portuguesa, Arquitectura e Escultura. Lisbon: Excelsior, n.d.■ Cardoso, Arnaldo Pinto. O Presepio Barroco Portugues. Lisbon: Bertrand, 2003.■ Chaves, Luis. Os Barristas Portugueses. Coimbra, 1925.■. Natal Portugues. Oporto: Liv. Classica Editora, 1942.■ Gargano, Pietro. Il Presepio. Otto Secoli di Storia, Arte, Tradizione. Milan: Fenice, 1995.■ Lima, Henrique de Campos F. Joaquim Machado de Castro, Escultor Conimbricense. Coimbra: Instituto de Historia de Arte, 1989. Macedo, Diogo de. Presepios Portugueses. Lisbon: Artis, 1951.■. Machado de Castro. Lisbon: Artis, 1958.■ Morais, Heitor. Natal do Meu Coracao. Braga: Ed. A.O., 1991.■ Pais, Alexandre Nobre. Presepios Portugueses Monumentos do Seculo XVIII em Terracotta, 2 vols. Master's thesis in history of art, Universidade Nova de Lisboa, 1998.■ Queiros, Jose. Ceramica Portuguesa. Lisbon: Presenca, 1998. Santos, Reinaldo dos. A Escultura em Portugal. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1951. Serrao, Vitor. Historia da Arte em Portugal IV-O Barroco. Lisbon: Presenca, 2003.■ Smith, Robert C. The Art Of Portugal 1500-1800. New York: Meredith Press, 1968.■ Sousa, Ernesto de. Presepios. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1998.■ Cinema■ Antunes, Joao and Jose de Matos-Cruz, Cinema Portugues 1896-1998. Lisbon: Lusomundo, 1997.■ Bandeira, Jose Gomes. Porto: 100 anos de cinema portugues. Oporto: Camara Municipal do Porto, 1996. Duarte, Fernando. Primitivos do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Cinecultura, 1960.■ Faria de Almeida, M., Resumo da Historia do Cinema. Lisbon: RTP, 1982. Nobre, Roberto. Singularidades do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Portugalia, n.d.■ Pina, Luis de. Aventura do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Vega, 1977.■. Documentarismo Portugues. Lisbon: IPC, 1977.■. Panorama do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Terra Livre, 1978.■. Historia do Cinema Portugues. Mem Martins: Europa-America, 1986.■ Ribeiro, Felix. O Cinema Portugues antes do Sonoro. Esboco Historiconema Portugues. Lisbon: Terra Livre, 1978.■. Panorama do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: n.d.■ Andresen, Sofia de Melo Breyner. A Fada Oriana. 9th ed. Lisbon: Figueiri-nhas, 1985.■ Araújo, Matilde Rosa. A estrada fascinante. Lisbon: Livros Horizonte, 1988. Barreto, Garcia. Literatura Para Crianças E Jovens Em Portugal. Oporto:■ Campo Das Letras, 1998. Bastos, Glória. A escrita para crianças em Portugal no seculo XIX. Lisbon:■ Caminho da Educaçao, 1997. Cadet, Maria Rita Chiappe. Os Contos da Mamã. Lisbon: Lallement Freres, 1883.■ Castro, Fernanda. Mariazinha em Africa, 2nd ed. Lisbon: Portugália, 1947. Cross, Esther, and Wilbur Cross. Portugal. Chicago: Childrens Press, 1986. DeSkalon, Anna, and Christa Stadtler. We Live in Portugal. New York: Watts, 1987.■ Gomes, Alice. A Nau Catrineta, 2nd ed. Lisbon: Portugália, 1973.■. A literatura para a infância. Lisbon: Torres & Abreu, 1979.■ Letria, José Jorge. Do sentimento mágico da vida. Lisbon: Escritor, 1994. Müller, Adolfo Simões. Historiazinha de Portugal, 6th ed. Oporto: Tavares Martins, 1983.■ Osório, Ana de Castro. Para as crianças. Illustr. by Leal da Câmara. Setúbal: Liv. Crianças, 1908.■ Pires, Maria Laura Bettencourt. História da literatura infantil portuguesa. Lisbon: Vega, 1981. Ribeiro, Aquilino. Arca de Noé-III Classe. Lisbon, 1989. Rocha, Natércia. Breve História da Literatura para Crianças em Portugal. Lisbon: Instituto de Cultura e Língua Portuguesa, 1984.■. Bibliografia geral da literatura portuguesa para crianças. Lisbon: Edit. Comunicação, 1987.■ Sá, Domingos Guimarães de. A literatura infantil em Portugal. Braga: Edit. Franciscana, 1981.■ Selfridge. John. Portugal. New York: Chelsea House, 1990. Vaz de Carvalho, Maria Amália. Contos para os Nossos Filhos, 11th ed. Oporto: Barreira, 1947.■ Viana, António Manuel Couto. Jõao de Deus e um século de literatura infantil em Portugal. Lisbon: Ed. do Templo, 1978.■ Lisbon, Capital City, in History and Literature■ Castelo-Branco, Fernando. Lisboa Seiscentista, 3rd ed. Lisbon: 1969.■ Castilho, Júlio de. Lisboa Antiga, 7 vols. Lisbon, 1935-45.■ Couto, Dejanirah. Histoire de Lisbonne. Paris: Fayard, 2000.■ Crespo, Ángel. Lisboa Mítica e Literária. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1987.■ Dias, Marina Tavares. Lisboa Desaparecida. Lisbon: Quimera, 1990.■ Dionísio, Sant'anna, ed. Guia de Portugal. Vol. I: Lisboa e Arredores. Lisbon: Biblioteca Nacional de Lisboa, 1924, orig. ed; reprint, Gulbenkian Foundation, 1979.■ França, José-Augusto. Lisboa Pombalina e o Iluminismo. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1977.■ Moita, Irisalva, ed. O Livro de Lisboa. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1994.■ Neves, Orlando. Lisboa em Crónica. Lisbon: Author's Ed., 1968.■ Pavão, Luís, and Mário Pereira. Tabernas de Lisboa. Lisbon: Assírio & Alvim, 1981.■ Pessoa, Fernando. Lisboa. O que o turista deve ver: What the Tourist Should See. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1997.■ Queirós, José Maria Eça de. À Capital. Lisbon: Sá da Costa, 1960.■ Santos, Piedade Braga, et al. Lisboa Setecentista vista por Estrangeiros. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1996.■ Vieira, Alice. Esta Lisboa. Lisbon: Caminho, 1993.■ Wright, David, and Patrick Swift. Lisbon: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1971.■ Azevedo, João Lúcio. Historia das Cristãos-Novos. Lisbon: Liv. Clássica, 1975.■ Baião, António. A Inquisição em Portugal e no Brasil: Subsídios para a sua história. Lisbon: Arquivo Histórico Portugues, 1906. Bethencourt, Francisco. "Portugal: A Scrupulous Inquisition," In Bengt Ankarloo and Gustav Henningsen, eds., Early Modern Witchcraft: Centres and Peripheries, 403-22. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1990.■. "Os equilíbrios sociais do Poder." In José Mattoso, ed., Historia De Portugal, Vol. 3, No Alvorecer Da Modernidade ( 1480-1620). Lisbon: Estampa, 1993.■ Braga, Maria Luísa. A Inquisição em Portugal na primeira metade do Séc. XVIII. Lisbon: Inst. Nacional de Investigação Científica, 1992.■ Haliczer, Stephen, ed. Inquisition and Society in Early Modern Europe. London: Croom Helm, 1987.■ Herculano, Alexandre. History of the Origin and Establishment of the Inquisition in Portugal. Reprint. New York: AMS Press, 1968.■ Magalhães, Joaquim Romero. "Em Busca dos Tempos da Inquisição (15731615)." Revista de História das Ideias 9 (1987): 191-228.■ Mea, Elvira Cunha Azevedo. A Inquisição de Coimbra no Século XVI. Oporto, 1989.■ Mendonça, José Lourenço D. de, and António Joaquim Moreira. História da Inquisição em Portugal. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1980.■ Novinsky, Anita, and Luísa M. Carneiro, eds. Inquisição: Ensaios sobre Mentalidade, Heresias e Arte. Rio de Janeiro: Expressão e Cultura, 1992.■ Pereira, Isais da Rosa. Documentos para a história da Inquisição em Portugal. Lisbon, 1987.■ Rego, Yvonne Cunha, ed. Feiticeiros, Profetas e Visionários: Textos Antigos Portugueses. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional e Casa da Moeda, 1981.■ Saraiva, António José. Inquisição e cristãos-novos. Lisbon: Estampa, 1985.■ Walker, Timothy Dale. "Doctors, Folk Medicine and the Inquisition: The Repression of Popular Healing in Portugal during the Enlightenment Era." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of History, Boston University, 2001.■ Literature in English Translation: Selection■ Alcaforado, Mariana. The Letters of a Portuguese Nun ( Mariana Alcaforado). Edgar Prestage, trans. London: D. Nutt, 1893.■ Andrade, Eugénio de. "White on White." Alexis Levitin, trans. Quarterly Review of Literature. Poetry Series VIII. Vol. 27. Princeton, N.J., 1987.■. Another Name for Earth; O outro nome da terra. Alexis Levitin, trans. Ft. Bragg, Calif.: QED Press, 1997.■ Andresen, Sophia de Mello Breyner. Marine Rose: Selected Poems. Ruth Fain-light, trans. Redding Ridge, Conn.: Swan Books, 1989.■ Antunes, António Lobo. South of Nowhere. Elizabeth Lowe, trans. New York: Random House, 1983.■. Fado Alexandrino. Gregory Rabassa, trans. New York: Grove Weidenfeld, 1990.■. An Explanation of the Birds. Richard Zenith, trans. New York: Grove Weidenfeld, 1991.■. Act of the Damned. New York: Grove Press, 1995.■. The Natural Order of Things. New York: Grove Press, 2000.■ Barreno, Maria Isabel, Maria Teresa Horta, and Maria Velho da Costa. The Three Marias: New Portuguese Letters. Helen R. Lane, trans. New York: Doubleday, 1975.■ Bell, Aubrey F. G. Poems from the Portuguese ( with the Portuguese text). A.■ Bell, trans. Oxford: Blackwell, 1913.■ Camões, Luís de. The Lusiads of Luís de Camões. Leonard Bacon, trans. New York: Hispanic Society of America, 1950.■. The Lusiads. William C. Atkinson, trans. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1952.■. The Lusiads. Landeg White, trans. New York: Oxford University Press, 1997.■ Castelo Branco, Camilo. Doomed Love ( A Family Memoir). Alice R. Clemente, trans Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1995. Castro, José Maria Ferreira de. Emigrants. Dorothy Ball, trans. New York: Macmillan, 1962.■. Jungle. Charles Duff, trans. New York: Viking, 1935.■. The Mission. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Hamilton, 1963.■ Dantas, Júlio. The Cardinals' Collation, 48th ed. A. Saintsbury, trans. London, 1962.■ Dias de Melo. Dark Stones. Gregory McNab, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1996.■ Dinis, Júlio. The Fidalgos of Casa Mourisca. Rosanna Dabney, trans. Boston: D. Lothrop, 1891.■ Garrett, Almeida. Brother Luiz de Sousa [play]. Edgar Prestage, trans. London: Elkin Mathess, 1909.■. Travels in My Homeland. John M. Parker, trans. London: Peter Owen and UNESCO, 1987. Griffin, Jonathan. Camões: Some Poems Translated from the Portuguese by Jonathan Griffin. London: Menard Press, 1976. Jorge, Lídia. The Murmuring Coast. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1995.■ Lisboa, Eugénio, ed. Portuguese Short Fiction. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1997.■ Lopes, Fernão. The English in Portugal 1367-87: Extracts from the Chronicles of Dom Fernando and Dom João. Derek W. Lomax and R. J. Oakley, eds. and trans. Warminster, U.K.: Aris & Phillips, 1988.■ Macedo, Helder, ed. Contemporary Portuguese Poetry: An Anthology in English. Helder Macedo, et al., trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet New Press, 1978.■ Martins, J. P. De Oliveira. A History of Iberian Civilization. Aubrey F. G. Bell, trans.; preface by Salvador de Madariaga. New York: Cooper Square, 1969.■ Mendes Pinto, Fernão. The Travels of Mendes Pinto [Orig. title: Peregrinação].■ Rebecca D. Catz, trans., with introduction and notes. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1989. Miguéis, José Rodrigues. A Man Smiles at Death with Half a Face. George■ Monteiro, trans. Hanover, N.H.: University Press of New England, 1991.■. Happy Easter. John Byrne, trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1995.■. Steerage and Ten Other Stories. George Monteiro, ed. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1998. Monteiro, Luís De Sttau. The Rules of the Game. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Hamilton, 1965.■ Mourão-Ferreira, David. Lucky in Love. Christine Robinson, trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1999. Namora, Fernando. Field of Fate. Dorothy Ball, trans. London: Macmillan, 1970.■. Mountain Doctor. Dorothy Ball, trans. London: Macmillan, 1956.■ Nemésio, Vitorino. Inclement Weather over the Channel. Francisco Cota Fagundes, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1993.■. Stormy Isles: An Azorean Tale. Francisco C. Fagundes, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 2000.■ Paço D'Arcos, Joaquim. Memoirs of a Banknote. Robert Lyle, trans. London, 1968.■ Pedroso, Consiglieri, comp. Portuguese Folk-Tales. Henriqueta Monteiro, trans. Reprint of orig. 1882 ed. New York: Benjamin Blom, 1969.■ Pessoa, Fernando. Fernando Pessoa: Sixty Portuguese Poems. F. E. G. Quintanilha, ed. and trans. Cardiff: University of Wales Press, 1971.■. Selected Poems: Fernando Pessoa. 2nd rev. ed. Jonathan Griffin, trans. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1982.■. The Book of Disquiet. Alfred MacAdams, trans. New York: Pantheon, 1991.■. Fernando Pessoa: Selected Poems. Peter Rickard, ed. and trans. Edinburgh, U.K.: Edinburgh University Press, 1991.■. "The Mariner: A 'Static Drama' in One Act." In Translation: Portugal.■ George Ritchie, et al., trans. The Journal of Literary Translation. Vol. XXV, 38-56. New York: Translation Center, Columbia University, 1991.■. Message: Bilingual Edition. Jonathan Griffin, trans. London: Menard Press and King's College, 1992.■ Pires, José Cardoso. Ballad of a Dog's Beach. Mary Fitton, trans. London: J. M. Dent, 1986.■ Queirós, José Maria Eça de. Cousin Bazilio. Roy Campbell, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1953.■. The Relic. Aubrey F. G. Bell, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1954.■. The City and the Mountains. Roy Campbell, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1955.■. The Sin of Father Amaro. Nan Flanagan, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1962.■. The Maias. Patricia McGowan Pinheiro, trans. London: Bodley Head, 1965.■. The Illustrious House of Ramires. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Bodley Head, 1968.■. Letters from England. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Bodley Head, 1970.■. To the Capital. John Vetch, trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1995.■ Quental, Antero de. Sixty-four Sonnets. Edgar Prestage, trans. London: David Nutt, 1894.■ Redol, Alves. The Man with Seven Names. L. L. Barrett, trans. New York: Knopf, 1964.■ Resende, André de. André deResende's 'Poema Latina'/ 'Latinpoems.' J. C. R. Martyn, ed. and trans. Lewiston N.Y.: Lampeter and Edwin Mellen, 1998. Ribeiro, Aquilino. When the Wolves Howl. Patricia McGowan Pinheiro, trans. New York: Macmillan; London: Cape, 1963. Sá Carneiro, Mário de. The Great Shadow ( and Other Stories). Margaret Jull Costa, trans. Sawtry, U.K.: Dedalus, 1996. Santareno, Bernardo. The Promise. Nelson H. Vieira, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1981.■ Saramago, José. Baltasar and Blimunda. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1987.■. The Stone Raft. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1991.■. The Year of the Death of Ricardo Reis. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1991.■. The History of the Siege of Lisbon. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt Brace, 1996.■. Blindness. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1999.■. Tale of the Unknown Island. New York: Harcourt Brace, 2000.■. All the Names. Margaret Jull Costa, trans. New York: Harcourt, 2000.■. Journey to Portugal. New York: Harcourt Brace, 2001.■ Sena, Jorge de. The Poetry of Jorge de Sena: A Bilingual Selection. Frederick G. Williams et al., trans. Santa Barbara, Calif.: Mudborn Press, 1980.■. By the Rivers of Babylon and Other Stories. New Brunswick, N.J.: Rutgers University Press, 1989.■ Vicente, Gil. Four Plays of Gil Vicente: Edited from the Editio Princeps ( 1562). Aubrey F. G. Bell, ed. and trans. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1920.■. Lyrics of Gil Vicente. Aubrey F. G. Bell, trans. Oxford: Oxford University Press, Hispanic Notes and Monographs, Portuguese Series 1, 1921.■. The Play of Rubena. Jack E. Tomlins, trans.; Rene P. Garay and José I. Suarez, eds. New York: National Hispanic Foundation for Humanities, 1993.■. The Boat Plays. David Johnston, trans. and adaptation. London: Oberon, 1996.■. Three Discovery Plays. Anthony Lappin, trans. Warminster, U.K.: Aris & Phillips, 1997.■ Vieira, António. Dust Thou Art. Rev. W. Anderson, trans. London, 1882.■ Portuguese and Portuguese-American Cooking: Cuisine■ Anderson, Jean. Food of Portugal. New York: Hearst, 1994. Asselin, E. Donald. A Portuguese-American Cookbook. Rutland, Vt.: Charles E. Tuttle, 1966.■ Bourne, Ursula. Portuguese Cookery. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1973. Crato, Maria Helena Tavares. Cozinha Portuguesa I, II. Lisbon: Editorial Presença, 1978.■ Dienhart, Miriam, and Anne Emerson, ed. Cooking in Portugal. Cascais: American Women of Lisbon, 1978.■ Feibleman, Peter S. The Cooking of Spain and Portugal. New York: Time-Life Books; Foods of the World, 1969.■ Koehler, Margaret H. Recipes from the Portuguese of Provincetown. Riverside, Conn.: Chatham Press, 1973. Manjny, Maite. The Home Book of Portuguese Cookery. London: Faber & Faber, 1974.■ Marques, Susan Lowndes. Good Food from Spain and Portugal. London: Muller, 1956.■ Modesto, Maria de Lourdes. Cozinha Tradicional Portuguesa. Lisbon: Verbo, 1982.■ Ortiz, Elisabeth Lambert. The Food of Spain and Portugal. The Complete Iberian Cuisine. New York: Atheneum, 1989. Pinto, Elvira. La Bonne Cuisine Portugaise. Paris: Edicions Garanciere, 1985.■ Robertson, Carol. Portuguese Cooking: The Authentic and Robust Cuisine of Portugal. Berkeley Calif.: North Atlantic, 1993. Schmaeling, Tony. The Cooking of Spain and Portugal. Ware, U.K.: Omega, 1983.■ Vieira, Édite. The Taste of Portugal. London: Robinson, 1989.■ Von Treskow, Maria. Zü Gast in Portugal: Eine Kulnarische Reise in Garten Europas. Weingarten: Kunstverlag, 1989. Wright, Carol. Portuguese Food. London: Dent, 1969.■. Self-catering in Portugal: Making the Most of Local Food and Drink. London: Croom Helm, 1986.■ Afonso, Simonetta Luz, and Angela Delaforce. Palace of Queluz— The Gardens. Lisbon, 1989.■ Araújo, Iluídio Alves de. Arte Paisagista e Arte das Jardins em Portugal. Lisbon, 1962.■ Azeredo, Francisco de. Casas Senhoriais Portuguesas. Barcelos, 1986.■ Binney, Marcus. Country Manors of Portugal. New York: Scala Books, 1987.■ Bowe, Patrick, and Nicolas Sapieha. Gardens of Portugal. New York: Scala Books and Harper and Row, 1989.■ Cane, Florence du. The Flowers and Gardens of Madeira. London, 1924.■ Cardoso, Pedro Homem, and Helder Carita. Da Grandeza das Jardins em Portugal. Lisbon, 1987.■ Carita, Helder, and Homem Cardoso. Portuguese Gardens. London: Antique Collector's Club, 1987.■ Costa, António da, and Luís de O. Franquinho. Madeira: Plantas e Floras. Funchal, 1986.■ Nichols, Rose Standish. Spanish and Portuguese Gardens. Boston, 1926.■ Pereira, Arthur D. Sintra and Its Farm Manors. Sintra, 1983.■ Sampaio, Gonçalo. Flora Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1946.■ Sitwell, Sacheverell. Portugal and Madeira. London: Batsford, 1945.■ Underwood, John, and Pat Underwood. Landscapes of Madeira. London, 1980.■ Vieira, Rui. Flowers of Madeira. Funchal, 1973.■ Viterbo, Francisco Marques de Sousa. A Jardinagem em Portugal, 2 vols. Coimbra, 1906-9.■ Education, Science, Health, and Medical History■ Albuquerque, Luís de. Estudos de História, 3 vols. Coimbra, 1973-81.■. Ciência e experiência nos Descobrimentos portugueses. Lisbon, 1983.■. Para a História de Ciência em Portugal. Lisbon, 1983.■. As Navegaçoes E A Sua Projecção Na Ciência E Na Cultura. Lisbon, 1987.■ Baião, Antônio. Episódios Dramáticos da Inquisição Portuguesa, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1936-55.■ Cabreira, Antônio. Portugal nos mares e nas ciências. Lisbon, 1929. Carvalho, Rômulo de. A Astronomia em Portugal (séc. xviii). Lisbon, 1985. Fernandes, Barahona. Egas Moniz: Pioneiro de descobrimentos médicos. Lisbon, 1983.■ Gaitonde, P. D. Portuguese Pioneers in India: Spotlight on Medicine. London: Sangam Books, 1983.■ Hanson, Carl A. "Portuguese Cosmology in the Late Seventeenth Century." In Benjamin F. Taggie and Richard W. Clement, eds., Iberia & the Mediterranean, 75-85. Warrensburg: Central Missouri State University, 1989.■ Higgins, Michael H., and Charles F. S. de Winton. Survey of Education in Portugal. London, 1942.■ Hirsch, Elizabeth Feist. Damião de Góis: The Life and Thought of a Portuguese Humanist. The Hague, 1967.■ Lemos, Maximiano. Arquivos de História da Medicina Portuguesa. Several vols. Lisbon, 1886-1923. Vol. I. História da Medicina em Portugal. Doutrina e Instituições. Lisbon, 1899.■ Mira, Matias Ferreira de. História da Medicina Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1948.■ Orta, Garcia de. Colóquios dos Simples e Drogas e Cousas Medicinais da India. Conde de Ficalho, ed., 2 vols. Lisbon, 1891-95.■ Osório, J. Pereira. História e Desenvolvimento da Ciência em Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1986-89.■ Pina, Luís de. "Uma prioridade portuguesa do século XVI. João de Barros e a Dactiloscópia Oriental." Arquivo da Repartição de Antropologia Criminal IV (1936).■. "As Ciências na História do Império Colonial Português — Séculos XV a XIX." Anais de Faculdade de Ciências do Porto ( 1939-10).■. "Os Portugueses Mestres de Ciência e Metras no Estrangeiro." Actas do Congresso do Mundo Português. Lisbon, 1940.■. "A Ciência em Portugal (bosquejo Histórico)." In Secretariado Nacional da Informação, ed., Portugal: Breviário Da Pátria Para Os Portugueses Ausentes, 277-301. Lisbon, 1946.■ Richards, Robert A. C., ed. Guide to World Science: Vol. 9: Spain and Portugal, 2nd ed. Guernsey, U.K.: F. H. Books, 1974.■ Saraiva, António José. História da Cultura em Portugal, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1950-62.■ ———. "João de Barros." In Serrao, ed., Dicionário de História de Portugal 1 (1963): 307-8.■ Silvestre Ribeiro, José. História dos Establecimentos Scientíficos, Literários e Artísticos de Portugal nos Successivos Reinados da Monarchia, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1871-83.■ Veiga-Pires, J. A., and Ronald G. Grainger, eds. Pioneers in Angiography: The Portuguese School ofAngiography. Lancaster, U.K.: MTP Press, 1982.■ Walker, Timothy. "Doctors, Folk Medicine and the Inquisition: The Repression of Popular Healing in Portugal during the Enlightenment Era." Ph.D. dissertation, History Department, Boston University, 2001.■ Barbosa, Madelena. "Women in Portugal." Women's Studies International Quarterly 4 (1981): 477-80.■ Barreno, Maria Isabel, Maria Teresa Horta, and Maria Velho da Costa. Novas Cartas Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1972.■ ———. The Three Marias. New Portuguese Letters. Helen R. Lane, trans. New York: Doubleday, 1975.■ Brettell, Caroline B. We Have Already Cried Many Tears: The Stories of Three Portuguese Migrant Women. Cambridge, Mass.: Schenkman, 1982.■ Ferreira, Virginia. "Engendering Portugal: Social Change, State Politics, and Women's Social Mobilization." In António Costa Pinto, ed., Modern Portugal, 162-88. Palo Alto, Calif.: SPOSS, 1998.■ Goodwin, Mary. "Portuguese Feminism." Portuguese Studies Newsletter 17 (Spring-Summer 1987): 12-13.■ Lamas, Maria. As Mulheres do Meu País. Lisbon, 1948.■ "Mulheres Portuguesas e Feminismo." Análise Social [special number on Portuguese Women and Feminism] 22 (1986): 92-93.■ Osório, Ana de Castro. As Mulheres Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1905.■ Sadlier, Darlene J. The Question of How: Women Writers and New Portuguese Literature. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood; Contributions in Women's Studies, no. 109, 1989.■ Silva, Manuela. The Employment of Women in Portugal. Luxembourg: Office for Official Publications, European Communities, 1984. Velho da Costa, Maria. Maina Mendes. Lisbon, 1974.■ Vicente, Ana, and Maria Reynolds de Souza. Family Planning in Portugal. Lisbon, 1984.■ Almeida, Fortunato de. História da Igreja em Portugal. 6 vols. Coimbra, 1910-24, and Oporto, 1967-72. Alonso, Joaquim Maria. The Secret of Fátima: Fact and Legend. Cambridge, Mass.: Ravengate Press, 1979. Alves, José da Felicidade, ed. Católicos e política de Humberto Delgado à Marcelo Caetano. Lisbon, 1969. Araújo, Miguel de, ed. Dicionario político; 1; Os Bispos e a revoluçao de Abril. Lisbon, 1976. Bishko, Charles Julian. Spanish and Portuguese Monastic History 600-1300. London, Variorum Reprints, 1984.■ Blanshard, Paul. Freedom and Catholic Power in Spain and Portugal. Boston: Beacon Press, 1962.■ Boxer, C. R. The Church Militant and Iberian Expansion 1440-1770. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1978. Bruneau, Thomas C. "Church and State in Portugal: Crises of Cross and Sword." Journal of Church and State XVIII (1976): 463-90. Freire, José Geraldes. Resistência Católico ao Salazarismo-Marcelismo. Oporto, 1976.■ Herculano, Alexandre. History of the Origin and Establishment of the Inquisition in Portugal. John C. Banner, trans. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1962.■ IPOPE. Estudo sobre liberdade e religião em Portugal. Lisbon, 1973. Johnston, Francis. Fátima: The Great Sign. Chulmleigh, U.K.: Augustine Publications, 1980.■ Kondor, Fr. Louis. Fátima in Lucia's Own Words: Sister Lucia's Memoirs. Fatima: Postulation Center, 1976. Lourenço, Joaquim Maria. Situação jurídica da Igreja em Portugal. Coimbra, 1943.■ Mattoso, José. Religião e Cultura na Idade Média Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1982. Miller, Samuel J. Portugal and Rome c. 1748-1830: An Aspect of Catholic Enlightenment. Rome: Universita Gregoriana Editrice, 1978. O'Malley, John W. The First Jesuits. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1993.■ Pattee, Richard. Portugal and the Portuguese World. Milwaukee, Wisc.: Bruce, 1957.■ Prestage, Edgar. Portugal: A Pioneer of Christianity. Lisbon, 1945.■ Richard, Robert. Etudes sur l'histoire morale et religieuse de Portugal. Paris: Centro Cultural de Gulbenkian, 1970.■ Robinson, Richard A. H. "The Religious Question and Catholic Revival in Portugal, 1900-1930." Journal of Contemporary History XII (1977): 345-62.■. Contemporary Portugal: A History. London: Allen & Unwin, 1979.■ Rodrigues, R. P. Francisco. História da Companhia de Jesus na Assistência de Portugal, 7 vols. Lisbon, 1931-50.■ Roth, Cecil. A History of the Marranos. Philadelphia: Jewish Publication Society of America, 1932.■ Agriculture, Viticulture, and Fishing■ Abreu-Ferreira, Darlene. "The Portuguese in Newfoundland: Documentary Evidence Examined." Portuguese Studies Review 4, 1 (1995-96): 11-33.■ Allen, H. Warner. The Wines of Portugal. London: Michael Joseph, 1963.■ Barros, Afonso de. A reforma agrária em Portugal. Oeiras, 1979.■ Beamish, Huldine V. The Hills of Alentejo. London: Geoffrey Bles, 1958.■ Bennett, Norman R. "The Golden Age of the Port Wine System, 1781-1807." The International History Review XII (1990): 221-18.■ Black, Richard. "The Myth of Subsistence: Market Production in the Small Farm Sector of Northern Portugal." Iberian Studies 1, 8 (1989): 25-41.■ Bravo, Pedro, and Duarte de Oliveira. Viticulture Moderna. Lisbon, 1974.■. Vinhas e Vinhos De Portugal. Lisbon, 1979.■ Cabral, Manuel V. "Agrarian Structures and Recent Movements in Portugal." Journal of Peasant Studies 4, 5 (July 1978): 411-45.■ Cardoso, José Carvalho. A Agricultura Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1973.■ Carvalho, Bento de. Guía Dos Vinhos Portugueses. Lisbon, 1982.■ Clarke, Robert. Open Boat Whaling in the Azores: The History and Present Methods of a Relic Industry. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1954.■ Cockburn, Ernest. Port Wine and Oporto. London: Wine & Spirit, 1949. Cole, S. C. "Cod, Cod Country and Family: The Portuguese Newfoundland Fishery." Mast 3, 1 (1990): 1-29.■ Coull, James. The Fisheries of Europe. London: G. Bell & Sons, 1972.■ Croft-Cooke, Rupert. Port. London: Putnam, 1957.■. Madeira. London: Putnam, 1961.■ Delaforce, John. The Factory House at Oporto. London: Christie's Wine Publications, 1979 and later eds.■ Doel, Patricia A. Port O'Call: Memories of the Portuguese White Fleet in St. John's Newfoundland. St. John's, Newfoundland: ISER, 1992.■ Fletcher, Wyndham. Port: An Introduction to Its History and Delights. London: Bernet, 1978.■ Francis, A. D. The Wine Trade. London: Adam and Charles Black, 1972.■ Freitas, Eduardo, João Ferreira de Almeida, and Manuel Villaverde Cabral. Modalidades de penetração do capitalismo na agricultura: estruturas agrárias em Portugal Continental, 1950-1970. Lisbon, 1976.■ Gonçalves, Francisco Esteves. Portugal: A Wine Country. Lisbon, 1984.■ Gulbenkian Foundation. Agrarian Reform. Lisbon, 1981.■ Kurlansky, Mark. Cod: A Biography of the Fish That Changed the World. New York: Walker, 1997.■ Malefakis, Edward. "Two Iberian Land Reforms Compared: Spain, 1931-1936 and Portugal, 1974—1978." In Gulbenkian Foundation, Agrarian Reform. Lisbon, 1981.■ Moutinho, M. História da pesca do bacalhau. Lisbon: Imprensa Universitária, 1985.■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. lntrodução a história da agricultura em Portugal.■ Lisbon, 1968. Pato, Octávio. O Vinho. Lisbon, 1971.■ Pearson, Scott R. Portuguese Agriculture in Transition. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1987.■ Postgate, Raymond. Portuguese Wine. London: Dent, 1969.■ Read, Jan. The Wines of Portugal. London: Faber & Faber, 1982.■ Robertson, George. Port. London: Faber & Faber, 1982 ed.■ Rutledge, Ian. "Land Reform and the Portuguese Revolution." Journal of Peasant Studies 5, 1 (Oct. 1977): 79-97.■ Sanceau, Elaine. The British Factory at Oporto. Oporto, 1970.■ Simon, Andre L. Port. London: Constable, 1934.■ Simões, J. Os grandes trabalhadores do Mar: Reportagens na Terra Nova e na Groenlândia. Lisbon: Gazeta dos Caminho de Ferro, 1942.■ Smith, Diana. Portugal and the Challenge of 1992: Special Report. New York: Camões Center/RIIC, Columbia University, 1990.■ Stanislawski, Dan. Landscapes of Bacchus: The Vine in Portugal. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1970.■ Teixeira, Carlos, and Victor M. Pereira da Rosa, eds. The Portuguese in Canada: From the Seat to the City. Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 2000.■ Unwin, Tim. "Farmers' Perceptions of Agrarian Change in Northwest Portugal." Journal of Rural Studies 1, 4 (1985): 339-57.■ Valadão do Valle, E. Bacalhau: tradições históricas e económicos. Lisbon, 1991.■ Venables, Bernard. Baleia! The Whalers of Azores. London: Bodley Head, 1968.■ Villiers, Alan. The Quest of the Schooner Argus: A Voyage to the Banks and Greenland. New York: Scribners, 1951. World Bank. Portugal: Agricultural Survey. Washington, D.C.: World Bank, 1978.■ ECONOMY, INDUSTRY, AND DEVELOPMENT■ Aiyer, Srivain, and Shahid A. Chandry. Portugal and the E.E.C.: Employment and Implications. Lisbon, 1979.■ Baklanoff, Eric N. The Economic Transformation of Spain and Portugal. New York: Praeger, 1978.■. "Changing Systems: The Portuguese Revolution and the Public Enterprise Sector." ACES ( Association of Comparative Economic Studies) Bulletin 26 (Summer-Fall 1984): 63-76.■. "Portugal's Political Economy: Old and New." In K. Maxwell and M. Haltzel, eds., Portugal: Ancient Country, Young Democracy, 37-59. Washington, D.C.: Wilson Center Press, 1990.■ Barbosa, Manuel P. Growth, Migration and the Balance of Payments in a Small, Open Economy. New York: Garland, 1984.■ Braga de Macedo, Jorge, and Simon Serfaty, eds. Portugal since the Revolution: Economic and Political Perspectives. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1981.■ Carvalho, Camilo, et al. Sabotagem Econômica: " Dossier" Banco Espírito Santo e Comercial de Lisboa. Lisbon, 1975.■ Corkill, David. The Development of the Portuguese Economy: A Case of Euro-peanization. London: Routledge, 1999.■ Cravinho, João. "The Portuguese Economy: Constraints and Opportunities." In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s, 111-65. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.■ Dornsbusch, Rudiger, Richard S. Eckhaus, and Lane Taylor. "Analysis and Projection of Macroeconomic Conditions in Portugal." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal, 299-330. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.■ The Economist (London). "On the Edge of Europe: A Survey of Portugal." (June 30, 1981): 3-27.■. "Coming Home: A Survey of Portugal." (May 28, 1988).■. 'The New Iberia: Not Quite Kissing Cousins" [Spain and Portugal]. (May 5, 1990): 21-24.■ Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian and German Marshall Fund of the U.S., eds. II Conferência Internacional sobre e Economia Portuguesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1979.■ Hudson, Mark. Portugal to 1993: Investing in a European Future. London: The Economist Intelligence Unit/Special Report No. 11 57/EIU Economic Prospects Series, 1989.■ International Labour Office (ILO). Employment and Basic Needs in Portugal. Geneva: ILO, 1979.■ Kavalsky, Basil, and Surendra Agarwal. Portugal: Current and Prospective Economic Trends. Washington, D.C.: World Bank, 1978.■ Krugman, Paul, and Jorge Braga de Macedo. "The Economic Consequences of the April 25th Revolution." Economia III (1979): 455-83.■ Lewis, John R., and Alan M. Williams. "The Sines Project: Portugal's Growth Centre or White Elephant?" Town Planning Review 56, 3 (1985): 339-66.■ Makler, Harry M. "The Consequences of the Survival and Revival of the Industrial Bourgeoisie." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 251-83. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.■ Marques, A. La Politique Economique Portugaise dans la Période de la Dictature ( 1926-1974). Doctoral thesis, 3rd cycle, University of Grenoble, France, 1980.■ Martins, B. Sociedades e grupos em Portugal. Lisbon, 1973.■ Mata, Eugenia, and Nuno Valério. História Econômica De Portugal: Uma Perspectiva Global. Lisbon: Edit. Presença, 1994. Murteira, Mário. "The Present Economic Situation: Its Origins and Prospects." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal, 331-42. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979. OCED. Economic Survey: Portugal: 1988. Paris: OCED, 1988 [see also this series since 1978].■ Pasquier, Albert. L'Economie du Portugal: Données et Problémes de Son Expansion. Paris: Librarie Generale de Droit, 1961. Pereira da Moura, Francisco. Para onde vai e economia portuguesa? Lisbon, 1973.■ Pintado, V. Xavier. Structure and Growth of the Portuguese Economy. Geneva: EFTA, 1964.■ Pitta e Cunha, Paulo. "Portugal and the European Economic Community." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 321-38. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.■. "The Portuguese Economic System and Accession to the European Community." In E. Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 281-300. Lisbon, 1985. Porto, Manuel. "Portugal: Twenty Years of Change." In Alan Williams, ed., Southern Europe Transformed, 84-112. London: Harper & Row, 1984. Quarterly Economic Review. London: The Economist Intelligence Unit, 1974-present.■ Salgado de Matos, Luís. Investimentos Estrangeiros em Portugal. Lisbon, 1973 and later eds.■ Schmitt, Hans O. Economic Stabilisation and Growth in Portugal. Washington, D.C.: International Monetary Fund, 1981.■ Smith, Diana. Portugal and the Challenge of 1992. New York: Camões Center, RIIC, Columbia University, 1989.■ Tillotson, John. The Portuguese Bank Note Case [ 1920s]: Legal, Economic and Financial Approaches to the Measure of Damages in Contract. Manchester, U.K.: Faculty of Law, University of Manchester, 1992.■ Tovias, Alfred. Foreign Economic Relations of the Economic Community: The Impact of Spain and Portugal. Boulder, Colo.: Rienner, 1990.■ Valério, Nuno. A moeda em Portugal, 1913-1947. Lisbon: Sá da Costa, 1984.■. As Finanças Públicas Portuguesas Entre As Duas Guerras Mundiais. Lisbon: Cosmos, 1994.■ World Bank. Portugal: Current and Prospective Economic Trends. Washington, D.C.: World Bank, 1978 and to the present.■ PHOTOGRAPHY ON PORTUGAL■ Alves, Afonso Manuel, Antônio Sacchetti, and Moura Machado. Lisboa. Lisbon, 1991.■ Antunes, José. Lisboa do nosso olhar; A look on Lisbon. Lisbon: Câmara Municipal de Lisboa, 1991. Beaton, Cecil. Near East. London: Batsford, 1943.■. Lisboa 1942: Cecil Beaton, Lisbon 1942. Lisbon: British Historical Society of Portugal/Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian, 1995.■ Bottineau, Yves. Portugal. London: Thames & Hudson, 1957.■ Câmara Municipal de Lisboa. 7 Olhares ( Seven Viewpoints). Lisbon: Câmara Municipal de Lisboa, 1998.■ Capital, A. Lisboa: Imagens d'A Capital. Lisbon: Edit. Notícias, 1984.■ Dias, Marina Tavares. Photographias de Lisboa, 1900 ( Photographs of Lisbon, 1900). Lisbon: Quimera, 1991.■. Os melhores postais antigos de Lisboa ( The best old postcards of Lisbon). Lisbon: Químera, 1995.■ Finlayson, Graham, and Frank Tuohy. Portugal. London: Thames & Hudson, 1970.■ Glassner, Helga. Portugal. Berlin-Zurich: Atlantis-Verlag, 1942. Hopkinson, Amanda, ed. Reflections by Ten Portuguese photographers. Bark-way, U.K.: Frontline/Portugal 600, 1996.■ Lima, Luís Leiria, and Isabel Salema. Lisboa de Pedra e Bronze. Lisbon, 1990.■ Martins, Miguel Gomes. Lisboa ribeirinha ( Riverside Lisbon). Lisbon: Arquivo Municipal, Câmara Municipal de Lisboa, Livros Horizonte, 1994. Vieira, Alice. Esta Lisboa ( This Lisbon). Lisbon: Caminho, 1994. Wohl, Hellmut, and Alice Wohl. Portugal. London: Frederick Muller, 1983.■ EQUESTRIANISM■ Andrade, Manoel Carlos de, Luz da Liberal e Nobre Arte da Cavallaria. Lisbon, 1790.■ Graciosa, Filipe. Escola Portuguesa de Arte Equestre. Lisbon, 2004.■ Horsetalk Magazine. Published in New Zealand.■ Oliveira, Nuno. Reflections on the Equestrian Art. London, 2000.■ Russell, Eleanor, ed. The Truth in the Teaching of Nuno Oliveira. Stanhope,■ Queensland, Australia, 2003. Vilaca, Luis V., and Pedro Yglesias d'Oliveira, eds. LUSITANO. Coudelarias De Portugal. O Cavalo ancestral do Sudoeste da Europa. Lisbon: ICONOM, 2005.■ Websites of interest: www.equestrian.pt portugalweb.comHistorical dictionary of Portugal > CULTURE, LITERATURE, AND LANGUAGE
-
83 τε
τε, enclitic Particle, with two main uses (v. infr. A, B).A as a Conjunction,I τε.. τε, both.. and, joining single words, phrases, clauses, or sentences, the first τε merely pointing forward to the second,ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε Il.1.544
;ἀγαθῶν τε κακῶν τε Hes.Op. 669
;δίψῃ τε λιμῷ τε A.Pers. 491
, cf. S.Aj.34,35, Ar.Ach. 370, 375;τήν τε νῆσον τήν τε ἤπειρον Th.4.8
, cf. Antipho 2.3.3, Pl. R. 373b;λυσόμενός τε θύγατρα, φέρων τ' ἀπερείσι' ἄποινα Il.1.13
; παῖδά τε σοὶ ἀγέμεν Φοίβῳ θ' ἱερὴν ἑκατόμβην ῥέξαι ib. 443; the elements joined by τε.. τε are usu. short in Hom., longer in later Gr., e.g.ἐπειδὴ πρόξενοί τέ εἰσιν Ἀθηναίων καὶ εὐεργέται.., ἔν τε τῇ στήλῃ γέγραπται IG12.103.7
;ἥ τε γὰρ γῆ.. εὔυδρός ἐστι, ποταμοί τε δι' αὐτῆς ῥέουσι Hdt.4.47
; χρὴ.. τούς τε πρεσβυτέρους ὁμοιωθῆναι τοῖς πρὶν ἔργοις, τούς τε νεωτέρους.. μὴ αἰσχῦναι κτλ. Th.4.92, cf. Pl.R. 474c, X.Cyr.1.4.25, Is.1.50; τά τε γὰρ ληφθέντα πάντ' ἂν σῴζοιτο οἵ τ' ἀδικήσαντες κατ' ἀξίαν λάβοιεν τὰ ἐπιτίμια Aen. Tact.16.8, cf. Gp.2.49.1, 12.3.2-3;τούτου γὰρ γενομένου.. τά τε ἐχφόρια Χρυσέρμῳ δυνήσομαι ἀποδοῦναι, ἐγώ τε ἔσομαι παρὰ σοῦ φιλανθρωπίας τετευχώς PEnteux.60.11
(iii B.C.);κλείειν τε τὰ βλέφαρα δεομένων ἐλπιζόντων τε κοιμηθήσεσθαι Gal.16.494
, cf. 495,501; this use is common at all times in οὔτε.. οὔτε, μήτε.. μήτε, εἴτε.. εἴτε (qq.v.); τε may be used three or more times,ἔν τ' ἄρα οἱ φῦ χειρί, ἔπος τ' ἔφατ' ἔκ τ' ὀνόμαζεν Od.15.530
, cf. Il.1.177, 2.58, A.Pr. 89sq., B.17.19sq., Lys. 19.17, X.Cyr.3.3.36:— ἑνδεκάτη τε δυωδεκάτη τε prob. means the eleventh or twelfth, Od.2.374, 4.588:—sts. τε.. τε couples alternatives, , cf. Heracl. 153, El. 391; hence we find τε.. ἢ.., Pl.Tht. 143c, Ion 535d; on ἢ (or ἦ) .. τε in Il.2.289 and A.Eu. 524 (lyr.) v. ἦ 1.3.2 the first clause may be negative, the second affirmative, asἐκκλησίαν τε οὐκ ἐποίει.., τήν τε πόλιν ἐφύλασσε Th.2.22
; but οὔτε.. τε is more freq., asοὔτε ποσίν εἰμι ταχύς.., γιγνώσκω τε X.Cyr.2.3.6
(v.οὔτε 11.4
); we also find οὐ.. τε.. , asοὐχ ἡσύχαζον.., παρεκάλουν τε τοὺς ξυμμάχους Th.1.67
; and μὴ.. τε.. , as ἵνα μή τι διαφύγῃ ἡμᾶς, εἴ τέ τι βούλει κτλ. Pl.Phd. 95e.a τε.. δὲ.. , asκόμισαί τέ με, δὸς δέ μοι ἵππους Il.5.359
, cf. 7.418, S.OC 367, Tr. 285, E.Ph. 1625;ἐσθὰς ἀμφότερόν νιν ἔχεν, ἅ τε.. ἐπιχώριος.., ἀμφὶ δὲ παρδαλέᾳ στέγετο Pi.P.4.80
;διήκουέ τε.., ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ ἐπῄνεσε X.Cyr.4.4.3
; so with ἅμα δὲ καὶ.., ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ.., Th.1.25, Pl.Smp. 186e:—so τε.., ἀτὰρ οὖν καὶ.., Id.Hp.Ma. 295e.bμὲν.. τε.., ἄνδρα μὲν.., τρεῖς τε κασιγνήτους Il.19.291
-3, cf. Od.22.475-6, Pi.O.6.88, 7.88, A.Th. 924, Ch. 585 (lyr.), S.Ant. 963 (lyr.), E.Heracl. 337 codd., Cyc.41 (lyr.), Ar.Nu. 563(lyr.), Pl.Phdr. 266c, Lg. 927b: v. μέν A. 11.6c.4 a single τε ( and) joins a word, phrase, or (esp. later) clause or sentence to what precedes,τελευτὴν κεφαλήν τε Pl.Ti. 69a
; θνητὰ ἀθάνατά τε ib.c;Ζεῦ ἄλλοι τε θεοί Il.6.476
; ; ῥίγησέν τ' ἂρ ἔπειτα ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν Ἀγαμέμνων v.l. for δ' ἂρ in 11.254; ἕν τε οὐδὲν κατέστη ἴαμα.., σῶμά τε αὔταρκες ὂν οὐδὲν διεφάνη.., Th.2.51; τά τε ἱερὰ.. νεκρῶν πλέα ἦν.. ib.52; νόμοι τε πάντες ξυνεταράχθησαν ibid.; , cf. 253, 262, al.;εἴς τε τὰς ἄλλας.. ἀθροίζεσθαι Aen.Tact.3.5
; τῶν τε ἀρχόντων.. ib.6, cf. 10.8, al.;ὅ τε γραφεὶς κύκλος.. Archim.Spir.11
Def.7;πρός τε τούτοις φησὶν.. PEnteux.63.18
(iii B.C.);χωρίς τε τούτων Plb.2.56.13
, 61.1, 3.17.7;ταῦτά τ' ἐγίνετο.. Id.2.43.6
, cf. 3.70.4;ἀπαιτούμενός τε ὑπ' ἐμοῦ τὰ ἔρια οὐκ ἀποδίδωσί PEnteux.2.6
, cf. 8.4, al. (iii B.C.); γράψαι Ἀγαθοκλεῖ τῷ ἐπιστάτῃ διασαφῆσαί τε αὐτῷ ib.81.21 (iii B.C.);καθόλου τε.. Arr.Epict.1.19.13
, cf. 2.2.17; , cf. 24, al.;ὄξει βαφικῷ στυπτηρίᾳ τε PHolm. 1.4
, cf. Gem.16.6;χρὴ.. λαχάνων ἅπτεσθαι, κοιλίαν τε λύειν Gp.1.12.19
, cf. 2.2.2, al.; this τε may be used any number of times, Od.4.149- 150, 14.75, 158-9, Men.Pk.15,16,20, Hipparch.1.9.8, Act.Ap.2.43,46, 4.13, 14, al.II τε.. καὶ.. , or τε καὶ.. , both.. and.., where τε points forward to καί, and usu. need not be translated, e.g. ; εἰ δὴ ὁμοῦ πόλεμός τε δαμᾷ καὶ λοιμὸς Ἀχαιούς ib.61; δειλός τε καὶ οὐτιδανὸς καλεοίμην ib. 293;ζωόν τε καὶ ἀρτεμέα 7.308
, cf. 327, 338, al.;τῆς τε γῆς ἐούσης ἐπιτηδέης καὶ τῶν ποταμῶν ἐόντων σφι συμμάχων Hdt.4.47
;βούλεταί τε καὶ ἐπίσταται Th.2.35
;ὁ φύς τε καὶ τραφείς Pl.R. 396c
;βάσιν τε γὰρ πάλιν τὴν αὐτὴν ἔχουσι τὴν ΖΒ καὶ.. Euc.1.47
; sts. the elements joined by τε.. καὶ.. are joined in order to be compared or contrasted rather than simply joined, ; ; ; ἐπαύσατό τε ὁ ἄνεμος καὶ τὸ κῦμα ἔστρωτο ib. 193;ταὐτὰ.. νῦν τε καὶ τότε Ar.Av. 24
; ; ; sts. (like τε.. τε) even used of alternatives,διάνδιχα μερμήριξεν, ἵππους τε στρέψαι καὶ ἐναντίβιον μαχέσασθαι Il.8.168
;ἐν δίκᾳ τε καὶ παρὰ δίκαν Pi.O.2.16
;θεοῦ τε.. θέλοντος καὶ μὴ θέλοντος A.Th. 427
;πείσας τε.. καὶ μὴ τυχών Th.3.42
:—on οἵ τε ἄλλοι καὶ.. , e.g.τοῖς τε ἄλλοις ἅπασι καὶ Λακεδαιμονίοις Isoc.12.249
, and ἄλλως τε καὶ.. , v. ἄλλος 11.6,ἄλλως 1.3
.2 in this sense τ' ἠδέ is only [dialect] Ep.,σκῆπτρόν τ' ἠδὲ θέμιστας Il.9.99
, cf. 1.400, al.; alsoτε.., ἰδέ, χαλκόν τε ἰδὲ λόφον 6.469
, cf. 8.162.3 καὶ.. τε, both.. and.., is occasionally found, as καὶ μητέρα πατέρα τ' E.Alc. 646.b καὶ.. τε perh. means and.. also inκαὶ ναυτικῷ τε ἅμα Th.1.9
;καὶ πρός τε τοὺς Ῥηγίνους Id.6.44
;καὶ αὐτός τε Id.8.68
; v. infr. c. 10.4 τε.. τε or τε.. καὶ.. sts. join elements which are not syntactically parallel, esp. a part. and a finite verb, ἰοῖσίν τε τιτυσκόμενοι λάεσσί τ' ἔβαλλον (for βάλλοντες) Il.3.80; ; ;τῆς τε ὥρας.. ταύτης οὔσης.., καὶ τὸ χωρίον.. χαλεπὸν ἦν Id.7.47
, cf. 4.85, 8.81, 95.5 the copulative τε becomes rare in later Gr.; it is found about 340 times in LXX, mostly in the Pentateuch and 1-4 Ma., only 3 times in Ps.; in the NT it is found about 150 times in Act.Ap., 20 times in Ep.Hebr., and very rarely in the other books.B In [dialect] Ep. (more rarely in other dactylic verse, v. infr. 11) τε stands in general or frequentative statements or in statements of what is well known; such statements are freq. made as justifications of a preceding particular statement or of a preceding exhortation to a particular person or persons; the sense of τε thus approaches that of τοι (cf. τοι and τε in Od.2.276-7, and cf. Il.13.115 with 15.203); although associated with numerous particles and other words of particular types (v. infr.) its meaning remains independent of these and applies to the whole sentence in which it stands: ; ;θεοὶ δέ τε πάντα ἴσασιν 4.379
, cf. 5.79, 447, 10.306, 17.485, Il.9.497, 16.688, 17.176, 21.264; , cf. Od.11.537, Il.24.526;ἤ τ' ἔβλητ' ἤ τ' ἔβαλ' ἄλλον 11.410
;οὐ μὲν γάρ τε κακὸν βασιλευέμεν Od.1.392
;οἳ φύλλοισιν ἐοικότες ἄλλοτε μέν τε ζαφλεγέες τελέθουσιν.. ἄλλοτε δὲ.. Il.21.464
; , cf. 8.169, 170, 15.400; τοῦ γάρ τε ξεῖνος μιμνήσκεται ἤματα πάντα, ἀνδρὸς ξεινοδόκου, ὅς κεν φιλότητα παράσχῃ ib.54, cf. 17.322;ῥεχθὲν δέ τε νήπιος ἔγνω Il.17.32
;παθὼν δέ τε νήπιος ἔγνω Hes.Op. 218
;αἰεὶ γάρ τε νεώτεροι ἀφραδέουσιν Od. 7.294
; δύσζηλοι γάρ τ' εἰμὲν ἐπὶ χθονὶ φῦλ' ἀνθρώπων ib. 307;τοῦ δέ τε πολλοὶ ἐπαυρίσκοντ' ἄνθρωποι, καί τε πολέας ἐσάωσε Il.13.733
-4; τοῦ μὲν γάρ τε κακοῦ τρέπεται χρὼς ἄλλυδις ἄλλῃ, ἐν δέ τέ οἱ κραδίη στέρνοισι πατάσσει.., πάταγος δέ τε γίγνετ' ὀδόντων ib. 279-83; ;νέῳ δέ τε πάντ' ἐπέοικεν.. κεῖσθαι 22.71
;κατέλεξεν ἅπαντα κήδε' ὅσ' ἀνθρώποισι πέλει, τῶν ἄστυ ἁλώῃ· ἄνδρας μὲν κτείνουσι, πόλιν δέ τε πῦρ ἀμαθύνει, τέκνα δέ τ' ἄλλοι ἄγουσι, βαθυζώνους τε γυναῖκας 9.592
-4, cf. 22.492, 495, 499;νεμεσσῶμαί γε μὲν οὐδέν· καὶ γάρ τίς τ' ἀλλοῖον ὀδύρεται ἄνδρ' ὀλέσασα.. ἢ Ὀδυσῆ' Od.19.265
;σχέτλιε, καὶ μέν τίς τε χερείονι πείθεθ' ἑταίρῳ.., αὐτὰρ ἐγὼ θεός εἰμι 20.45
, cf. 23.118, Il.2.292, 9.632; νῦν δὲ μνησώμεθα δόρπου· καὶ γάρ τ' ἠΰκομος Νιόβη ἐμνήσατο σίτου κτλ. 24.602 (where a general inference is implied);ὃν Βριάρεων καλέουσι θεοί, ἄνδρες δέ τε πάντες Αἰγαίων' 1.403
, cf. 2.814, 5.306, 10.258, 14.290; sts. of repeated action by particular persons,ἄλλοτε μέν τε γόῳ φρένα τέρπομαι Od.4.102
;οὐ μὰ γὰρ Ἀπόλλωνα Διὶ φίλον, ᾧ τε σύ, Κάλχαν, εὐχόμενος.. θεοπροπίας ἀναφαίνεις Il.1.86
; ἡ δὲ.. μ' αἰεὶ.. νεικεῖ, καί τέ μέ φησι μάχῃ Τρώεσσιν ἀρήγειν ib. 521;μήτηρ γάρ τέ μέ φησι θεά, Θέτις ἀργυρόπεζα, διχθαδίας κῆρας φερέμεν θανάτοιο τέλοσδε 9.410
.2 in exhortations addressed to an individual, a subsidiary sentence or relative clause in which he is reminded of his special or characteristic sphere of activity is marked by τε, e.g.Ἑρμεία, σοὶ γάρ τε μάλιστά γε φίλτατόν ἐστιν ἀνδρὶ ἑταιρίσσαι καί τ' ἔκλυες ᾧ κ' ἐθέλῃσθα, βάσκ' ἴθι.. Il.24.334
;Ἀτρεΐδη, σοὶ γάρ τε μάλιστά γε λαὸς Ἀχαιῶν πείσονται μύθοισι.., νῦν δ' ἀπὸ πυρκαϊῆς σκέδασον.. 23.156
;δεῦρο δὴ ὄρσο, γρηῢ.., ἥ τε γυναικῶν δμῳάων σκοπός ἐσσι.., ἔρχεο Od. 22.395
, cf. Il.17.249.3 similarly in general and frequentative statements consisting of two clauses (one of which may be a relative clause, freq. containing the subj. or opt.), in which the fulfilment of the condition stated in the subsidiary or subordinate clause is declared to be generally or always followed by the result stated in the principal clause, either or both clauses may contain τε:a the principal clause alone contains τε, ὅς κε θεοῖς ἐπιπείθηται, μάλα τ' ἔκλυον αὐτοῦ Il.1.218
;ὃς δ' ἂν ἀμύμων αὐτὸς ἔῃ καὶ ἀμύμονα εἰδῇ, τοῦ μέν τε κλέος εὐρὺ διὰ ξεῖνοι φορέουσι πάντας ἐπ' ἀνθρώπους, πολλοί τέ μιν ἐσθλὸν ἔειπον Od.19.333
;εἴ περ γὰρ θυμῷ γε μενοινάᾳ πολεμίζειν, ἀλλά τε λάθρῃ γυῖα βαρύνεται.., βλάβεται δέ τε γούνατ' ἰόντι Il.19.165
-6;ᾧ μέν κ' ἀμμείξας δώῃ Ζεὺς τερπικέραυνος, ἄλλοτε μέν τε κακῷ ὅ γε κύρεται ἄλλοτε δ' ἐσθλῷ 24.530
.b the subordinate clause alone contains τε, λάζετο δ' ἔγχος.. τῷ δάμνησι στίχας ἀνδρῶν ἡρώων οἷσίν τε κοτέσσεται ὀβριμοπάτρη 5.747
;ῥεῖα δ' ἀρίγνωτος γόνος ἀνέρος ᾧ τε Κρονίων ὄλβον ἐπικλώση Od.4.207
;ἀντί νυ πολλῶν λαῶν ἐστιν ἀνὴρ ὅν τε Ζεὺς κῆρι φιλήσῃ Il.9.117
, cf. 7.298, Od.6.287, 7.74, 8.547, 18.276; with opt.,ἀλλὰ πολὺ πρώτιστος.. ἕλεσκον ἀνδρῶν δυσμενέων ὅ τέ μοι εἴξειε πόδεσσι 14.221
: it is prob. that τε has been replaced by κε in the text of Hom. in Il.1.218, 9.510 (cf. 508), and some other passages in which κε seems to be used, exceptionally, in general relative clauses.c both clauses contain τε, ὃς μέν τ' αἰδέσεται κούρας Διὸς ἆσσον ἰούσας, τὸν δὲ μέγ' ὤνησαν καί τ' ἔκλυον εὐχομένοιο Il.9.508
-9;εἴ περ γάρ τε χόλον γε καὶ αὐτῆμαρ καταπέψῃ, ἀλλά τε καὶ μετόπισθεν ἔχει κότον 1.82
-3.4 in the subordinate clause of a collective sentence, in which the principal clause states something to be true of all those (i.e. each individual) to whom the predicate of the subordinate clause applies,ὑπόσχωμαι.. κτήματα.. πάντα μάλ' ὅσσα τ' Ἀλέξανδρος.. ἠγάγετο Τροίηνδ'.. δωσέμεν Il.22.115
; , cf. Od.18.131, Il.19.105; , cf. 18.485.5 in relative clauses (and in parenthetic principal clauses) which indicate what is customary, ἐπεὶ οὐχ ἱερήϊον οὐδὲ βοείην ἀρνύσθην, ἅ τε ποσσὶν ἀέθλια γίγνεται ἀνδρῶν which are the usual prizes.., Il.22.160;ἔργ' ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε, τά τε κλείουσιν ἀοιδοί Od.1.338
, cf. 3.435, 4.85, 13.410, 14.226, 17.423, Il.5.332;κύματος ἐξαναδύς, τά τ' ἐρεύγεται ἤπειρόνδε Od.5.438
;μολπή τ' ὀρχηστύς τε, τὰ γάρ τ' ἀναθήματα δαιτός 1.152
: similarly in clauses withοἷά τε (πολλά), κῆτος ἐπισσεύῃ μέγα δαίμων ἐξ ἁλός, οἷά τε πολλὰ τρέφει.. Ἀμφιτρίτη 5.422
;οὐ γάρ σ' οὐδέ.. δαήμονι φωτὶ ἐΐσκω ἄθλων, οἷά τε πολλὰ μετ' ἀνθρώποισι πέλονται 8.160
, cf. 11.364, 14.63, 15.324, 379.6 in relative clauses indicating what is true of all persons or things denoted by the same word, οὐ γάρ τις νήσων ἱππήλατος οὐδ' εὐλείμων αἵ θ' ἁλὶ κεκλίαται no one of the islands which lie in the sea (as all islands do, i.e. no island at all), Od.4.608;ἡμίονον.. ἥ τ' ἀλγίστη δαμάσασθαι Il.23.655
;ἐσθλὸς ἐὼν γαμβρὸς ἢ πενθερός, οἵ τε μάλιστα κήδιστοι τελέθουσι Od.8.582
;αἰετοῦ οἴματ' ἔχων.. ὅς θ' ἅμα κάρτιστός τε καὶ ὤκιστος πετεηνῶν Il.21.252
, cf. 24.294;οὐδέ μιν εἰσοιχνεῦσι κυνηγέται, οἵ τε καθ' ὕλην ἄλγεα πάσχουσιν Od.9.120
;δικασπόλοι, οἵ τε θέμιστας πρὸς Διὸς εἰρύαται Il.1.238
, cf. Od.5.67, 101, Il.1.279, 19.31, 24.415;οἶνός σε τρώει.., ὅς τε καὶ ἄλλους βλάπτει Od.21.293
, cf. 14.464;πάρφασις, ἥ τ' ἔκλεψε νόον πύκα περ φρονεόντων Il.14.217
;οἰκωφελίη, ἥ τε τρέφει ἀγλαὰ τέκνα Od.14.223
.7 when the antecedent is a definite group of gods or men, the relative clause with τε indicates an essential characteristic of the antecedent,Ἐρινύες, αἵ θ' ὑπὸ γαῖαν ἀνθρώπους τείνυνται Il.19.259
;Σειρῆνας.., αἵ ῥά τε πάντας ἀνθρώπους θέλγουσιν Od.12.39
;Φαίηκές μ' ἄγαγον ναυσίκλυτοι, οἵ τε καὶ ἄλλους ἀνθρώπους πέμπουσιν 16.227
, cf. 20.187; ;Λωτοφάγων, οἵ τ' ἄνθινον εἶδαρ ἔδουσι Od.9.84
: similarly when the antecedent is an individual person (incl. god) or thing, the relative clause with τε indicates one of his or its general or essential characteristics or aspects, , cf. 2.669, Od.5.4;Ἑρμείαο ἕκητι διακτόρου, ὅς ῥά τε πάντων ἀνθρώπων ἔργοισι χάριν καὶ κῦδος ὀπάζει 15.319
;Λάμπον καὶ Φαέθονθ', οἵ τ' Ἠῶ πῶλοι ἄγουσι 23.246
;Τειρεσίαο μάντιος ἀλαοῦ, τοῦ τε φρένες ἔμπεδοί εἰσι 10.493
;τεύχεα δύνεις ἀνδρὸς ἀριστῆος, τόν τε τρομέουσι καὶ ἄλλοι Il.17.203
, cf. 7.112; κεῖται ἀνὴρ ὅν τ' (v.l. ὃν)ἶσον ἐτίομεν Ἕκτορι δίῳ, Αἰνείας 5.467
; the relative clause sts. indicates what is customary,οὐδέ σε λήθω τιμῆς ἧς τέ μ' ἔοικε τετιμῆσθαι μετ' Ἀχαιοῖς 23.649
;ἔνθα δ' ἀνὴρ ἐνίαυε πελώριος, ὅς ῥά τε μῆλα οἶος ποιμαίνεσκε Od.9.187
;τῶν πάντων οὐ τόσσον ὀδύρομαι.. ὡς ἑνός, ὅς τέ μοι ὕπνον ἀπεχθαίρει καὶ ἐδωδὴν μνωομένῳ 4.105
;σῆς ἀλόχου.. ἥ τέ τοι αὔτως ἧσται ἐνὶ μεγάροισιν 13.336
;καὶ κήρυκα Μέδοντα σαώσομεν, ὅς τέ μευ αἰεὶ.. κηδέσκετο 22.357
, cf. 346.8 τε is used in descriptions of particular places or things when attention is called to their peculiar or characteristic features, or their position, e.g.Λιβύην, ἵνα τ' ἄρνες ἄφαρ κεραοὶ τελέθουσι Od.4.85
; , cf. 9.124, 13.99, 100, 107, 109, 244; ἓξ δέ τέ οἱ (sc. Σκύλλῃ)δειραὶ περιμήκεες 12.90
, cf. 93,99, 105; ἐν δέ τε Γοργείη κεφαλή (in Athena's αἰγίς) Il.5.741; χαλεπὸν δέ τ' ὀρύσσειν ἀνδράσι γε θνητοῖσι (sc. μῶλυ) Od. 10.305; ; sts. τε draws attention to a well-known custom or permanent feature,ἀρξάμενοι τοῦ χώρου, ὅθεν τέ περ οἰνοχοεύει 21.142
;ἦ μένετε Τρῶας σχεδὸν ἐλθέμεν, ἔνθα τε νῆες εἰρύατ' εὔπρυμνοι Il.4.247
, cf. Od. 6.266;ἐν ποταμῷ, ὅθι τ' ἀρδμὸς ἔην πάντεσσι βοτοῖσιν Il.18.521
, cf. Od.14.353.9 a part of the anatomy is defined by a clause (containing τε) which indicates a feature which universally belongs to it,κατ' ἰσχίον, ἔνθα τε μηρὸς ἰσχίῳ ἐνστρέφεται Il.5.305
, cf. 8.83, 13.547, 16.481, 20.478; similarly a point of time is defined,ὥρῃ ἐν εἰαρινῇ, ὅτε τ' ἤματα μακρὰ πέλονται Od.18.367
.10 τε is used in relative clauses which define a measurement of a particular thing or action by reference to the measurement (in general) of some thing or action well known in daily life,γεφύρωσεν δὲ κέλευθον μακρὴν ἠδ' εὐρεῖαν, ὅσον τ' ἐπὶ δουρὸς ἐρωὴ γίγνεται Il.15.358
; ; , cf. 3.321, al.; more rarely the definition is by reference to the measurement of a particular thing or action, ἤσθιε.. ἕως ὅ τ' ἀοιδὸς ἐνὶ μεγάροισιν ἄειδεν (s.v.l.) 17.358;ἥ τις δὴ τέτληκε τόσα φρεσίν, ὅσσα τ' ἐγώ περ 19.347
.11 the freq. use of τε B in similes is to be explained under one or other of the foregoing heads, e.g. when reference is made to generally known kinds of things or natural phenomena, to human experience in daily life, or to well-known phenomena of the animal world, Il.2.456, 459, 463, 468, 470, 471, 474, 481, 3.23-5,33, 11.415-7, al.; or when universal characteristics of gods, men, animals, etc., are indicated by relative clauses introduced by ὅς τε, ὅς ῥά τε, etc., 3.61, 151, 198, al.; or by ὥς τε, ἠΰτε, ὥς τίς τε, etc., e.g. 5.136, 17.133, Od.4.535,ὡς εἴ τε 9.314
, 14.254, etc.II in post-Hom. Gr. this use of τε is more restricted; outside of [dialect] Ep. and other early dactylic verse (Hes.Op.30, 214, 233, al., Xenoph.13.3, Thgn.148, 359, etc.) it is not found except with relatives, and with these it has scarcely any discernible sense, so that ὅς τε in Lyr. and Trag. is for the most part only = ὅς, e.g. (possibly generalizing)Μοῖρ', ἅ τε πατρώϊον τῶνδ' ἔχει τὸν εὔφρονα πότμον Pi.O.2.35
, cf. 14.2, A.Eu. 1024, E.Hec. 445 (lyr.), etc. (v. ὅστε); without generalizing force, Pi.N.9.9, A.Pers. 297, Ch. 615, etc.; Hdt. hasτά πέρ τε 1.74
,ὅκως τε 2.108
codd., ὅσον τε (without a verb, as in Od.9.325, al.) 1.126, 2.96, 3.5, al.,οἷά τε 1.93
codd. (adverbially 2.175, 5.11): in [dialect] Att. Prose and Com. even these uses disappear and we find only a few phrases, as ἅτε, ὥστε, ἐφ' ᾧτε, οἷός τε; in later Gr. we find exceptionallyἔνθεν τε Hp.Ep.17
; (ii B.C.);ἀπ' οὗ τε PCair.Zen.291.3
(iii B.C.); (Erythrae, ii B.C.); ἥ τ' PMag.Par.1.2962;ὅσον τε ὀκτὼ στάδια Paus.6.26.1
; καὶ ἔστιν ἔπη Μαντικὰ ὁπόσα τε (= which)ἐπελεξάμεθα καὶ ἡμεῖς Id.9.31.5
;οἷόν τε καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς κύων φωνῆς θεωροῦμεν S.E.M.11.28
.C in Hom. τε is also (but less freq.) used in conjunction with other particles in contexts (mainly particular statements) such as the following:1 in assurances, statements on oath, and threats,σχέτλιος, ἦ τ' ἐκέλευον ἀπωσάμενον δήϊον πῦρ ἂψ ἐπὶ νῆας ἴμεν Il.18.13
;ἐξ αὖ νῦν ἔφυγες θάνατον, κύον· ἦ τέ τοι ἄγχι ἦλθε κακόν 11.362
; ἦ τε is similarly used in 11.391, 17.171, 236, Od.24.28, 311, al.; ἦ τ' ἄν in Il.12.69, al.; γάρ τε (s. v.l.) inοὐ γάρ τ' οἶδα 6.367
, cf. Od.10.190; νύ τε in 1.60, 347 (but τ' more prob. = τοι, v. σύ) ; δέ τε inἀγορῇ δέ τ' ἀμείνονές εἰσι καὶ ἄλλοι Il.18.106
; ; μέν τε in , cf. 4.341; εἴ πέρ τε inοὔ τοι ἔτι δηρόν γε φίλης ἀπὸ πατρίδος αἴης ἔσσεται, οὐδ' εἴ πέρ τε σιδήρεα δέσματ' ἔχῃσιν Od.1.204
, cf. 188, Il.12.223, 245.2 also in commands, warnings, and admonitions,σίγα, μή τίς τ' ἄλλος Ἀχαιῶν τοῦτον ἀκούσῃ μῦθον Il.14.90
, cf. Od.19.486; ; τούσδε τ' (v.l. δ')ἐᾶν 16.96
(nisi leg. τούσδ' ἔτ'); δὸς δέ τέ μ' ἄνδρα ἑλεῖν 5.118
; μηδέ τ' ἐρώει (nisi leg. μηδ' ἔτ') 2.179, 22.185.3 also in passionate utterances, in clauses which indicate the cause of the speaker's passion or a circumstance which might have caused others to behave more considerately towards him,ὤ μοι ἐγὼ δειλή.. ἥ τ'.. τὸν μὲν.. θρέψασα.. ἐπιπροέηκα Il.18.55
;σχέτλιοί ἐστε, θεοί, ζηλήμονες ἔξοχον ἄλλων, οἵ τε θεαῖς ἀγάασθε.. ἤν τίς τε.. Od.5.119
, 120, cf. 21.87, Il.15.468, 17.174; ἡμεῖς δ' αὖ μαχόμεσθ', οἵ πέρ τ' ἐπίκουροι ἔνειμεν and we, who ( mark you) are only allies (not γαμβροί and κασίγνητοι), are fighting, 5.477; τρεῖς γάρ τ' ἐκ Κρόνου εἰμὲν ἀδελφεοί for we, let me tell you, are three brothers, sons of Cronos (and Zeus has no prior title to power), 15.187;ποῖόν δε ἔπος φύγεν ἕρκος ὀδόντων δεινόν τ' ἀργαλέον τε· νεμεσσῶμαι δέ τ' ἀκούων Od.21.169
; .4 in descriptions of particular events and things where there is no general reference,κνίση μὲν ἀνήνοθεν, ἐν δέ τε φόρμιγξ ἠπύει Od.17.270
; ὥς (= so)τέ μοι ὑβρίζοντες ὑπερφιάλως δοκέουσιν δαίνυσθαι κατὰ δῶμα 1.227
;τοὺς μέν τ' ἰητροὶ πολυφάρμακοι ἀμφιπένονται.. σὺ δ' ἀμήχανος ἔπλευ, Ἀχιλλεῦ Il.16.28
; πόλιν πέρι δινηθήτην καρπαλίμοισι πόδεσσι, θεοὶ δέ τε πάντες ὁρῶντο dub. l. in 22.166;εὗρε δ' ἐνὶ σπῆϊ γλαφυρῷ Θέτιν, ἀμφὶ δέ τ' ἄλλαι εἵαθ' ὁμηγερέες ἅλιαι θεαί 24.83
(s.v.l.);ἐν δέ τε φάρμακον ἧκε Od.10.317
;νῶϊ δέ τ' ἄψορροι κίομεν Il.21.456
;πολλὰς γὰρ δὴ νύκτας.. ἄεσα καί τ' ἀνέμεινα.. Ἠῶ Od.19.342
;δέελον δ' ἐπὶ σῆμά τ' ἔθηκε Il.10.466
;ἐν δέ τε οἶνον κρητῆρσιν κερόωντο Od.20.252
; so with οὐδέ τ' (nisi leg. οὐδ' ἔτ'), τὸν καὶ ὑπέδδεισαν μάκαρες θεοὶ οὐδέ τ' ἔδησαν Il.1.406
;οὐδέ τ' ἔληγε μέγας θεός, ὦρτο δ' ἐπ' αὐτόν 21.248
;οὐδέ τ' ἄειρε 23.730
;οὐδέ τ' ἔασεν 11.437
, 21.596, cf. 15.709.5 ὅτε τε ( when) freq. introduces a temporal clause defining a point of time in the past by means of a well-known event which occurred then, ἦ οὐ μέμνῃ ὅτε τ' ἐκρέμω ὑψόθεν; Il.15.18;ὅτε τε Κρόνον.. Ζεὺς γαίης νέρθε καθεῖσε 14.203
; (but ἤματι τῷ ὅτε τε is general in 13.335; so also ὅτε πέρ τε.. κέρωνται in 4.259); , cf. 10.286, 22.102, Od.7.323, 18.257.6 in ὅ τε ( that or because) the τε has no observable meaning, , cf. 412, 4.32, 6.126, Od.5.357, al.7 ἐπεί τε = ἐπεί ( when) is rare in Hom.,ἐπεί τ' ἐνόησε Il.12.393
, cf. ἐπείτε.8 where τ' ἄρ occurs in questions, e.g. πῇ τ' ἂρ μέμονας καταδῦναι ὅμιλον; Il.13.307, cf. 1.8, 18.188, al., ταρ (q.v.) should prob. be read, since ἄρ ([etym.] α) usu. precedes a τε which is not copulative; so perh. ταρα should be read for τ' ἄρα in Od.1.346.9 inἣ θέμις ἐστὶν.. ἤ τ' ἀνδρῶν ἤ τε γυναικῶν Il.9.276
, it is not clear whether τε is copulative (τε A) or generalizing (τε B) or neither (τε C); ἤ is prob. = ἦ (accented as in ἤτοι (; ἤ τ' ἀλκῆς ἤ τε φόβοιο is dub. l. in 17.42; ἤ τ' = or is found in 19.148, = than in Od.16.216.10 Rarer and later uses;a also, esp. withἄλλος, Ἑρμεία, σὺ γὰρ αὖτε τά τ' ἄλλα περ ἄγγελός ἐσσι Od.5.29
, cf. 17.273, Il.23.483;ἐπεὶ τά τε ἄλλα πράττουσιν καλῶς, ἀναθεῖναι αὐτοὺς καὶ στήλην IG22.1298.9
, cf. Lycurg.100 (s.v.l.);ἐκομισάμην τὸ παρὰ σοῦ ἐπιστόλιον, ἐν ᾧ ὑπέγραψάς μοι τήν τε παρὰ Ζήνωνος πρὸς Ἰεδδοῦν γεγραμμένην PCair.Zen.18.1
(iii B.C.); εἰ οὖν περὶ τούτων ἐπιστροφὴν μὴ ποιήσει, οἵ τε λοιποί μοι τὰς χεῖρας προσοίσουσιν (- σωσιν Pap.) PPetr.2p.10 (iii B.C.);τῶν δὲ παρὰ ταῦτα ποιησόντων τά τε κτήνη ὑπὸ στέρεσιν ἀχθήσεσθαι πρὸς τὰ ἐκφόρια PTeb.27.74
(ii B.C.); v. supr. A. 11.3b.b with ὅδε, adding a slight emphasis to the preceding word,εἰ δὴ τήνδε τε γαῖαν ἀνείρεαι Od.13.238
, cf. 15.484.c τε γάρ rarely = καὶ γάρ or γάρ, Arist.APo. 75b41, de An. 405a4, PA 661b28, Pol. 1318b33, 1333a2; ἐάν τε γάρ for even if, 2 Ep.Cor.10.8; τήν τε γὰρ ἐπιθυμίαν οὐκ ᾔδειν for I had not known even lust. Ep.Rom.7.7.D Position of τε:1 in signf. A, as an enclitic, it stands second word in the sentence, clause, or phrase, regardless of the meaning: ἐγγύθι τε Πριάμοιο καὶ Ἕκτορος near both Priam and Hector, Il.6.317; , cf. 4.505, 7.295; codd., cf. 291 (anap.);ἄνευ τε δόλου καὶ ἀπάτης Hdt.1.69
;ὑπέρ τε σοῦ καὶ τῆς ἀδελφῆς PEnteux.6.6
(iii B.C.); , cf. Ti. 70b; hence in E.Or. 897 πόλεος must be taken with what precedes (Porson ad loc.): but article + noun, preposition + noun are freq. regarded as forming a unity indivisible by τε, τοῖς κτανοῦσί τε A.Ch.41
(lyr.);πρὸς βίαν τε Id.Pr. 210
; also the order is freq. determined by the meaning, τε being placed immediately after the word (or first word of a phrase or clause) which it joins to what precedes or to what follows,πατὴρ ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε Il.1.544
;ἔξω δόμων τε καὶ πάτρας A.Pr. 665
; the copulative or preparatory τε precedes many other particles, e.g. τε γάρ, τ' ἄρα, τέ τις.2 τε is enclitic in signfs. B, C also, and stands early in its sentence, clause, or phrase (v. supr.), but many particles which follow τε in signf. A precede it in signfs. B, C, e.g. in signfs. B, C we have δέ τε, μέν τε, γάρ τε, ἀλλά τε, δ' ἄρα τε, ὅς ῥά τε, οὔτ' ἄρ τε, καὶ γάρ τίς τε, ὅς τίς τε, καί τε. -
84 easy
1) (not difficult: This is an easy job (to do).) fácil2) (free from pain, trouble, anxiety etc: He had an easy day at the office.) tranquilo3) (friendly: an easy manner/smile.) natural4) (relaxed; leisurely: The farmer walked with an easy stride.) tranquiloeasy adj fácilit looks difficult, but actually it's easy parece difícil, pero en realidad es fáciltr['iːzɪ]1 (not difficult) fácil, sencillo■ is it easy to get a bank loan? ¿es fácil conseguir un crédito del banco?2 (comfortable) cómodo,-a, holgado,-a3 (unworried, relaxed) tranquilo,-a4 (readily exploited, cheated) fácil1 con cuidado, con calma■ go easy with that vase, it's valuable ten cuidado con aquel jarrón - es valioso■ easy on the whisky! ¡no te pases con el whisky!\SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALLeasy on the ear agradable al oídoeasy on the eye agradable a la vistaeasy to please poco exigenteeasy come, easy go así como viene se vaeasy does it poco a poco, con cuidadoit's easier said than done del dicho al hecho hay mucho trechostand easy SMALLMILITARY/SMALL descansentake it easy! ¡tranquilo,-a!to be easy as pie familiar estar chupado,-ato go easy on somebody no reñir tanto a alguiento go easy on something no pasarse con algoto take it easy / take things easy tomar(se) las cosas con calmaeasy chair sillón nombre masculino, butacaeasy game / easy prey presa fácileasy listening música ligeraeasy money dinero fácileasy terms facilidades nombre femenino plural de pago1) : fácil2) lenient: indulgenteadj.• descansado, -a adj.• desembarazado, -a adj.• fácil adj.• holgado, -a adj.• lento, -a adj.
I 'iːzi1) ( not difficult) fácilit's easy to see that... — es fácil ver que...
easy money — dinero m fácil, plata f (AmS fam) fácil or dulce (AmL fam)
that's easy for you to say — se dice muy fácil, es fácil hablar
2) ( undemanding) < life> fácil, desahogadoeasy terms — ( Busn) facilidades de pago
to be easy on the eye/ear — ser* agradable a la vista/al oído
3)a) ( lenient)to be easy on somebody — ser* poco exigente or severo con algn
b) ( without strong opinion) (esp BrE colloq) (pred)I'm easy — me da igual or lo mismo
II
1) ( without difficulty)love/money doesn't come easy — el amor/dinero no es fácil de conseguir
easy come, easy go — así como viene se va
2)a) (slowly, calmly) despacio, con calmato take it/things easy — tomárselo/tomarse las cosas con calma
b) ( sparingly)go easy on o with the sugar — no te pases or (Méx) llévatela suave con el azúcar (fam)
c) ( leniently)['iːzɪ]1. ADJ(compar easier) (superl easiest)1) (=not difficult) [task, job, decision, victory] fácilit is easy to see that... — es fácil ver que...
fluorescent jackets are easy to see at night — las chaquetas fluorescentes son fáciles de ver por la noche
•
to be far from easy — no ser nada fácil•
that's easy for you to say — para ti es fácil decirlo•
to have it easy — tenerlo fácil•
they made it very easy for us — nos lo pusieron muy fácil"Russian made easy" — "ruso sin esfuerzo"
•
it's an easy mistake to make — es un error que se comete fácilmente•
to be none too easy — no ser nada fácil•
to be easy on the eye/ear — ser or resultar agradable a la vista/al oído•
to be within easy reach of sth — estar muy cerca de algo•
to have an easy ride — (fig) tener las cosas fáciles•
that's easier said than done! — ¡eso se dice pronto!, es fácil decirlo, pero hacerlo...I'd love to tell her to get lost but that's easier said than done — me encantaría mandarla al cuerno pero no es tan fácil de hacer
•
to buy sth on easy terms — (Comm) comprar algo con facilidades de pago•
to take the easy way out — (fig) optar por el camino más fácil- be on easy street2) (=relaxed) [life] cómodo, relajado; [manners] relajado, natural; [disposition, conversation, conscience] tranquilo; [smile] fácil; [voice, tone, style] natural; [pace] lento, pausado; [movement] suelto, relajadoI'm easy * — (=not particular) me es igual or me da igual
•
to feel easy (in one's mind) — sentirse tranquiloI don't feel easy about leaving the children with that woman — no me siento tranquilo dejando a los niños con esa mujer
•
he has or enjoys an easy relationship with his stepchildren — tiene una relación muy buena or se lleva muy bien con los hijos de su mujer•
you can rest easy — puedes estar tranquilo•
to be on easy terms with sb — estar en confianza con algn3) (=promiscuous) [woman] fácil•
a woman of easy virtue — † euph una mujer ligera de cascos2.ADV•
we can all breathe easy now — ahora todos podemos respirar tranquilos•
taking orders doesn't come easy to him — no le resulta fácil obedecer órdeneseasy come, easy go — tal y como viene se va
•
easy does it! — ¡despacio!, ¡cuidado!, ¡con calma!•
go easy with the sugar — no te pases con el azúcarstand 3., 1)take it easy! * — (=don't worry) ¡cálmete!, ¡no te pongas nervioso!; (=don't rush) ¡despacio!, ¡no corras!
3.CPDeasy chair N — butaca f, sillón m (Sp)
EASY, DIFFICULT, IMPOSSIBLE ► Fácil, difícil and imposible are followed directly by the infinitive when they qualify the action itself:easy touch * N (=person) —
Solving the problem is easy
It's easy to solve the problem Es fácil resolver el problema
It is sometimes difficult/impossible to control oneself En ocasiones es difícil/imposible controlarse ► When the adjective qualifies a noun or pronoun rather than the verb, de is inserted before the infinitive:
The problem is easy to solve El problema es fácil de resolver
That's difficult or hard to believe Eso es difícil de creer
Semtex is impossible to detect El Semtex es imposible de detectar NOTE: Remember in this case to make the adjective agree with the noun or pronoun it describes:
Some of his works are difficult to classify Algunas de sus obras son difíciles de encasillar For further uses and examples, see main entry* * *
I ['iːzi]1) ( not difficult) fácilit's easy to see that... — es fácil ver que...
easy money — dinero m fácil, plata f (AmS fam) fácil or dulce (AmL fam)
that's easy for you to say — se dice muy fácil, es fácil hablar
2) ( undemanding) < life> fácil, desahogadoeasy terms — ( Busn) facilidades de pago
to be easy on the eye/ear — ser* agradable a la vista/al oído
3)a) ( lenient)to be easy on somebody — ser* poco exigente or severo con algn
b) ( without strong opinion) (esp BrE colloq) (pred)I'm easy — me da igual or lo mismo
II
1) ( without difficulty)love/money doesn't come easy — el amor/dinero no es fácil de conseguir
easy come, easy go — así como viene se va
2)a) (slowly, calmly) despacio, con calmato take it/things easy — tomárselo/tomarse las cosas con calma
b) ( sparingly)go easy on o with the sugar — no te pases or (Méx) llévatela suave con el azúcar (fam)
c) ( leniently) -
85 second
I
1. 'sekənd adjective1) (next after, or following, the first in time, place etc: February is the second month of the year; She finished the race in second place.) segundo2) (additional or extra: a second house in the country.) segundo3) (lesser in importance, quality etc: She's a member of the school's second swimming team.) segundo
2. adverb(next after the first: He came second in the race.) segundo
3. noun1) (a second person, thing etc: You're the second to arrive.) segundo2) (a person who supports and helps a person who is fighting in a boxing match etc.) segundo, cuidador
4. verb(to agree with (something said by a previous speaker), especially to do so formally: He proposed the motion and I seconded it.) apoyar, secundar
5. noun(a secondary school.) escuela de secundaria- seconder- secondly
- secondary colours
- secondary school
- second-best
- second-class
- second-hand
- second lieutenant
- second-rate
- second sight
- second thoughts
- at second hand
- come off second best
- every second week
- month
- second to none
II 'sekənd noun1) (the sixtieth part of a minute: He ran the race in three minutes and forty-two seconds.) segundo2) (a short time: I'll be there in a second.) segundo, instantesecond1 adj segundosecond2 n segundotr['sekənd]■ Birmingham is second only to London in population sólo Londres tiene más habitantes que Birmingham■ every second day/week/month/year cada dos días/semanas/meses/años1 segundo,-a1 (in series) segundo,-a3 SMALLAUTOMOBILES/SMALL (gear) segunda5 SMALLMUSIC/SMALL segunda1 segundo, en segundo lugar■ he came second llegó segundo, quedó en segundo lugar1 (motion, proposal) apoyar, secundar1 SMALLCOMMERCE/SMALL artículos nombre masculino plural con tara, artículos nombre masculino plural defectuosos1 (food) segunda ración nombre femenino■ who wants seconds? ¿quién quiere repetir?\SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALLon second thoughts pensándolo biento be second nature to somebody serle completamente natural a alguien■ don't worry, it'll soon become second nature to you no te preocupes, pronto te parecerá una cosa muy naturalto be second to none no tener igualto have a second string to one's bow tener otra alternativato have second helpings repetirto have second thoughts (about something) entrarle dudas a uno (sobre algo), cambiar de idea (sobre algo)to play second fiddle ser segundón,-ona, desempeñar un papel secundariosecond class segunda claseSecond Coming Segundo Advenimientosecond generation segunda generación nombre femeninosecond half segundo tiemposecond language segundo idiomasecond name apellidosecond person segunda personasecond sight clarividencia————————tr['sekənd]1 (time) segundo■ Christie's time was 9.9 seconds Christie hizo un tiempo de 9,9 segundos2 familiar momento, momentito■ have you got a second? ¿tienes un momento?\SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALLsecond hand (of watch) segundero————————tr[sɪ'kɒnd]1 SMALLBRITISH ENGLISH/SMALL trasladar temporalmentesecond ['sɛkənd] vt: secundar, apoyar (una moción): en segundo lugarsecond adj: segundosecond n1) : segundo m, -da f (en una serie)2) : segundo m, segunda parte f3) : segundo m, ayudante m (en deportes)4) moment: segundo m, momento madj.• segunda adj.• segundo, -a adj.adv.• en segundo lugar adv.n.• dos s.m.• segunda s.f.• segundante s.m.• segundo s.m. (In a duel)v.• apadrinar v.v.• secundar v.
I 'sekənd1)a) segundohe's already had a second helping — ya ha repetido or (Chi) se ha repetido
to give somebody a second chance — darle* a alguien otra oportunidad
every second Tuesday/week — cada dos martes/semanas, martes/semana por medio (CS, Per)
b) (in seniority, standing) segundo2) ( elliptical use)
II
a) (in position, time, order) en segundo lugarwork comes second, family first — la familia está antes que el trabajo
b) ( secondly) en segundo lugarc) ( with superl)
III
1)a) ( of time) segundo m; (before n)second hand — segundero m
b) ( moment) segundo mit doesn't take a second — no lleva ni un segundo, es cosa de un segundo
2)a) second (gear) ( Auto) (no art) segunda fb) ( in competition)he finished a good/poor second — quedó en un honroso/deslucido segundo lugar
c) (BrE Educ)upper/lower second — segunda y tercera nota de la escala de calificaciones de un título universitario
3) (in boxing, wrestling) segundo m; ( in dueling) padrino m4) ( substandard product) artículo m con defectos de fábrica5) seconds pl ( second helping) (colloq)to have seconds — repetir*, repetirse* (Chi)
IV
1) ( support) \<\<motion/candidate\>\> secundar
I ['sekǝnd]1. ADJ1) (gen) segundothey have a second home in Oxford — tienen otra casa en Oxford, en Oxford tienen una segunda vivienda
will you have a second cup? — ¿quieres otra taza?
•
in second gear — (Aut) en segunda (velocidad)•
it's second nature to her — lo hace sin pensarfor some of us swimming is not second nature — para muchos de nosotros nadar no es algo que nos salga hacer de forma natural
he had practised until it had become second nature — había practicado hasta que le salía con naturalidad
•
to be/lie in second place — estar/encontrarse en segundo lugar or segunda posición•
to have second sight — tener clarividencia, ser clarividenteto have second thoughts (about sth/about doing sth) — tener sus dudas (sobre algo/si hacer algo)
on second thoughts... — pensándolo bien...
fatherhood second time around has not been easy for him — volver a ser padre no le ha resultado fácil
•
to be second to none — no tener rival, ser inigualablefloor 1.Bath is second only to Glasgow as a tourist attraction — Bath es la atracción turística más popular aparte de Glasgow, solo Glasgow gana en popularidad a Bath como atracción turística
2) (Mus) segundofiddle 1., 1)2. ADV1) (in race, competition, election) en segundo lugar•
to come/ finish second — quedar/llegar en segundo lugar or segunda posiciónin popularity polls he came second only to Nelson Mandela — en los sondeos era el segundo más popular por detrás de Nelson Mandela
2) (=secondly) segundo, en segundo lugarthe second largest fish — el segundo pez en tamaño, el segundo mayor pez
this is the second largest city in Spain — ocupa la segunda posición entre las ciudades más grandes de España
3. N1) (in race, competition)•
he came a good/ poor second — quedó segundo a poca/gran distancia del vencedorstudying for his exams comes a poor second to playing football — prepararse los exámenes no tiene ni de lejos la importancia que tiene jugar al fútbol
closeI feel I come a poor second in my husband's affections to our baby daughter — tengo la sensación de que mi marido vuelca todo su cariño en la pequeña y a mí me tiene olvidada
2) (Aut) segunda velocidad f•
in second — en segunda (velocidad)seconds out! — ¡segundos fuera!
4) (Brit)(Univ)•
Lower/ Upper Second — calificación que ocupa el tercer/segundo lugar en la escala de las que se otorgan con un título universitarioSee:see cultural note DEGREE in degree5) secondsa) (Comm) artículos mpl con defecto de fábrica•
these dresses are slight seconds — estos vestidos tienen pequeños defectos de fábricab) (Culin)will you have seconds? — ¿quieres más?
4. VT1) [+ motion, speaker, nomination] apoyar, secundarI'll second that * — lo mismo digo yo, estoy completamente de acuerdo
2) [sɪ'kɒnd][+ employee] trasladar temporalmente; [+ civil servant] enviar en comisión de servicios (Sp)5.CPDsecond chamber N — [of parliament] cámara f alta
the Second Coming N — (Rel) el segundo Advenimiento
second cousin N — primo(-a) segundo(-a) m / f
second fiddle — see fiddle 1., 1)
second form N — curso de secundaria para alumnos de entre 12 y 13 años
second gear N — segunda f
second half N — (Sport) segundo tiempo m, segunda parte f ; (Econ) segundo semestre m (del año económico)
second house N — (Theat) segunda función f
second lieutenant N — (in army) alférez mf, subteniente mf
second mate, second officer N — (in Merchant Navy) segundo m de a bordo
second name N — apellido m
second person N — (Gram) segunda persona f
the second person singular/plural — la segunda persona del singular/plural
second sight N —
•
to have second sight — ser clarividentesecond string N — (esp US) (Sport) (=player) suplente mf ; (=team) equipo m de reserva
II ['sekǝnd]1.N (in time, Geog, Math) segundo m•
in a split second — en un instante, en un abrir y cerrar de ojosthe operation is timed to a split second — la operación está concebida con la mayor precisión en cuanto al tiempo
•
it won't take a second — es cosa de un segundo, es un segundo nada más•
at that very second — en ese mismo instante2.CPDsecond hand N — [of clock] segundero m
* * *
I ['sekənd]1)a) segundohe's already had a second helping — ya ha repetido or (Chi) se ha repetido
to give somebody a second chance — darle* a alguien otra oportunidad
every second Tuesday/week — cada dos martes/semanas, martes/semana por medio (CS, Per)
b) (in seniority, standing) segundo2) ( elliptical use)
II
a) (in position, time, order) en segundo lugarwork comes second, family first — la familia está antes que el trabajo
b) ( secondly) en segundo lugarc) ( with superl)
III
1)a) ( of time) segundo m; (before n)second hand — segundero m
b) ( moment) segundo mit doesn't take a second — no lleva ni un segundo, es cosa de un segundo
2)a) second (gear) ( Auto) (no art) segunda fb) ( in competition)he finished a good/poor second — quedó en un honroso/deslucido segundo lugar
c) (BrE Educ)upper/lower second — segunda y tercera nota de la escala de calificaciones de un título universitario
3) (in boxing, wrestling) segundo m; ( in dueling) padrino m4) ( substandard product) artículo m con defectos de fábrica5) seconds pl ( second helping) (colloq)to have seconds — repetir*, repetirse* (Chi)
IV
1) ( support) \<\<motion/candidate\>\> secundar2) [sɪ'kɒnd] ( attach) (BrE) -
86 plaisir
plaisir [pleziʀ]masculine nouna. ( = joie) pleasure• j'ai le plaisir de vous annoncer que... I am pleased to inform you that...► au plaisir ! (inf) (I'll) see you again sometime• bon, c'est bien pour vous faire plaisir or si cela peut vous faire plaisir all right, if it will make you happy• se faire plaisir ( = s'amuser) to enjoy o.s.c. ( = distraction) pleasure* * *plɛziʀnom masculin1) ( sensation agréable) pleasurele plaisir des sens/des yeux — sensual/aesthetic pleasure
prendre or avoir (du) plaisir à faire — to enjoy doing
je ne te punis pas pour le plaisir mais parce que tu le mérites — I'm not punishing you for the sake of it, but because you deserve it
à plaisir — [se tourmenter, exagérer, mentir] for the sake of it
je viendrai, mais c'est bien pour te faire plaisir — I'll come, but only because you want me to
ça fait toujours plaisir! — iron isn't that nice!
tu vas me faire le plaisir de ranger ta chambre! — you'll tidy up your room if you know what's good for you!
faire durer le plaisir — lit to make the pleasure last; iron to prolong the agony
je vous souhaite bien du plaisir — iron I wish you joy of it!
2) ( source d'agrément) pleasure* * *pleziʀ nmpour le plaisir; pour son plaisir; par plaisir — for pleasure
J'y suis allé pour lui faire plaisir. — I went there to please him.
cela me fait plaisir [cadeau, nouvelle] — I'm delighted with this, I'm very pleased with this
Ce cadeau me fait très plaisir. — I'm very pleased with this present.
j'ai le plaisir de... — it is with great pleasure that I...
M. et Mme X ont le plaisir de vous faire part de... — M. and Mme X are pleased to announce...
à plaisir (= à volonté) — freely, (= par plaisir) for the sake of it
faites-moi le plaisir de faire... — would you mind doing..., would you be kind enough to do...
* * *plaisir nm1 ( sensation agréable) pleasure; le plaisir des sens/des yeux sensual/aesthetic pleasure; le plaisir d'offrir/de lire/de jouer the pleasure of giving/of reading/of playing; prendre or avoir (du) plaisir à faire to enjoy doing; prendre un malin plaisir à faire to take a wicked delight in doing; chacun prend son plaisir où il le trouve one must take one's pleasure where one finds it; j'ai eu le plaisir de faire leur connaissance/de dîner avec eux I had the pleasure of meeting them/of dining with them; M. et Mme Grovagnard ont le plaisir de vous faire part du mariage/de la naissance de leur fille Nicole Mr. and Mrs. Grovagnard are pleased to announce the marriage/birth of their daughter Nicole; de plaisir [rougir, frémir, défaillir] with pleasure; [cris, gémissements, frémissements] of pleasure; avec (grand) plaisir with (great) pleasure; j'ai appris avec plaisir que I was delighted to hear that; gâcher le plaisir de qn to spoil sb's pleasure; pour le plaisir for pleasure; je ne te punis pas pour le plaisir mais parce que tu le mérites I'm not punishing you for the sake of it, but because you deserve it; à plaisir [se tourmenter, exagérer, mentir] a lot; tout le plaisir est pour moi the pleasure's all mine; pour le plus grand plaisir des auditeurs/du public for the enjoyment of the listeners/of the audience; faire plaisir à qn to please sb; elle aime faire plaisir she likes to please; ça me ferait (très) plaisir de la revoir I would be very pleased ou I would be delighted to see her again; qu'est-ce qui te/leur ferait plaisir? what would you/they like?; si ça peut te faire plaisir if it'll make you happy; je viendrai, mais c'est bien pour te faire plaisir I'll come, but only because you want me to; ça fait toujours plaisir! iron isn't that nice!; me ferez-vous le plaisir d'accepter mon invitation? fml would you do me the pleasure of accepting my invitation?; tu vas me faire le plaisir de ranger ta chambre/de me parler sur un autre ton! you'll tidy up your room/speak to me more politely if you know what's good for you!; faites-moi le plaisir de vous taire! would you please shut up○!; il se fera un plaisir de vous faire visiter la ville/de vous aider he will be delighted to show you around town/to help you; faire durer le plaisir lit to make the pleasure last; iron to prolong the agony; ce sera selon mon bon plaisir that will be according to my pleasure; car tel est notre bon plaisir for such is my pleasure; je vous/lui/leur souhaite bien du plaisir iron I wish you/him/them joy of it!;2 ( source d'agrément) pleasure; des plaisir raffinés refined pleasures; les menus plaisirs de l'existence the simple pleasures of life; à mon âge les plaisirs sont rares at my age there are few pleasures left to enjoy; une vie de plaisirs a life devoted to pleasure; c'est un plaisir que je ne me refuse jamais it's a pleasure that I never deny myself; les plaisirs charnels the pleasures of the flesh, carnal pleasures; les plaisirs défendus forbidden pleasures; aimer les plaisirs de la table to enjoy good food;3 ( sexuel) pleasure; donner/éprouver du plaisir to give/to experience pleasure; le plaisir solitaire masturbation.[plezir] nom masculin1. [joie] pleasureavoir (du) plaisir ou prendre (du) plaisir à faire quelque chose to take pleasure in doing somethingça va lui faire plaisir he'll be pleased ou delighted (with this)2. [dans des formules de politesse]fais-moi le plaisir d'éteindre cette télévision do me a favour, will you, and turn off the televisionje me ferai un plaisir de vous renseigner I'll be delighted ou happy to give you all the informationcette chipie se fera un plaisir de répandre la nouvelle that little minx will take great pleasure in spreading the newsj'ai le plaisir de vous informer que... I am pleased to inform you that...tout le plaisir est pour moi the pleasure is all mine, (it's) my pleasure3. [agrément] pleasure4. [sexualité] pleasures————————à plaisir locution adverbiale1. [sans motif sérieux]2. [sans retenue] unrestrainedlyavec plaisir locution adverbialepar plaisir, pour le plaisir locution adverbialeil joue aux cartes par plaisir, non pas pour l'argent he doesn't play cards for money, just for the fun of it -
87 Computers
The brain has been compared to a digital computer because the neuron, like a switch or valve, either does or does not complete a circuit. But at that point the similarity ends. The switch in the digital computer is constant in its effect, and its effect is large in proportion to the total output of the machine. The effect produced by the neuron varies with its recovery from [the] refractory phase and with its metabolic state. The number of neurons involved in any action runs into millions so that the influence of any one is negligible.... Any cell in the system can be dispensed with.... The brain is an analogical machine, not digital. Analysis of the integrative activities will probably have to be in statistical terms. (Lashley, quoted in Beach, Hebb, Morgan & Nissen, 1960, p. 539)It is essential to realize that a computer is not a mere "number cruncher," or supercalculating arithmetic machine, although this is how computers are commonly regarded by people having no familiarity with artificial intelligence. Computers do not crunch numbers; they manipulate symbols.... Digital computers originally developed with mathematical problems in mind, are in fact general purpose symbol manipulating machines....The terms "computer" and "computation" are themselves unfortunate, in view of their misleading arithmetical connotations. The definition of artificial intelligence previously cited-"the study of intelligence as computation"-does not imply that intelligence is really counting. Intelligence may be defined as the ability creatively to manipulate symbols, or process information, given the requirements of the task in hand. (Boden, 1981, pp. 15, 16-17)The task is to get computers to explain things to themselves, to ask questions about their experiences so as to cause those explanations to be forthcoming, and to be creative in coming up with explanations that have not been previously available. (Schank, 1986, p. 19)In What Computers Can't Do, written in 1969 (2nd edition, 1972), the main objection to AI was the impossibility of using rules to select only those facts about the real world that were relevant in a given situation. The "Introduction" to the paperback edition of the book, published by Harper & Row in 1979, pointed out further that no one had the slightest idea how to represent the common sense understanding possessed even by a four-year-old. (Dreyfus & Dreyfus, 1986, p. 102)A popular myth says that the invention of the computer diminishes our sense of ourselves, because it shows that rational thought is not special to human beings, but can be carried on by a mere machine. It is a short stop from there to the conclusion that intelligence is mechanical, which many people find to be an affront to all that is most precious and singular about their humanness.In fact, the computer, early in its career, was not an instrument of the philistines, but a humanizing influence. It helped to revive an idea that had fallen into disrepute: the idea that the mind is real, that it has an inner structure and a complex organization, and can be understood in scientific terms. For some three decades, until the 1940s, American psychology had lain in the grip of the ice age of behaviorism, which was antimental through and through. During these years, extreme behaviorists banished the study of thought from their agenda. Mind and consciousness, thinking, imagining, planning, solving problems, were dismissed as worthless for anything except speculation. Only the external aspects of behavior, the surface manifestations, were grist for the scientist's mill, because only they could be observed and measured....It is one of the surprising gifts of the computer in the history of ideas that it played a part in giving back to psychology what it had lost, which was nothing less than the mind itself. In particular, there was a revival of interest in how the mind represents the world internally to itself, by means of knowledge structures such as ideas, symbols, images, and inner narratives, all of which had been consigned to the realm of mysticism. (Campbell, 1989, p. 10)[Our artifacts] only have meaning because we give it to them; their intentionality, like that of smoke signals and writing, is essentially borrowed, hence derivative. To put it bluntly: computers themselves don't mean anything by their tokens (any more than books do)-they only mean what we say they do. Genuine understanding, on the other hand, is intentional "in its own right" and not derivatively from something else. (Haugeland, 1981a, pp. 32-33)he debate over the possibility of computer thought will never be won or lost; it will simply cease to be of interest, like the previous debate over man as a clockwork mechanism. (Bolter, 1984, p. 190)t takes us a long time to emotionally digest a new idea. The computer is too big a step, and too recently made, for us to quickly recover our balance and gauge its potential. It's an enormous accelerator, perhaps the greatest one since the plow, twelve thousand years ago. As an intelligence amplifier, it speeds up everything-including itself-and it continually improves because its heart is information or, more plainly, ideas. We can no more calculate its consequences than Babbage could have foreseen antibiotics, the Pill, or space stations.Further, the effects of those ideas are rapidly compounding, because a computer design is itself just a set of ideas. As we get better at manipulating ideas by building ever better computers, we get better at building even better computers-it's an ever-escalating upward spiral. The early nineteenth century, when the computer's story began, is already so far back that it may as well be the Stone Age. (Rawlins, 1997, p. 19)According to weak AI, the principle value of the computer in the study of the mind is that it gives us a very powerful tool. For example, it enables us to formulate and test hypotheses in a more rigorous and precise fashion than before. But according to strong AI the computer is not merely a tool in the study of the mind; rather the appropriately programmed computer really is a mind in the sense that computers given the right programs can be literally said to understand and have other cognitive states. And according to strong AI, because the programmed computer has cognitive states, the programs are not mere tools that enable us to test psychological explanations; rather, the programs are themselves the explanations. (Searle, 1981b, p. 353)What makes people smarter than machines? They certainly are not quicker or more precise. Yet people are far better at perceiving objects in natural scenes and noting their relations, at understanding language and retrieving contextually appropriate information from memory, at making plans and carrying out contextually appropriate actions, and at a wide range of other natural cognitive tasks. People are also far better at learning to do these things more accurately and fluently through processing experience.What is the basis for these differences? One answer, perhaps the classic one we might expect from artificial intelligence, is "software." If we only had the right computer program, the argument goes, we might be able to capture the fluidity and adaptability of human information processing. Certainly this answer is partially correct. There have been great breakthroughs in our understanding of cognition as a result of the development of expressive high-level computer languages and powerful algorithms. However, we do not think that software is the whole story.In our view, people are smarter than today's computers because the brain employs a basic computational architecture that is more suited to deal with a central aspect of the natural information processing tasks that people are so good at.... hese tasks generally require the simultaneous consideration of many pieces of information or constraints. Each constraint may be imperfectly specified and ambiguous, yet each can play a potentially decisive role in determining the outcome of processing. (McClelland, Rumelhart & Hinton, 1986, pp. 3-4)Historical dictionary of quotations in cognitive science > Computers
-
88 distraído
adj.1 absent-minded, absentminded, abstracted, distracted.2 untidy.past part.past participle of spanish verb: distraer.* * *1→ link=distraer distraer► adjetivo1 (desatento) absent-minded2 (entretenido) entertaining, fun► nombre masculino,nombre femenino1 absent-minded person\hacerse el/la distraído,-a to pretend not to notice* * *(f. - distraída)adj.1) distracted3) entertained, amused* * *distraído, -a1. ADJ1) (=despistado)a) [con estar]siempre está distraído en clase — he's always daydreaming in class, he never pays attention in class
me miró distraída — she glanced absently at me, she glanced at me absent-mindedly
b) [con ser]2) (=entretenido) entertained, amused3) Esp (=divertido) entertaining, amusinges un juego muy distraído — it's a very entertaining o amusing game
4) (=disoluto) dissolute2.SM / F* * *- da adjetivoa) [ser] < persona> absentminded, vagueb) [estar]perdona, estaba distraído — sorry, I wasn't paying attention
* * *= absent-minded, distracted, unfocused [unfocussed], dreamy [dreamier -comp., dreamiest -sup.], moony [moonier -comp., mooniest -sup.].Ex. The academic library is the natural habitat of the absent-minded professor.Ex. A class may be keen, alert, contributive, except for one child who is withdrawn, distracted, unresponsive.Ex. They may be unfocused, underprepared, and not of a frame of mind to devote time and thoughtful energy to library research.Ex. Puberty, he describes as ' dreamy and sentimental' and though this may seem a far cry from the teenagers we would recognize that adolescence brings an awakening of emotions, idealism and commitment to a romantic ideal.Ex. I know for certain I was moony and lonely, feeling dissatisfied with myself, and wanted only to be alone that night.* * *- da adjetivoa) [ser] < persona> absentminded, vagueb) [estar]perdona, estaba distraído — sorry, I wasn't paying attention
* * *= absent-minded, distracted, unfocused [unfocussed], dreamy [dreamier -comp., dreamiest -sup.], moony [moonier -comp., mooniest -sup.].Ex: The academic library is the natural habitat of the absent-minded professor.
Ex: A class may be keen, alert, contributive, except for one child who is withdrawn, distracted, unresponsive.Ex: They may be unfocused, underprepared, and not of a frame of mind to devote time and thoughtful energy to library research.Ex: Puberty, he describes as ' dreamy and sentimental' and though this may seem a far cry from the teenagers we would recognize that adolescence brings an awakening of emotions, idealism and commitment to a romantic ideal.Ex: I know for certain I was moony and lonely, feeling dissatisfied with myself, and wanted only to be alone that night.* * *distraído -da‹persona/aire/mirada›iba distraído y no se fijó que había un escalón he was miles away and didn't see the step ( colloq)es muy distraído he's very absentmindedperdona, estaba distraído sorry, I wasn't paying attention o I wasn't concentrating o my mind was elsewhere* * *
Del verbo distraer: ( conjugate distraer)
distraído es:
el participio
Multiple Entries:
distraer
distraído
distraer ( conjugate distraer) verbo transitivo
distraído a algn de algo ‹de trabajo/estudios› to distract sb from sth ‹ de preocupaciones› to take sb's mind off sth
distraerse verbo pronominal
b) ( entretenerse):
se distrae con cualquier cosa she doesn't need much to keep amused
distraído◊ -da adjetivo
b)◊ estaba/iba distraído he was miles away (colloq)
distraer verbo transitivo
1 (entretener) to entertain: la televisión distrae a la abuela, the television keeps Grandmother amused
2 (desviar la atención) to distract
distraído,-a adjetivo
1 (entretenido) entertaining
2 (despistado) absent-minded
' distraído' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abstraída
- abstraído
- distraída
- ida
- ido
- atontado
- ausente
- desatento
English:
absent-minded
- distracted
- dreamy
- vague
- absent
- inattentive
* * *distraído, -a♦ adj1. [entretenido] [libro] readable;[programa de TV, película] watchable; [persona] amusing, entertaining;una tarde/conversación distraída quite a nice afternoon/conversation;pasamos un rato muy distraído jugando a las cartas we had a good time playing cards;los niños estaban muy distraídos con los dibujos animados the children were very involved in the cartoonses un tipo muy distraído he's a very absent-minded guy;estar distraído to be distracted;estaba distraído y me quitaron la maleta I wasn't paying attention o I let my attention wander and I had my suitcase stolen;lo siento, estaba distraído, ¿qué decías? sorry, I was miles away;* * *I part → distraerII adj absent-minded; temporalmente distracted* * *distraído, -da adj1) : distracted, preoccupied2) despistado: absentminded* * *distraído adj1. (despistado) absent mindedperdona, estaba distraído sorry, I was miles away2. (divertido) enjoyable -
89 vista
f.1 sight, eyesight (sentido).tiene buena/mala vista, está bien/mal de la vista she has good/poor eyesightperder la vista to lose one's sight, to go blindcorto de vista short-sightedvista cansada eyestrain2 watching.3 gaze (mirada).dirigió la vista hacia la pantalla she turned her eyes o gaze to the screenfijar la vista en to fix one's eyes on, to stare ata primera o simple vista at first sight, on the face of it (aparentemente)4 view (panorama).una habitación con vistas a room with a viewcon vistas al mar with a sea viewvista frontal front viewvista lateral side viewvista panorámica bird's-eye-view5 hearing (law).6 court hearing, hearing, trial.7 customs inspector.past part.past participle of spanish verb: ver.pres.subj.1st person singular (yo) Present Subjunctive of Spanish verb: vestir.* * *1 (visión) sight, vision3 (panorama) view4 (aspecto) appearance, aspect, look5 (dibujo, cuadro, foto) view6 (intención) intention7 (propósito) outlook, prospect8 DERECHO trial, hearing1 view sing\a la vista at sight, on sighta primera vista / a simple vista at first sighta tantos días vista so many days after sightver algo a vista de pájaro to have a a bird's-eye view of somethingactuar con mucha vista figurado to act with great foresightalzar la vista to raise one's eyes, look upapartar la vista de algo/alguien to look away from something/somebodybajar la vista to look downclavar la vista en algo / fijar la vista en algo to stare at somethingcomerse algo/alguien con la vista figurado to devour something/somebody with one's eyesconocer a alguien de vista to know somebody by sighten vista de in view of, consideringestar a la vista to be evident, be obvioushacer la vista gorda familiar to turn a blind eyeno quitar la vista de encima figurado not to take one's eyes offponer a la vista to put on showquitar de la vista to take awayser agradable a la vista to be pleasing to the eyeser corto,-a de vista to be short-sightedtener la vista cansada to be suffering from eyestraintener mala vista to have poor eyesighttener mucha vista figurado to be far-sightedtener vista de lince figurado to be eagle-eyed, have eyes like a hawkvolver la vista atrás to look back* * *noun f.1) vision, eyesight2) view, sight3) glance, look4) hearing* * *1. SF1) (=visión) sight, eyesight•
nublarse la vista, se me nubló la vista — my eyes clouded over•
perder la vista — to lose one's sight•
tener buena/mala vista — to have good/bad eyesightvista cansada — (por defecto) longsightedness; (por agotamiento) eyestrain
vista de águila, vista de lince — eagle eye
tener vista de águila o de lince — to have eagle eyes, to have eyes like a hawk o a lynx
2) (=ojos)a) (=órgano) eyes [pl]una luz que hiere la vista — a dazzling light, a light that hurts one's eyes
•
torcer la vista — to squintb) (=mirada)¡vista a la derecha! — (Mil) eyes right!
•
aguzar la vista — (para ver a lo lejos) to screw one's eyes up; (para descubrir algo) to look sharp•
alzar la vista — to look up•
apartar la vista — to look away•
bajar la vista — to look down, lower one's gaze•
buscar algo con la vista — to look around for sth•
clavar la vista en algn/algo — to stare at sb/sth, fix one's eyes on sb/sth•
dirigir la vista a algn/algo — to look towards sb/sth, turn one's gaze on sb/sth•
echar una vista a algn/algo — to take a look at sb/sth•
fijar la vista en algn/algo — to stare at sb/sth, fix one's eyes on sb/sth•
medir a algn con la vista — to size sb up•
pasar la vista por algo — to look over sth, glance quickly at sth•
con la vista puesta en la pared — with his eyes fixed on the wallcon la vista puesta en la futura legislación medioambiental, la compañía ha sacado un nuevo modelo — in the light of the forthcoming environmental legislation, the company has launched a new model
•
¡ quítate de mi vista! — get out of my sight!•
recorrer algo con la vista — to run one's eye over sth•
seguir algo con la vista — to follow sth with one's eyes•
volver la vista — to look awaysaltar a la vista —
una cosa que salta a la vista es... — one thing that immediately hits o strikes you is...
salta a la vista que... — it's blindingly obvious that...
3) (=perspicacia) foresighttuvieron vista para comprar las acciones — they showed foresight in buying the shares, it was shrewd of them to buy the shares
4) (=panorama) view•
con vistas a, con vistas a la montaña — with a view of the mountainsuna habitación con vistas al mar — a room with a sea view, a room overlooking the sea
vista anterior, vista frontal — front view
5) (Fot) (=imagen) viewa)• a la vista — in sight o view
no es muy agradable a la vista — it's not a pretty sight, it's not very pleasant to look at
cuenta a la vista — (Econ) instant access account
a la vista está (que...) — it's obvious (that...), you can see for yourself (that...)
a la vista, no son pobres — from what you can tell, they're not poor
•
a la vista de todos — in full view (of everyone)a la vista de sus informes — in the light of o in view of his reports
•
poner algo a la vista — to put sth on viewb)•a... años/días vista, pagadero a 30 días vista — payable within 30 days
a un año vista de las elecciones — (=antes) a year before the elections
a cinco años vista — (=después) five years from then
c)• con vistas a — with a view to
han modernizado el estadio con vistas al Mundial — they have modernized the stadium ahead of the World Cup
d)•de vista — by sight
•
en vista de — in view ofen vista de que... — in view of the fact that...
•
¡ hasta la vista! — see you!, so long!•
a primera vista — at first sight, on the face of it•
a simple vista — (=sin ayuda de aparatos) to the naked eye; (=por la primera impresión) at first sight7) (=aspecto) appearance, looks [pl]de vista poco agradable — not very nice to look at, unprepossessing
8) (Jur) hearing9) pl vistas ( Hist) meeting [sing], conference [sing]2.SMF (tb: vista de aduana) customs official* * *Imasculino y femenino customs officer o officialII1)a) ( sentido) sight, eyesighttener buena/mala vista — to have good/bad eyesight
b) ( ojos) eyesc) ( perspicacia) vision2)a) ( mirada)alzar or levantar/bajar la vista — to look up/down
torcer la vista — to be cross-eyed, to have a squint
b) ( espectáculo) sight3) (en locs)a la vista: tierra a la vista! land ho!; ponlo bien a la vista put it where it can be seen easily; estar/no estar a la vista to be within/out of sight; pagar al portador y a la vista pay the bearer at sight; cuenta corriente a la vista sight account; a la vista de todos in full view of everyone; ¿tienes algún proyecto a la vista? do you have any projects in view?; a primera or a simple vista at first sight o glance; se notaba a simple vista you could tell just by looking; con vistas a with a view to; de vista by sight; en vista: tener algo/a alguien en vista to have something/somebody in mind; en vista de in view of; en vista de que... in view of the fact that...; hasta la vista! see you!, so long! (colloq); a vista de pájaro: ver algo a vista de pájaro to get a bird's-eye view of something; a vista y paciencia de alguien (Chi, Per fam) in front of somebody; hacer la vista gorda to turn a blind eye; perder algo/a alguien de vista to lose sight of something/somebody; al terminar la carrera los perdí de vista I lost touch with them when we graduated; perderse de vista to disappear from view; saltar a la vista: lo primero que salta a la vista es el color que tiene the first thing that hits o strikes you is the color; salta a la vista que hicieron trampa it's obvious they cheated; tener la vista puesta en algo/alguien to have one's eye on something/somebody; tener vista de águila or lince to have eyes like a hawk; volver la vista atrás — to look back
4) ( panorama) view5) (Der) hearingla vista del juicio se celebrará el... — the hearing will take place on...
6) (Com, Fin)* * *Imasculino y femenino customs officer o officialII1)a) ( sentido) sight, eyesighttener buena/mala vista — to have good/bad eyesight
b) ( ojos) eyesc) ( perspicacia) vision2)a) ( mirada)alzar or levantar/bajar la vista — to look up/down
torcer la vista — to be cross-eyed, to have a squint
b) ( espectáculo) sight3) (en locs)a la vista: tierra a la vista! land ho!; ponlo bien a la vista put it where it can be seen easily; estar/no estar a la vista to be within/out of sight; pagar al portador y a la vista pay the bearer at sight; cuenta corriente a la vista sight account; a la vista de todos in full view of everyone; ¿tienes algún proyecto a la vista? do you have any projects in view?; a primera or a simple vista at first sight o glance; se notaba a simple vista you could tell just by looking; con vistas a with a view to; de vista by sight; en vista: tener algo/a alguien en vista to have something/somebody in mind; en vista de in view of; en vista de que... in view of the fact that...; hasta la vista! see you!, so long! (colloq); a vista de pájaro: ver algo a vista de pájaro to get a bird's-eye view of something; a vista y paciencia de alguien (Chi, Per fam) in front of somebody; hacer la vista gorda to turn a blind eye; perder algo/a alguien de vista to lose sight of something/somebody; al terminar la carrera los perdí de vista I lost touch with them when we graduated; perderse de vista to disappear from view; saltar a la vista: lo primero que salta a la vista es el color que tiene the first thing that hits o strikes you is the color; salta a la vista que hicieron trampa it's obvious they cheated; tener la vista puesta en algo/alguien to have one's eye on something/somebody; tener vista de águila or lince to have eyes like a hawk; volver la vista atrás — to look back
4) ( panorama) view5) (Der) hearingla vista del juicio se celebrará el... — the hearing will take place on...
6) (Com, Fin)* * *vista11 = sight, eyesight.Ex: The seers -- the sybils and prophets -- of Michelangelo's Sistine Ceiling reveal imperfections of bodily sight (such as near- and far-sightedness), emphasizing their spiritual foresight.
Ex: Often microform makes users aware of hitherto unnoticed eyesight defects.* a la vista = in sight, within sight.* a la vista de = in light of, in the light of.* algo desagradable a la vista = a blot on the landscape.* amor a primera vista = love at first sight.* a ojos vista = before + Posesivo + (own two) eyes.* apartar la vista = look + the other way.* a + Posesivo + vista = before + Posesivo + (own two) eyes.* a primera vista = on first acquaintance, at first sight, on first inspection, on the face of it, at first blush, at first glance, on the surface, prima facie, first-blush.* a simple vista = by the naked eye, superficially, on first thought.* a vista de pájaro = bird's eye view.* cansar la vista = cause + eyestrain.* con problemas de vista = vision impaired.* con vistas a = with an eye toward(s), overlook.* con vistas a (+ Infinitivo) = with a view to (+ Gerundio).* con vistas a + Nombre = for + Nombre + purposes.* corto de vista = nearsighted [near-sighted].* desagradable a la vista = eyesore.* de vista aguda = sharp-eyed.* empeoramiento de la vista = failing eyesight.* en vista de = in light of, in the face of, in the light of, in view of.* en vista de que = seeing that/as.* fuera de la vista = out of view.* hacer la vista gorda = look + the other way, turn + a blind eye to, pretend + not to have seen.* hasta donde alcanza la vista = as far as the eye can see.* levantar la vista = look up.* mala vista = poor eyesight.* no perder de vista = keep + an eye on, keep + a beady eye on, keep in + sight.* no volver la vista atrás = never + look back.* perder de vista = lose from + sight, drop from + sight, lose + sight of.* perder de vista el hecho de que = lose + sight of the fact that.* perder la vista = become + blind.* personas con problemas de vista, las = visually impaired, the, visually disabled, the, visually handicapped, the, visually impaired people (VIPs), visually challenged, the.* persona sin problemas de vista = sighted person.* plan de adquisición de material a vista = approval plan.* problemas con la vista = poor eyesight.* regalarse la vista con = feast + Posesivo + eyes on.* saltar a la vista = be patently clear.* sin perder de vista = with an eye on.* sin problemas de vista = sighted.* tener la vista cansada = need + reading glasses.* todo está a la vista = what you see is what you get.* torcer la vista = squint.* vista cansada = visual fatigue, eyestrain [eye strain], presbyopia.* vista fatigada = eyestrain [eye strain].* volver la vista atrás = look back.vista2* adoptar un punto de vista = embrace + view.* analizar desde un punto de vista crítico = cast + a critical eye over.* argumento que presenta sólo un punto de vista = one-sided argument.* argument que presenta los dos puntos de vista = two-sided argument.* ¡Barco a la vista! = Ship ahoy!.* comprender un punto de vista = take + point.* desde cualquier punto de vista = by any standard(s).* desde el punto de vista de la nutrición = in terms of, from the vantage of, as far as + Nombre + be + concerned, mitotically, nutritionally speaking, nutritionally.* desde el punto de vista del trabajador = in the trenches.* desde el punto de vista de la archivística = archivally.* desde el punto de vista de la calidad = on quality grounds.* desde el punto de vista de la competitividad = competitively.* desde el punto de vista de la conservación = preservationally.* desde el punto de vista de la cultura = culturally.* desde el punto de vista de la estética = aesthetically [esthetically, -USA].* desde el punto de vista de la funcionalidad = functionally.* desde el punto de vista de la informática = computationally.* desde el punto de vista de la logística = logistically.* desde el punto de vista de la medicina = medically.* desde el punto de vista de la música = musically.* desde el punto de vista de la notación = notationally.* desde el punto de vista de la química = chemically.* desde el punto de vista de la realidad = factually.* desde el punto de vista de las matemáticas = mathematically.* desde el punto de vista de la tonalidad = tonally.* desde el punto de vista del contexto = contextually.* desde el punto de vista del estilo = stylistically.* desde el punto de vista del funcionamiento = operationally.* desde el punto de vista del + Nombre = as seen through the eyes of + Nombre.* desde el punto de vista de los hechos = factually.* desde el punto de vista del uso = in terms of use.* desde el punto de vista de + Nombre = in + Nombre + eyes.* desde el punto de vista judicial = judicially.* desde el punto de vista lingüístico = linguistically.* desde el punto de vista político = politically.* desde este punto de vista = viewed in this light.* desde mi punto de vista = in my opinion, in my view, in my books.* desde + punto de vista = against + backdrop.* desde todos los puntos de vista = in every sense.* desde un punto de vista académico = academically.* desde un punto de vista antropológico = anthropologically.* desde un punto de vista clínico = medically, clinically.* desde un punto de vista crítico = judgmentally [judgementally], with a critical eye, critically.* desde un punto de vista económico = economically, monetarily.* desde un punto de vista estrictamente técnico = technically speaking.* desde un punto de vista étnico = ethnically.* desde un punto de vista filosófico = philosophically.* desde un punto de vista general = in a broad sense.* desde un punto de vista histórico = historically.* desde un punto de vista más amplio = in a broader sense.* desde un punto de vista más general = in a broader sense.* desde un punto de vista médico = medically.* desde un punto de vista medioambiental = environmentally.* desde un punto de vista monetario = monetarily.* desde un punto de vista morfológico = morphologically.* desde un punto de vista operativo = operationally.* desde un punto de vista racista = racially + Adjetivo.* desde un punto de vista religioso = religiously.* desde un punto de vista socioeconómico = socioeconomically.* desde un punto de vista técnico = technically.* fiel desde el punto de vista de la historia = historically accurate.* manifestar un punto de vista = air + view.* neutral desde el punto de vista de la raza = race-neutral.* no concebirse desde ningún punto de vista = be impossible under any hypothesis.* promover un punto de vista = promote + view.* punto de vista = angle, point of view, side, stance, standpoint, view, viewpoint, outlook, eye, world view [worldview/world-view], bent of mind.* sostener un punto de vista = assert + view, hold + point of view.* tener en cuenta un punto de vista = contemplate + view.* tener en cuenta un punto de vista = take into + account + viewpoint.* ver Algo desde el punto de vista + Adjetivo = view + Nombre + through + Adjetivo + eyes.vista33 = outlook, vista, sight, view.Ex: This provides the user with a pleasant outlook and gives natural light.
Ex: From the library she could see miles and miles of unobstructed vistas of rich, coffee-brown, almost black soil, broken only by occasional small towns, farms, and grain elevators.Ex: There was something inexpressibly poignant about the sight of the once powerful Roger Balzac sitting quiescently like a victim in a noose across the desk from him.Ex: Just as long as she has a nice view from her kitchen window she doesn't care about the rest of the world.* contemplar una vista = contemplate + view.* ofrecer una vista = afford + a view.* sin vistas = viewless.* tener vistas a = overlook.* ¡Tierra a la vista! = Land ahoy!, Land ho!.* una vista digna de contemplar = a sight to behold.* una vista digna de ver = a sight to behold.* vista agradable = a sight for sore eyes.* vista a la sierra = mountain view.* vista a las montañas = mountain view.* vista al mar = sea view.* vista a ojo de pájaro = bird's eye view.* vista a ras de suelo = worm's eye view.* vista asombrosa = breathtaking view.* vista impresionante = breathtaking view.* vista panorámica = panorama, pan, sweeping view, grandstand view, panoramic view.* vista sobrecogedora = breathtaking view.vista44 = court hearing.Ex: Both the newspapers and the unions want to cut their losses by concluding a deal in advance of a court hearing that is scheduled to decide on the original causes of the strike.
* vista judicial = hearing, court hearing.* vista oral = oral hearing.vista55 = view.Nota: En cartografía, representación plana con efecto de relieve en la que las líneas de fuga concurren en un punto de vista central correspondiente al ojo del observador.Ex: A view is a perspective representation of the landscape in which detail is shown as if projected on an oblique plane (e.g., a bird's eye view, panorama, panoramic drawing, worm's eye view).
* * *customs officer o officialA1 (sentido) sight, eyesighttengo buena vista I have good eyesight, my sight is goodser corto de vista to be shortsightedtener la vista cansada to have eyestrainla enfermedad le afectó la vista the illness affected his eyesight o his sight o his visioneste paisaje tan bello es un regalo para la vista this beautiful scenery is a delight to beholdperdió la vista en un accidente he lost his sight in an accident2 (ojos) eyesla luz me hace daño a la vista the light hurts my eyeslo han operado de la vista he's had an eye operationse le nubló la vista her eyes clouded over3 (perspicacia) visiontiene mucha vista para los negocios he's very shrewd o he has great vision when it comes to businessB1(mirada): me contestó sin alzar or levantar la vista del libro she answered without looking up from the book o without raising her eyes from the bookno me quitó la vista de encima she didn't take her eyes off metorcer la vista to be cross-eyed, to have a squintbajó la vista he looked downfijó la vista en el horizonte she fixed her eyes o her gaze on the horizondirigió la vista hacia nosotros he looked toward(s) us2 (espectáculo) sightse desmayó ante la vista del cadáver he fainted at the sight of the bodyC ( en locs):a la vista: ¡tierra a la vista! land ho!ponlo bien a la vista put it where it can be seen easilyescóndelo, que no esté a la vista hide it somewhere out of sightpagar al portador y a la vista pay the bearer at sightcuenta corriente a la vista sight accountno lo hagas aquí a la vista de todos don't do it here where everyone can see o in full view of everyone[ S ] fabricación a la vista del público workshop ( o factory etc) open for public viewing[ S ] café molido a la vista ( RPl); coffee ground while you wait¿tienes algún proyecto a la vista? do you have any projects in view?a primera vista at first sight o glancea primera vista no parecía grave at first sight o glance it didn't look seriousse notaba a simple vista que estaba enfermo you could tell he was ill just by looking at himcon vistas a with a view toun acuerdo con vistas a las próximas elecciones a pact for the forthcoming electionscon vistas a que nos lo financien with a view to their o them providing financede vista by sightlos conozco sólo de vista I only know them by sighten vista: ¿tienen a alguien en vista para el puesto? do you have anybody in mind for the job?estamos buscando casa — ¿ya tienen algo en vista? we're househunting — have you seen anything interesting yet?en vista de in view ofen vista de que no podía ganar in view of the fact that she couldn't winen vista de que no llegaban, nos fuimos since they hadn't arrived, we leften vista del éxito obtenido, mejor me callo la boca ( iró hum); considering the success of my last comment ( o joke etc), I think I'd better keep my mouth shut ( iro hum)a vista de pájaro: desde la torre vemos la ciudad a vista de pájaro from the tower we get a bird's-eye view of the cityecharle la vista encima a algn ( fam); to see sbhace tiempo que no le echo la vista encima I haven't seen him for some timeestar con or tener la vista puesta en algo/algn to have one's eye on sth/sbtiene la vista puesta en una chica de la oficina he's got his eye on a girl in the officeperder algo/a algn de vista to lose sight of sth/sbvigílalo bien, no lo pierdas de vista keep a close eye on him, don't let him out of your sightno debemos perder de vista nuestro objetivo primario we must not lose sight of our main objectiveno pierdas de vista (el hecho de) que es un actor desconocido don't lose sight of o don't overlook the fact that he is an unknown actorcuando terminamos la carrera los perdí de vista I lost touch with them when we graduatedperderse de vista to disappear from viewsaltar a la vista: lo primero que salta a la vista es el color que tiene the first thing that hits o strikes you is the color¿cómo no te diste cuenta? si saltaba a la vista I can't see how you failed to notice, it stood out a mile o it was so obvioussalta a la vista que hicieron trampa it's obvious they cheatedtener vista de águila or lince to have eyes like a hawkvolver la vista atrás to look backno vuelvas la vista atrás y piensa en el futuro don't look back, think of the futureD1 (panorama) viewuna vista preciosa de la bahía a beautiful view of the bayla habitación tiene vista al mar the room overlooks the sea o has a sea view o looks out over the seavista aérea aerial view2 (imagen) view3 ( fam)(aspecto): el plato tenía muy buena vista the dish looked deliciousunos muebles de mucha vista some very attractive furnitureE ( Der) hearingla vista del juicio se celebrará el día 27 the hearing will take place on the 27thCompuesto:hearinga 20 días vista within 20 days* * *
Del verbo vestir: ( conjugate vestir)
vista es:
1ª persona singular (yo) presente subjuntivo3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente subjuntivo3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) imperativo
Multiple Entries:
vestir
vista
vestir ( conjugate vestir) verbo transitivo
1
2 (liter o period) ( llevar puesto) to wear
verbo intransitivo
1 [ persona] to dress;
vista de algo ‹de uniforme/azul›) to wear sth;
vista de etiqueta to wear formal dress
2 ( ser elegante):
de vista ‹traje/zapatos› smart
vestirse verbo pronominal ( refl)
◊ date prisa, vístete hurry up, get dressedb) ( de cierta manera):
se viste a la última moda she wears the latest styles;
siempre se viste de verde she always wears greenc) ( disfrazarse) vistase de algo to dress up as sth
vista sustantivo femenino
1
ser corto de vista to be near-sighted;
perdió la vista he lost his sight;
vista cansada eyestrain
lo operaron de la vista he had an eye operation
2 ( mirada):◊ alzar/bajar la vista to look up/down
3 ( en locs)◊ a la vista: ponlo bien a la vista put it where it can be seen easily;
estar/no estar a la vista to be within/out of sight;
a la vista de todos in full view of everyone;
¿tienes algún proyecto a la vista? do you have any projects in view?;
a primera or a simple vista at first sight o glance;
con vistas a with a view to;
en vista de in view of;
en vista de que … in view of the fact that …;
¡hasta la vista! see you!, so long! (colloq);
perder algo/a algn de vista to lose sight of sth/sb;
perderse de vista to disappear from view
4 ( panorama) view;
vista aérea aerial view
5 (Der) hearing
vestir
I verbo transitivo
1 (poner la ropa a alguien) to dress
frml to clothe
2 (llevar puesto) to wear: vestía un traje gris, he was wearing a grey suit
II verbo intransitivo
1 (llevar) to dress
viste de rojo, she's wearing red
vestir bien, to dress well
(ser apropiado, elegante) to look smart
visto,-a
I adjetivo
1 (considerado socialmente) estar bien visto, to be considered correct o acceptable
estar mal visto, to be frowned upon/on
2 (común, poco original) estar muy visto, not to be very original: ese reloj está muy visto, everybody is wearing watches like that
3 fam (obvio) estar visto, to be obvious o clear
4 (al parecer) por lo visto, apparently
5 Jur visto para sentencia, ready for judgement
II sustantivo masculino visto bueno, approval
vista sustantivo femenino
1 (sentido, visión) sight: le conozco de vista, I know him by sight
ese edificio nos tapa la vista del río, the river is hidden from view by that building
tienes buena vista, you have good eyesight
corto de vista, shortsighted, US nearsighted
(los ojos) me hace daño a la vista, it hurts my eyes
2 (perspectiva, panorama) view
con vistas a la calle, overlooking the street
3 Jur hearing, trial
♦ Locuciones: familiar hacer la vista gorda, to turn a blind eye
perder de vista, to lose sight of: el tren se perdió de vista, the train disappeared from view
familiar ¡piérdete de mi vista!, get out of here!, get lost!
(recordar) volver/echar la vista atrás, to look back
a la vista, (dentro del campo visual) visible, within sight
(previsto) tienen un viaje a la vista, they have a trip in mind
a primera vista/a simple vista, (a la primera, directamente) at first sight o glance: amor a primera vista, love at first sight
detectó el error a simple vista, he found the mistake straight away
(con solo mirar) esa estrella no es visible a simple vista, that star isn't visible with the naked eye
(en principio, al parecer) on the face of it
con vistas a, with a view to
en vista de, in view of, considering
' vista' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abarcar
- aguda
- agudo
- alcance
- ante
- apartar
- cantar
- converger
- corta
- corto
- dominar
- esforzar
- fijar
- fina
- fino
- golpe
- graduar
- graduarse
- herir
- lince
- novedosa
- novedoso
- nublarse
- punto
- recorrer
- respetable
- saltar
- sesgar
- versión
- visión
- volver
- aéreo
- agradable
- alcanzar
- amor
- ángulo
- cansar
- chiribita
- clavado
- clavar
- conocer
- descansar
- devolver
- engañar
- forzar
- levantar
- mirada
- mirar
- nublar
- ojo
English:
acute
- angle
- aspect
- avert
- away
- bird's-eye view
- blind
- blot out
- clear
- contention
- delightful
- dim
- eagle-eyed
- eye
- eye-level
- eyesight
- eyestrain
- face
- glance
- glorious
- gorgeous
- hearing
- hide
- in
- jump out
- look up
- naked
- note
- obstruct
- open out
- oscillate
- outlook
- overlook
- perspective
- point
- respect
- scene
- see
- seeing
- sense
- sharp
- sight
- sight-reading
- slant
- splendid
- standpoint
- stare
- strain
- strained
- surface
* * *♦ adjver visto♦ nf1. [sentido] (sense of) sight;[visión] eyesight; [ojos] eyes;tiene buena/mala vista, está bien/mal de la vista she has good/poor eyesight;la luz me hace daño a la vista the light hurts my eyes;se me nubló la vista my eyes clouded over;perder la vista to lose one's sight, to go blind;de vista: conocer a alguien de vista to know sb by sight;¡hasta la vista! see you!;a vista de pájaro: Cartagena a vista de pájaro a bird's-eye view of Cartagena;hacer la vista gorda to turn a blind eye;no perder de vista algo/a alguien [vigilar] not to let sth/sb out of one's sight;[tener en cuenta] not to lose sight of sth/sb, not to forget about sth/sb;perder de vista algo/a alguien [dejar de ver] to lose sight of sth/sb;perder de vista a alguien [perder contacto] to lose touch with sb;perderse de vista [en la distancia] to disappear (from sight);salta a la vista que es novato he is very obviously a beginner;salta a la vista su juventud [sorprende] one thing that strikes you is how young she is;vista cansada [por la edad] long-sightedness; [por el esfuerzo] eyestrain2. [mirada] gaze;dirigió la vista hacia la pantalla she turned her eyes o gaze to the screen;alzar/apartar/bajar la vista to look up/away/down;fijar la vista en to fix one's eyes on, to stare at;volver la vista atrás to look back3. [observación] watching4. [panorama] view;una habitación con vistas a room with a view;con vistas al mar with a sea viewvista aérea aerial view;vista panorámica panoramic viewhay que tener más vista al decir las cosas you have to be more careful what you say6. Der hearingvista oral oral proceedingsa pagar a 30 días vista payable within 30 days[después] two months after the elections♦ nm[empleado de aduanas] customs officer [responsible for checking baggage]♦ a la vista loc adj1. [visible] visible;está a la vista [muy cerca] it's staring you in the face;¡barco/tierra a la vista! ship/land ahoy!;no dejen objetos de valor a la vista dentro del autocar do not leave valuables lying around where they can be seen inside the coachtenemos varios proyectos a la vista there are a number of possible projects on the horizon♦ a la vista de loc prep1. [delante de] in full view of;ocurrió a la vista de todos it happened in full view of everybody;está a la vista de todos it's there for everybody to see2. [en vista de] in view of;a la vista de los resultados financieros… in view of the financial results…♦ con vistas a loc prep[con la intención de] with a view to;se reunirán con vistas a negociar un nuevo convenio con la patronal they will meet with a view to negotiating a new agreeement with the employers;el ahorro con vistas al futuro saving for the future♦ en vista de loc prepin view of, considering;en vista de lo ocurrido… considering what has happened…;en vista de que since, seeing as* * *I f1 (eye)sight;vista cansada MED tired eyes;tener buena/mala vista have good/bad eyesight;hacer la vista gorda fig fam turn a blind eye;tener vista para algo fig have a good eye for sth2 JUR hearing3:a la vista COM at sight, on demand4 ( panorámica):la ciudad a vista de pajaro a bird’s eye view of the city, the city seen from above;vista aérea FOT aerial view5 ( perspectiva):con vistas a with a view to;en vista de in view of6:a simple vista with the naked eye;a primera vista at first sight;de vista by sight;estar a la vista be in sight;perder de vista lose sight of;no perder de vista niño etc not take one’s eyes off;a la vista de todos in full view of everyone;poner la vista en alguien/algo look at s.o./sth; tener intención de conseguir algo set one’s sights on s.o./sth;volver la vista atrás tb fig look back;hasta la vista bye!, see you!II m/f:vista (de aduanas) customs official o officer* * *vista nf1) visión: vision, eyesight2) mirada: look, gaze, glance3) panorama: view, vista, panorama4) : hearing (in court)5)a primera vista : at first sight6)en vista de : in view of7)hacer la vista gorda : to turn a blind eye8)¡hasta la vista! : so long!, see you!9)perder de vista : to lose sight ofpunto de vista : point of view* * *vista n1. (visión) sight / eyesight2. (panorama) view3. (habilidad) eyea simple vista at first sight / at first glance -
90 enough
1. adjective(in the number or quantity etc needed: Have you enough money to pay for the books?; food enough for everyone.) bastante, suficiente
2. pronoun(the amount needed: He has had enough to eat; I've had enough of her rudeness.) bastante, suficiente
3. adverb1) (to the degree needed: Is it hot enough?; He swam well enough to pass the test.) bastante, suficientemente2) (one must admit; you must agree: She's pretty enough, but not beautiful; Oddly enough, it isn't raining.) bastante, suficientementeenough1 adj pron bastante / suficientehave you had enough to eat? ¿has comido bastante?that's enough! ¡ya basta!I've had enough of this, I'm going home estoy harto, me voy para casaenough2 adv lo bastante / lo suficientetr[ɪ'nʌf]1 bastante, suficiente■ have you got enough money? ¿tienes suficiente dinero?1 bastante, suficientemente■ is it big enough? ¿es bastante grande?1 lo bastante, lo suficiente■ do you have enough to live on? ¿tienes lo suficiente para vivir?\SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALLenough is enough! ¡ya está!, ¡basta!enough said no digas más, no hace falta que digas másoddly enough / curiously enough / strangely enough por extraño que parezca, curiosamenteto have had enough (of something/somebody) estar harto,-a (de algo/alguien)enough [ɪ'nʌf] adv1) : bastante, suficientemente2)fair enough! : ¡está bien!, ¡de acuerdo!3)strangely enough : por extraño que parezca4)sure enough : en efecto, sin duda alguna5)well enough : muy bien, bastante bienenough adj: bastante, suficientedo we have enough chairs?: ¿tenemos suficientes sillas?enough pron: (lo) suficiente, (lo) bastanteenough to eat: lo suficiente para comerit's not enough: no bastaI've had enough!: ¡estoy harto!, ¡está bueno ya!adj.• bastante adj.• suficiente adj.adv.• asaz adv.• bastante adv.• harto adv.• suficiente adv.
I ɪ'nʌfadjective bastante, suficiente; (pl) bastantes, suficientesI didn't get enough sleep — no dormí bastante or lo suficiente
II
do you need any more chairs/paper? - no, I have enough — ¿necesitas más sillas/papel? - no, tengo suficientes or bastantes/suficiente or bastante
they don't pay us enough — no nos pagan bastante or lo suficiente
that's enough for me, thank you — (es) suficiente, gracias
III
1) ( sufficiently)make sure it's big/heavy enough — asegúrate de que sea lo suficientemente grande/pesado
that's not good enough — eso no me satisface, con eso no alcanza
I was foolish enough to give him my phone number — fui tan idiota, que le di el número de teléfono
would you be kind enough to open the window? — ¿sería tan amable de abrir la ventana?
2)curiously enough — curiosamente or aunque parezca curioso
b) (quite, very)c) (tolerably, passably)[ɪ'nʌf]I like my job well enough but... — mi trabajo me gusta pero...
1.ADJ suficiente, bastantewe have enough apples — tenemos suficientes or bastantes manzanas
I've got enough problems of my own — ya tengo suficientes or bastantes problemas con los míos
I haven't enough room — no tengo suficiente or bastante espacio, no tengo espacio suficiente
did you get enough sleep? — ¿has dormido bastante or lo suficiente?
they didn't have enough money to pay the rent — no tenían suficiente dinero (como) para pagar el alquiler
•
more than enough money/time — dinero/tiempo más que suficiente, dinero/tiempo de sobra•
to be proof enough that... — frm ser prueba suficiente de que..., probar a las claras que...2. ADV1) with vb [suffer, help, talk] bastante, lo suficienteI can't thank you enough — no puedo agradecértelo bastante or lo suficiente
•
he opened the door just enough to see out — abrió la puerta lo suficiente or lo bastante or lo justo (como) para poder mirar fuera2) with adj (lo) suficientemente, lo bastanteit's not big enough — no es (lo) suficientemente grande, no es lo bastante grande
he's old enough to go alone — es (lo) suficientemente mayor or es lo bastante mayor (como) para ir solo
I'm sorry, that's not good enough — lo siento, pero eso no basta
she was fool enough or stupid enough to listen to him — fue tan estúpida que le hizo caso
he was kind enough to lend me the money — tuvo la bondad or amabilidad de prestarme el dinero
fair I, 1., 1), sure 2., 4)it's hard enough to cope with two children, let alone with five — ya es difícil defenderse con dos niños, cuanto peor con cinco
3) with advhe can't do it fast enough — no lo puede hacer lo bastante or lo suficientemente rápido, no lo puede hacer con la suficiente rapidez
when he saw her coming he couldn't get away fast enough — cuando la vio venir desapareció todo lo rápido que pudo
•
he hadn't prepared the report carefully enough — no había preparado el informe con la debida atención•
you know well enough that... — sabes muy bien or de sobra que...funnilyhe writes well enough, I suppose — no escribe mal, supongo
3.PRON bastante, suficientethere are enough for everyone — hay bastantes or suficientes para todos
will £15 be enough? — ¿habrá bastante or suficiente con 15 libras?, ¿bastarán 15 libras?, ¿serán suficientes 15 libras?
that's enough, thanks — con eso basta or ya es suficiente, gracias
that's enough! — ¡basta ya!, ¡ya está bien!
have you had enough to eat? — ¿has comido bastante or lo suficiente?
you don't eat enough — no comes bastante or lo suficiente
we don't get paid enough — no nos pagan bastante or lo suficiente
I have enough to do without taking on more work — tengo ya bastante que hacer (como) para aceptar más trabajo
we earn enough to live on — ganamos lo bastante or lo suficiente (como) para vivir
•
enough's enough — ¡basta ya!, ¡ya está bien!•
it is enough for us to know that... — nos basta con saber que...•
we've got more than enough — tenemos más que suficiente(s) or más que de sobra•
I've had enough of his silly behaviour — ya estoy harto de sus tonteríasENOUGH•
I think you have said enough — creo que ya has dicho bastante or suficiente
Agreement
► When used as an {adjective} or a {pronoun}, bas tante, like suficiente, agrees with the noun it describes or refers to:
Are there enough potatoes? ¿Hay bastantes patatas?
Eggs? Yes, there are enough ¿Huevos? Sí, hay bastantes ► Don't add an "s" to the {adverb} bas tante ({i.e.} when it modifies an adjective or verb other than ser, parecer {etc}):
They're not poor enough to get money from the State No son lo bastante pobres (como) para recibir dinero del Estado
We've studied these photographs enough Ya hemos estudiado bastante estas fotografías
After verbs - adverbial use
► When a purpose is implied or stated, translate using lo suficiente or, especially in affirmative phrases, lo bastante:
We know enough to be able to say that these techniques are safe Sabemos lo suficiente or lo bastante (como) para afirmar que estas técnicas son seguras ► When no purpose is implied or stated, translate using either bas tante or lo suficiente:
He says he hasn't had enough to eat Dice que no ha comido bastante or no ha comido lo suficiente
We shall never be able to thank you enough Nunca se lo podremos agradecer bastante or lo suficiente
After adjectives and adverbs
► Translate using lo + bastante + ((adjective/adverb)) or (lo) suficientemente + ((adjective/adverb)):
He isn't good enough to take part in the Olympics No es lo bastante or (lo) suficientemente bueno (como) para participar en las Olimpiadas
She couldn't run fast enough to catch him No pudo correr lo bastante or (lo) suficientemente rápido (como) para atraparlo No pudo correr lo bastante or lo suficiente (como) para atraparlo
To be enough
► To be enough can often be translated using bastar:
That's enough! ¡Basta ya!
That's enough to feed an army! Con eso basta para dar de comer a un regimiento As b astar is an impersonal verb, it often takes an indirect object:
Promises are no longer enough for him Ya no le bastan las promesas
That's enough for him Con eso le basta For further uses and examples, see main entry* * *
I [ɪ'nʌf]adjective bastante, suficiente; (pl) bastantes, suficientesI didn't get enough sleep — no dormí bastante or lo suficiente
II
do you need any more chairs/paper? - no, I have enough — ¿necesitas más sillas/papel? - no, tengo suficientes or bastantes/suficiente or bastante
they don't pay us enough — no nos pagan bastante or lo suficiente
that's enough for me, thank you — (es) suficiente, gracias
III
1) ( sufficiently)make sure it's big/heavy enough — asegúrate de que sea lo suficientemente grande/pesado
that's not good enough — eso no me satisface, con eso no alcanza
I was foolish enough to give him my phone number — fui tan idiota, que le di el número de teléfono
would you be kind enough to open the window? — ¿sería tan amable de abrir la ventana?
2)curiously enough — curiosamente or aunque parezca curioso
b) (quite, very)c) (tolerably, passably)I like my job well enough but... — mi trabajo me gusta pero...
-
91 Folge
f; -, -n1. (Ergebnis) consequence; direkt: result; (Wirkung) auch effect; ernste, eines Krieges etc.: aftermath; MED. aftereffect; logische Folge natural consequence, logical outcome; auch PHILOS. corollary; ( üble) Folgen haben oder nach sich ziehen have (unpleasant) consequences; die Folgen tragen oder auf sich nehmen bear the consequences; ohne Folgen bleiben have no consequences; es blieb ohne Folgen auch there were no consequences; die Folgen blieben nicht aus it wasn’t without (its) consequences; zur Folge haben result in, lead to; als Folge davon as a result; die Folge war, dass... the result ( oder outcome oder upshot) was that...; sie starb an den Folgen des Unfalls she died as a result of the accident2. (Abfolge) succession; Zusammengehöriges: sequence (auch MATH.); von Spielkarten: auch run; (Reihenfolge) order; (Reihe, Serie) series; in Folge (nacheinander) in succession, in a row; sechs Siege in Folge auch a sequence of six victories; in rascher Folge in rapid succession; in der Folge in future (cases); zwanglos3. (Fortsetzung) eines Romans etc.: instal(l)ment; einer Fernsehreihe: part; eines Dramas: episode; (bes. zweiter Teil) sequel; (Heft, Ausgabe) number, issue; in mehreren Folgen in instal(l)ments* * *die Folge(Abfolge) succession; progression; series;(Ergebnis) end; result;(Konsequenz) consequence;(Mathematik) sequence;(Serienteil) episode; sequel; part* * *Fọl|ge ['fɔlgə]f -, -n1) (= Reihenfolge) order; (= Aufeinanderfolge) succession; (= zusammengehörige Reihe, MATH) sequence; (CARDS) run, sequence; (= Lieferung einer Zeitschrift) issue; (= Fortsetzung) instalment; (TV, RAD) episode; (= Serie) seriesin chronologischer/zwangloser Folge — in chronological/no particular order
in rascher/dichter Folge — in rapid or quick/close succession
Musik in bunter Folge — a musical potpourri
als Folge davon — in consequence, as a result (of that)
dies hatte zur Folge, dass... — the consequence or result of this was that...
dies hatte seine Entlassung zur Folge — this resulted in his dismissal or in his being dismissed
die Folgen werden nicht ausbleiben — there will be repercussions
die Folgen für den Tourismus — the effect on tourism, the consequences for tourism
für die Folgen aufkommen — to take the consequences
an den Folgen eines Unfalls/einer Krankheit sterben — to die as a result of an accident/illness
ohne Folgen bleiben — to have no consequences
ihr Verhältnis blieb nicht ohne Folgen (euph) — their relationship was not exactly unfruitful
3) (form)* * *die1) (a result: This decision will have important consequences.) consequence2) (further reaction or response: Was there any follow-up to the letter you wrote to the newspaper?) follow-up3) (a result or consequence: an unpleasant sequel to an incident.) sequel4) (a number of things following after one another: a succession of bad harvests.) succession* * *Fol·ge<-, -n>[ˈfɔlgə]f1. (Auswirkung) consequencefür die \Folgen aufkommen to suffer [or take] the consequencesohne \Folgen bleiben to have no [negative] consequencesnicht ohne \Folgen bleiben not to be without consequences, to have repercussionsetw zur \Folge haben to result in sthan den \Folgen einer S. gen sterben, den \Folgen einer S. gen erliegen (geh) to die as a result of sthetw zieht böse/unangenehme \Folgen nach sich sth has nasty/unpleasant consequencesin rascher \Folge in quick succession3. (Teil einer TV-/Radio-Serie) episodeein Spielfilm in drei \Folgen a film in three partseiner Einladung \Folge leisten to accept an invitationeiner Vorladung \Folge leisten to answer a summons5. (im Weiteren)* * *die; Folge, Folgen1) consequence; (Ergebnis) resultetwas zur Folge haben — result in something; lead to something
2) (AufeinanderFolge) succession; (zusammengehörend) sequencein Folge — in a row; in succession
das dritte mal in Folge — the third time in a row or running
4)einem Aufruf/einem Befehl/einer Einladung Folge leisten — (Amtsspr.) respond to an appeal/obey or follow an order/accept an invitation
* * *1. (Ergebnis) consequence; direkt: result; (Wirkung) auch effect; ernste, eines Krieges etc: aftermath; MED aftereffect;nach sich ziehen have (unpleasant) consequences;auf sich nehmen bear the consequences;ohne Folgen bleiben have no consequences;es blieb ohne Folgen auch there were no consequences;die Folgen blieben nicht aus it wasn’t without (its) consequences;zur Folge haben result in, lead to;als Folge davon as a result;sie starb an den Folgen des Unfalls she died as a result of the accident2. (Abfolge) succession; Zusammengehöriges: sequence ( auch MATH); von Spielkarten: auch run; (Reihenfolge) order; (Reihe, Serie) series;in Folge (nacheinander) in succession, in a row;sechs Siege in Folge auch a sequence of six victories;in rascher Folge in rapid succession;3. (Fortsetzung) eines Romans etc: instal(l)ment; einer Fernsehreihe: part; eines Dramas: episode; (besonders zweiter Teil) sequel; (Heft, Ausgabe) number, issue;in mehreren Folgen in instal(l)ments4. ADMIN:* * *die; Folge, Folgen1) consequence; (Ergebnis) resultetwas zur Folge haben — result in something; lead to something
2) (AufeinanderFolge) succession; (zusammengehörend) sequencein Folge — in a row; in succession
das dritte mal in Folge — the third time in a row or running
4)einem Aufruf/einem Befehl/einer Einladung Folge leisten — (Amtsspr.) respond to an appeal/obey or follow an order/accept an invitation
* * *-n f.consequence n.sequel n.sequence n.sequitur n.series n.succession n.suite n. -
92 pecado
m.1 sin.pecado mortal mortal sinpecado original original sinpecados capitales deadly sinsser un pecado (también figurative) to be a sin o crime2 sinning.past part.past participle of spanish verb: pecar.* * *1 sin\cometer/hacer un pecado to commit a sinestar en pecado to have committed a sinpecado capital deadly sinpecado mortal mortal sinpecado original original sinpecado venial venial sin* * *noun m.* * *SM1) (Rel) sinun pecado de juventud — a youthful indiscretion, a sin of youth
2) (=cosa lamentable) crime, sinsería un pecado no aprovecharlo — it would be a crime o sin not to make use of it
¡es un pecado darle el filete al gato! — it's a crime to give steak to the cat!
* * *a) (Relig) sin¿y quién te contó eso? - se dice el pecado, pero no el pecador — (fr hecha) and who told you that? - I'm not naming names
b) ( lástima) crime, sin* * *= sin, wrongdoing.Ex. Books were kept for historical records of deeds done by the inhabitants: their worthy acts as well as their sins.Ex. His doctrine that even venial wrongdoing is worse than any natural calamity implies that we ought to refrain from such wrongdoing even if calamity results.----* Ciudad del Pecado = Sin City.* cometer un pecado = commit + sin, sin.* pecado mortal = deadly sin, mortal sin.* pecado original, el = original sin, the.* pecado venial = venial sin.* vivir en (el) pecado = live in + sin.* * *a) (Relig) sin¿y quién te contó eso? - se dice el pecado, pero no el pecador — (fr hecha) and who told you that? - I'm not naming names
b) ( lástima) crime, sin* * *= sin, wrongdoing.Ex: Books were kept for historical records of deeds done by the inhabitants: their worthy acts as well as their sins.
Ex: His doctrine that even venial wrongdoing is worse than any natural calamity implies that we ought to refrain from such wrongdoing even if calamity results.* Ciudad del Pecado = Sin City.* cometer un pecado = commit + sin, sin.* pecado mortal = deadly sin, mortal sin.* pecado original, el = original sin, the.* pecado venial = venial sin.* vivir en (el) pecado = live in + sin.* * *1 ( Relig) sinarrepentirse/confesarse de los pecados to repent (of)/confess one's sinsestá en pecado he is in a state of sin¿y quién te contó eso? — se dice el pecado, pero no el pecador ( fr hecha); and who told you that? — I'm not naming nameseste coche de mis pecados this wretched o damned car of mine ( colloq)Inés de mis pecados, a ver si no preguntas tanto for goodness' sake Inés, don't ask so many questions2 (lástima) crime, sines un pecado tirar toda esta comida it's a crime o sin to throw away all this foodCompuestos:deadly sinlos siete pecados capitales the seven deadly sinssin of omissionmortal sinestá en pecado mortal he has committed a mortal sinsodomyoriginal sinvenial sin* * *
Del verbo pecar: ( conjugate pecar)
pecado es:
el participio
Multiple Entries:
pecado
pecar
pecado sustantivo masculinoa) (Relig) sin;
pecado mortal mortal sin
pecar ( conjugate pecar) verbo intransitivo (Relig) to sin
pecado sustantivo masculino
1 Rel sin
el pecado original, the original sin
2 (falta) crime, sin: es un pecado dar esa carne al perro, it's a crime to give that meat to the dog
pecar verbo intransitivo
1 Rel to sin
2 (excederse en una cualidad) mi hermana peca de ingenua, my sister is too naive
' pecado' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
yerro
- cometer
- confesar
- culpa
- leve
- perdonar
English:
admission
- admit
- sin
- transgression
* * *pecado nm1. [en religión] sin;estar en pecado to be in sin;morir en pecado to die unrepentant;ser pecado to be a sin;se dice el pecado pero no el pecador no names, no packdrill, I'm naming no names;Famde mis pecados: pero niña de mis pecados ¿cuántas veces tengo que decirte que te des prisa? for goodness' sake, girl, how many times do I have to tell you to hurry up?pecados capitales deadly sins;pecado mortal mortal sin;pecado original original sin2. [pena, lástima] sin;sería un pecado no aprovechar este día de primavera it would be a sin not to make the most of this spring day;es un pecado que no le guste la paella it's such a pity she doesn't like paella* * *m sin* * *pecado nm: sin* * *pecado n sin -
93 Introduction
Portugal is a small Western European nation with a large, distinctive past replete with both triumph and tragedy. One of the continent's oldest nation-states, Portugal has frontiers that are essentially unchanged since the late 14th century. The country's unique character and 850-year history as an independent state present several curious paradoxes. As of 1974, when much of the remainder of the Portuguese overseas empire was decolonized, Portuguese society appeared to be the most ethnically homogeneous of the two Iberian states and of much of Europe. Yet, Portuguese society had received, over the course of 2,000 years, infusions of other ethnic groups in invasions and immigration: Phoenicians, Greeks, Celts, Romans, Suevi, Visigoths, Muslims (Arab and Berber), Jews, Italians, Flemings, Burgundian French, black Africans, and Asians. Indeed, Portugal has been a crossroads, despite its relative isolation in the western corner of the Iberian Peninsula, between the West and North Africa, Tropical Africa, and Asia and America. Since 1974, Portugal's society has become less homogeneous, as there has been significant immigration of former subjects from its erstwhile overseas empire.Other paradoxes should be noted as well. Although Portugal is sometimes confused with Spain or things Spanish, its very national independence and national culture depend on being different from Spain and Spaniards. Today, Portugal's independence may be taken for granted. Since 1140, except for 1580-1640 when it was ruled by Philippine Spain, Portugal has been a sovereign state. Nevertheless, a recurring theme of the nation's history is cycles of anxiety and despair that its freedom as a nation is at risk. There is a paradox, too, about Portugal's overseas empire(s), which lasted half a millennium (1415-1975): after 1822, when Brazil achieved independence from Portugal, most of the Portuguese who emigrated overseas never set foot in their overseas empire, but preferred to immigrate to Brazil or to other countries in North or South America or Europe, where established Portuguese overseas communities existed.Portugal was a world power during the period 1415-1550, the era of the Discoveries, expansion, and early empire, and since then the Portuguese have experienced periods of decline, decadence, and rejuvenation. Despite the fact that Portugal slipped to the rank of a third- or fourth-rate power after 1580, it and its people can claim rightfully an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions that assure their place both in world and Western history. These distinctions should be kept in mind while acknowledging that, for more than 400 years, Portugal has generally lagged behind the rest of Western Europe, although not Southern Europe, in social and economic developments and has remained behind even its only neighbor and sometime nemesis, Spain.Portugal's pioneering role in the Discoveries and exploration era of the 15th and 16th centuries is well known. Often noted, too, is the Portuguese role in the art and science of maritime navigation through the efforts of early navigators, mapmakers, seamen, and fishermen. What are often forgotten are the country's slender base of resources, its small population largely of rural peasants, and, until recently, its occupation of only 16 percent of the Iberian Peninsula. As of 1139—10, when Portugal emerged first as an independent monarchy, and eventually a sovereign nation-state, England and France had not achieved this status. The Portuguese were the first in the Iberian Peninsula to expel the Muslim invaders from their portion of the peninsula, achieving this by 1250, more than 200 years before Castile managed to do the same (1492).Other distinctions may be noted. Portugal conquered the first overseas empire beyond the Mediterranean in the early modern era and established the first plantation system based on slave labor. Portugal's empire was the first to be colonized and the last to be decolonized in the 20th century. With so much of its scattered, seaborne empire dependent upon the safety and seaworthiness of shipping, Portugal was a pioneer in initiating marine insurance, a practice that is taken for granted today. During the time of Pombaline Portugal (1750-77), Portugal was the first state to organize and hold an industrial trade fair. In distinctive political and governmental developments, Portugal's record is more mixed, and this fact suggests that maintaining a government with a functioning rule of law and a pluralist, representative democracy has not been an easy matter in a country that for so long has been one of the poorest and least educated in the West. Portugal's First Republic (1910-26), only the third republic in a largely monarchist Europe (after France and Switzerland), was Western Europe's most unstable parliamentary system in the 20th century. Finally, the authoritarian Estado Novo or "New State" (1926-74) was the longest surviving authoritarian system in modern Western Europe. When Portugal departed from its overseas empire in 1974-75, the descendants, in effect, of Prince Henry the Navigator were leaving the West's oldest empire.Portugal's individuality is based mainly on its long history of distinc-tiveness, its intense determination to use any means — alliance, diplomacy, defense, trade, or empire—to be a sovereign state, independent of Spain, and on its national pride in the Portuguese language. Another master factor in Portuguese affairs deserves mention. The country's politics and government have been influenced not only by intellectual currents from the Atlantic but also through Spain from Europe, which brought new political ideas and institutions and novel technologies. Given the weight of empire in Portugal's past, it is not surprising that public affairs have been hostage to a degree to what happened in her overseas empire. Most important have been domestic responses to imperial affairs during both imperial and internal crises since 1415, which have continued to the mid-1970s and beyond. One of the most important themes of Portuguese history, and one oddly neglected by not a few histories, is that every major political crisis and fundamental change in the system—in other words, revolution—since 1415 has been intimately connected with a related imperial crisis. The respective dates of these historical crises are: 1437, 1495, 1578-80, 1640, 1820-22, 1890, 1910, 1926-30, 1961, and 1974. The reader will find greater detail on each crisis in historical context in the history section of this introduction and in relevant entries.LAND AND PEOPLEThe Republic of Portugal is located on the western edge of the Iberian Peninsula. A major geographical dividing line is the Tagus River: Portugal north of it has an Atlantic orientation; the country to the south of it has a Mediterranean orientation. There is little physical evidence that Portugal is clearly geographically distinct from Spain, and there is no major natural barrier between the two countries along more than 1,214 kilometers (755 miles) of the Luso-Spanish frontier. In climate, Portugal has a number of microclimates similar to the microclimates of Galicia, Estremadura, and Andalusia in neighboring Spain. North of the Tagus, in general, there is an Atlantic-type climate with higher rainfall, cold winters, and some snow in the mountainous areas. South of the Tagus is a more Mediterranean climate, with hot, dry, often rainless summers and cool, wet winters. Lisbon, the capital, which has a fifth of the country's population living in its region, has an average annual mean temperature about 16° C (60° F).For a small country with an area of 92,345 square kilometers (35,580 square miles, including the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and the Madeiras), which is about the size of the state of Indiana in the United States, Portugal has a remarkable diversity of regional topography and scenery. In some respects, Portugal resembles an island within the peninsula, embodying a unique fusion of European and non-European cultures, akin to Spain yet apart. Its geography is a study in contrasts, from the flat, sandy coastal plain, in some places unusually wide for Europe, to the mountainous Beira districts or provinces north of the Tagus, to the snow-capped mountain range of the Estrela, with its unique ski area, to the rocky, barren, remote Trás-os-Montes district bordering Spain. There are extensive forests in central and northern Portugal that contrast with the flat, almost Kansas-like plains of the wheat belt in the Alentejo district. There is also the unique Algarve district, isolated somewhat from the Alentejo district by a mountain range, with a microclimate, topography, and vegetation that resemble closely those of North Africa.Although Portugal is small, just 563 kilometers (337 miles) long and from 129 to 209 kilometers (80 to 125 miles) wide, it is strategically located on transportation and communication routes between Europe and North Africa, and the Americas and Europe. Geographical location is one key to the long history of Portugal's three overseas empires, which stretched once from Morocco to the Moluccas and from lonely Sagres at Cape St. Vincent to Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. It is essential to emphasize the identity of its neighbors: on the north and east Portugal is bounded by Spain, its only neighbor, and by the Atlantic Ocean on the south and west. Portugal is the westernmost country of Western Europe, and its shape resembles a face, with Lisbon below the nose, staring into theAtlantic. No part of Portugal touches the Mediterranean, and its Atlantic orientation has been a response in part to turning its back on Castile and Léon (later Spain) and exploring, traveling, and trading or working in lands beyond the peninsula. Portugal was the pioneering nation in the Atlantic-born European discoveries during the Renaissance, and its diplomatic and trade relations have been dominated by countries that have been Atlantic powers as well: Spain; England (Britain since 1707); France; Brazil, once its greatest colony; and the United States.Today Portugal and its Atlantic islands have a population of roughly 10 million people. While ethnic homogeneity has been characteristic of it in recent history, Portugal's population over the centuries has seen an infusion of non-Portuguese ethnic groups from various parts of Europe, the Middle East, and Africa. Between 1500 and 1800, a significant population of black Africans, brought in as slaves, was absorbed in the population. And since 1950, a population of Cape Verdeans, who worked in menial labor, has resided in Portugal. With the influx of African, Goan, and Timorese refugees and exiles from the empire—as many as three quarters of a million retornados ("returned ones" or immigrants from the former empire) entered Portugal in 1974 and 1975—there has been greater ethnic diversity in the Portuguese population. In 2002, there were 239,113 immigrants legally residing in Portugal: 108,132 from Africa; 24,806 from Brazil; 15,906 from Britain; 14,617 from Spain; and 11,877 from Germany. In addition, about 200,000 immigrants are living in Portugal from eastern Europe, mainly from Ukraine. The growth of Portugal's population is reflected in the following statistics:1527 1,200,000 (estimate only)1768 2,400,000 (estimate only)1864 4,287,000 first census1890 5,049,7001900 5,423,0001911 5,960,0001930 6,826,0001940 7,185,1431950 8,510,0001960 8,889,0001970 8,668,000* note decrease1980 9,833,0001991 9,862,5401996 9,934,1002006 10,642,8362010 10,710,000 (estimated) -
94 ποιέω
ποιέω (Hom.+) impf. ἐποίουν; fut. ποιήσω; 1 aor. ἐποίησα; pf. πεποίηκα; plpf. πεποιήκειν Mk 15:7 (as IMagnMai 93b, 24; on the omission of the augment s. B-D-F §66, 1; Mlt-H. 190). Mid.: impf. ἐποιούμην; 1 aor. ἐποιησάμην; pf. πεποίημαι 1 Cl 1:1. Pass. (has disappeared almost entirely; B-D-F §315): 1 fut. ποιηθήσομαι; 1 aor. 3 pl. ἐποιήθησαν (En 22:9); pf. 3 sg. πεποίηται (Ec 8:14; Tat. 11, 2), ptc. πεποιημένος (Ec 1:14 al.) Hb 12:27. A multivalent term, often without pointed semantic significance, used in ref. to a broad range of activity involving such matters as bringing someth. into being, bringing someth. to pass, or simply interacting in some way with a variety of entities.① to produce someth. material, make, manufacture, produce τὶ someth. (Gen 6:14ff; 33:17 al.; JosAs 16:8; GrBar 3:5 ‘build’; ApcMos 20; Mel., P. 38, 261).ⓐ of human activity: σκεῦος 2 Cl 8:2. χιτῶνας, ἱμάτια Ac 9:39. εἰκόνα Rv 13:14b. θεούς make gods Ac 7:40 (Ex 32:1). ναοὺς ἀργυροῦς 19:24. ἀνθρακιάν J 18:18. τέσσαρα μέρη 19:23 (s. μέρος 1a). πηλόν 9:11, 14. σκηνὰς pitch tents, build huts (1 Ch 15:1; 2 Esdr 18: 16f; Jdth 8:5; Jos., Ant. 3, 79; Just., D. 127, 3 σκηνήν) Mt 17:4; Mk 9:5; Lk 9:33. ἁγίασμα GJs 6:1; καταπέτασμα τῷ ναῷ 10:1; τὴν πορφύραν καὶ τὸ κόκκινον 12:1.—Used w. prepositional expressions ποιῆσαι αὐτὴν (i.e. τὴν σκηνὴν τοῦ μαρτυρίου) κατὰ τὸν τύπον to make it (the tent of testimony) according to the model (Ex 25:40) Ac 7:44; cp. Hb 8:5. ποιεῖν τι ἔκ τινος make someth. from or out of someth. (i.e. fr. a certain material; Hdt. 2, 96; cp. X., An. 4, 5, 14; Theophr., HP 4, 2, 5; Ex 20:24f; 28:15; 29:2) J 2:15; 9:6; Ro 9:21.ⓑ of divine activity, specifically of God’s creative activity create (Hes., Op. 109; Heraclitus, Fgm. 30 κόσμον οὔτε τις θεῶν οὔτε ἀνθρώπων ἐποίησεν, ἀλλʼ ἦν ἀεὶ καὶ ἔστιν καὶ ἔσται; Pla., Tim. 76c ὁ ποιῶν ‘the Creator’; Epict. 1, 6, 5; 1, 14, 10; 2, 8, 19 σε ὁ Ζεὺς πεποίηκε; 4, 1, 102; 107; 4, 7, 6 ὁ θεὸς πάντα πεποίηκεν; Ael. Aristid. 43, 7 K.=1 p. 2 D.: Ζεὺς τὰ πάντα ἐποίησεν; Herm. Wr. 4, 1. In LXX oft. for בָּרָא also Wsd 1:13; 9:9; Sir 7:30; 32:13; Tob 8:6; Jdth 8:14; Bar 3:35; 4:7; 2 Macc 7:28; Aristobulus in Eus., PE13, 12, 12 [pp. 182 and 184 Holladay]; JosAs 9:5; Philo, Sacr. Abel. 65 and oft.; SibOr 3, 28 and Fgm. 3, 3; 16; Just., A II, 5, 2 al.) w. acc. ἡ χείρ μου ἐποίησεν ταῦτα πάντα Ac 7:50 (Is 66:2). τοὺς αἰῶνας Hb 1:2 (s. αἰών 3). τὸν κόσμον (Epict. 4, 7, 6 ὁ θεὸς πάντα πεποίηκεν τὰ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ καὶ αὐτὸν τὸν κόσμον ὅλον; Sallust. 5 p. 10, 29; Wsd 9:9; TestAbr A 10 p. 88, 21 [Stone p. 24]) Ac 17:24. τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν (cp. Ael. Aristid. above; Gen 1:1; Ex 20:11; Ps 120:2; 145:6; Is 37:16; Jer 39:17 et al.; TestJob 2:4; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 121; Aristobulus above) Ac 4:24; 14:15b; cp. Rv 14:7. τὰ πάντα PtK 2 p. 13, 26 (JosAs 12, 2; Just., D. 55, 2; also s. Ael. Aristid. above). Lk 11:40 is classed here by many. Of the relation of Jesus to God Ἰησοῦν, πιστὸν ὄντα τῷ ποιήσαντι αὐτόν= appointed him Hb 3:2 (cp. Is 17:7).—W. a second acc., that of the predicate (PSI 435, 19 [258 B.C.] ὅπως ἂν ὁ Σάραπις πολλῷ σὲ μείζω ποιήσῃ) ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ ἐποίησεν αὐτούς (God) created them male and female Mt 19:4b; Mk 10:6 (both Gen 1:27c).—Pass. Hb 12:27.—ὁ ποιήσας the Creator Mt 19:4a v.l.② to undertake or do someth. that brings about an event, state, or condition, do, cause, bring about, accomplish, prepare, etc.ⓐ ἔργα π. do deeds, also in sg. (as JosAs 29:3 μὴ ποιήσῃς τὸ ἔργον τοῦτο) τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ π. do as Abraham did J 8:39. τὰ ἔργα τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν vs. 41; cp. 10:37. τὰ πρῶτα ἔργα Rv 2:5. ἔργον commit a deed 1 Cor 5:2 v.l. ἔργον ποίησον εὐαγγελιστοῦ 2 Ti 4:5 (s. ἔργον 2).—ἔργον or ἔργα somet. refer to wondrous deeds: ἓν ἔργον ἐποίησα I have done just one (wondrous) deed J 7:21. Pl. 14:12a; cp. vs. 12bc. This illustrates the transition toⓑ do, perform miracles δυνάμεις Mt 7:22; 13:58; Ac 19:11 (Just., A I, 26, 2 al.); sg. Mk 6:5; 9:39. θαυμάσια Mt 21:15 (cp. Sir 31:9). μεγάλα καὶ θαυμάσια AcPl Ha 8, 33=BMM verso 5f (Just., A I, 62, 4). σημεῖα (Ex 4:17) J 2:23; 3:2; 7:31; 9:16; 11:47b; 20:30; Rv 13:13a; 16:14; 19:20. Sing. J 6:30; 10:41. τέρατα καὶ σημεῖα Ac 6:8; 7:36. ὅσα Mk 3:8; 6:30; Lk 9:10.—Ac 10:39; 14:11.ⓒ of conditions bring about, etc.: εἰρήνην make, establish peace Eph 2:15; Js 3:18 (cp. 2 Macc 1:4). τὴν ἔκβασιν provide a way out 1 Cor 10:13 (on the foll. gen. of the inf. w. the art. s. B-D-F §400, 2; Rob. 1067). ἐπίστασιν ὄχλου cause a disturbance among the people Ac 24:12. τὰ σκάνδαλα create difficulties Ro 16:17. On Mk 6:20 v.l. KRomaniuk, ETL 69, ’93, 140f.—W. dat. of advantage ἐποίουν χαρὰν τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς they brought joy to the members Ac 15:3 (s. ἀδελφός 2a).ⓓ used w. a noun as a periphrasis for a simple verb of doing (s. 7a below; B-D-F §310, 1.—ποιέω in such combinations as early as IPriene 8, 63 [c. 328 B.C.], also Plut., Crass. 551 [13, 6]; s. ἑορτή, end). ἐποίησεν ᾆσμα GJs 6:3. διαθήκην π. Hb 8:9 (Jer 38:32 cod. Q; cp. Is 28:15; TestAbr A 8 p. 86, 6 [Stone p. 20] διάταξιν). π. τὴν ἐκδίκησιν Lk 18:7f; cp. Ac 7:24 (s. ἐκδίκησις 1). ἐνέδραν 25:3. κοπετόν 8:2. κρίσιν (s. κρίσις 1aα and β) J 5:27; Jd 15. θρῆνον GJs 3:1. κυνηγίαν AcPl Ha 1, 33. λύτρωσιν Lk 1:68. ὁδὸν ποιεῖν (v.l. ὁδοποιεῖν) Mk 2:23 (ὁδός 2). π. (τὸν) πόλεμον (μετά τινος) wage war (on someone) Rv 11:7; 12:17; 13:7 (Da 7:8 LXX; 7:21 Theod.; Gen 14:2). πρόθεσιν Eph 3:11; συμβούλιον π. Mk 3:6 v.l.; 15:1; συστροφήν Ac 23:12; cp. vs. 13. φόνον Mk 15:7 (cp. Dt 22:8; Callinicus, Vi. Hyp. 98, 21 Bonn; TestAbr B 10 p. 115, 4 [Stone p. 78, 4]).—τὸ ἱκανὸν ποιεῖν τινι vs. 15 s. ἱκανός 1.ⓔ what is done is indicated by the neut. of an adj. or pron.: τὸ ἀγαθὸν π. do what is good Ro 13:3; τὰ ἀγαθὰ π. J 5:29; ἀγαθὸν π. do good Mk 3:4; 1 Pt 3:11 (Ps 33:15). τὸ καλὸν Ro 7:21; 2 Cor 13:7b; Gal 6:9. τὰ καλὰ (καὶ εὐάρεστα ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ) 1 Cl 21:1. καλόν Js 4:17. τὸ κακόν Ro 13:4. τὰ κακά 3:8. κακόν 2 Cor 13:7a (κακὸν μηδέν; cp. SIG 1175, 20 κακόν τι ποιῆσαι). κακά 1 Pt 3:12 (Ps 33:17). τὰ ἀρεστὰ αὐτῷ (=τῷ θεῷ) J 8:29; cp. Hb 13:21b; 1J 3:22 (TestAbr A 15 p. 96, 12 [Stone p. 40] πάντα τὰ ἀρεστὰ ἐνώπιον σου ἐποίησεν). πάντα 1 Cor 9:23; 10:31b; IEph 15:3.—ὅ Mt 26:13; Mk 14:9; J 13:7, 27a. τοῦτο Mt 13:28; Mk 5:32; Lk 5:6; J 14:13, 14 v.l.; AcPl Ha 9, 27; Ro 7:15f, 20 (cp. Epict. 2, 26, 4 ὸ̔ θέλει οὐ ποιεῖ καὶ ὸ̔ μὴ θέλει ποιεῖ); 1 Cor 11:24f (the specific sense ‘sacrifice’ in this passage is opposed by TAbbott [JBL 9, 1890, 137–52], but favored by FMozley [ET 7, 1896, 370–86], AAndersen [D. Abendmahl in d. ersten zwei Jahrh. 1904], and K Goetz [D. Abendmahlsfrage2 1907]). αὐτὸ τοῦτο Gal 2:10. ταῦτα Mt 21:23; 23:23; Gal 5:17; 2 Pt 1:10b. αὐτά J 13:17; Ro 1:32; 2:3. τὸ αὐτό Mt 5:46, 47b.—τί ποιήσω; Mk 10:17; cp. J 18:35 (TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 19 [Stone p. 10]; ParJer 6:14 τί ποιήσωμεν; ApcEsdr 7:4 p. 32, 14 Tdf.). τί ἀγαθὸν ποιήσω; Mt 19:16. τί κακὸν ἐποίησεν; Mt 27:23; Lk 23:22; Mk 15:14. τί περισσὸν ποιεῖτε; Mt 5:47a. τί ποιεῖτε τοῦτο; what is this that you are doing? or why are you doing this? Mk 11:3 (GrBar 2:2 τί ἐποίησας τοῦτο; s. B-D-F §299, 1; Rob. 736; 738; Rdm.2 25f). τί ταῦτα ποιεῖτε; Ac 14:15a (as Demosth. 55, 5). τί σὺ ὧδε ποιεῖς; Hv 1, 1, 5. W. ptc. foll. (B-D-F §414, 5; Rob. 1121) τί ποιεῖτε λύοντες; what are you doing, untying? Mk 11:5. τί ποιεῖτε κλαίοντες; what are you doing, weeping? or what do you mean by weeping? Ac 21:13. τί ποιήσουσιν οἱ βαπτιζόμενοι; what are they to do, who have themselves baptized? 1 Cor 15:29.—A statement of what is to be done follows in an indirect question ὸ̔ ποιεῖς ποίησον do what you must do J 13:27 (as Epict. 3, 21, 24 ποίει ἃ ποιεῖς; 3, 23, 1; 4, 9, 18; TestJob 7:13).ⓕ of meals or banquets, and of festivities of which a banquet is the principal part give ἄριστον Lk 14:12. δεῖπνον (q.v. bα) Mk 6:21; Lk 14:12, 16; J 12:2; Hs 5, 2, 9. δοχήν (s. δοχή) Lk 5:29; 14:13; GJs 6:2. γάμους (s. γάμος 1a) Mt 22:2 (JosAs 20:6).—Keep, celebrate (PFay 117, 12) the Passover (feast) Mt 26:18; Hb 11:28 (s. πάσχα 3). Also in connection w. τὴν ἑορτὴν ποιῆσαι Ac 18:21 D the Passover is surely meant. But π. is also used of festivals in general (cp. X., Hell. 4, 5, 2 ποιεῖν Ἴσθμια; 7, 4, 28 τὰ Ὀλύμπια).ⓖ of the natural processes of growth; in plant life send out, produce, bear, yield καρπόν, καρπούς (Aristot., Plant. 1, 4, 819b, 31; 2, 10, 829a, 41; LXX [καρπός 1aα]) Mt 3:10; 7:17ab, 18, 19; 13:26; Lk 3:9; 6:43ab; 8:8; 13:9; Rv 22:2; also in imagery Mt 3:8; 21:43; Lk 3:8. κλάδους Mk 4:32. ἐλαίας Js 3:12a (cp. Jos., Ant. 11, 50 ἄμπελοι, αἳ ποιοῦσιν τὸν οἶνον). π. ὕδωρ produce water vs. 12b (but s. ἁλυκός).—Of capital yielding a return ἡ μνᾶ ἐποίησεν πέντε μνᾶς the mina has made five minas Lk 19:18. Also of a person who operates w. capital make money (Ps.-Demosth. 10, 76; Polyb. 2, 62, 12) ἐποίησεν ἄλλα πέντε τάλαντα Mt 25:16 v.l.ⓗ with focus on causalityα. The result of the action is indicated by the acc. and inf.; make (to), cause (someone) to, bring it about that (Hom. et al.; also ins [SIG IV p. 510a index], pap, LXX; TestJob 3:7; 42:6; ParJer 9:16f; ApcMos 16; Just., A I, 26, 5, D. 69, 6; 114, 1; Ath. 13, 2) ποιεῖ αὐτὴν μοιχευθῆναι Mt 5:32. ποιήσω ὑμᾶς γενέσθαι ἁλεεῖς ἀνθρώπων Mk 1:17. Cp. 7:37b; Lk 5:34 ( force someone to fast); J 6:10; Ac 17:26; Rv 13:13b.—ἵνα takes the place of the inf.: ποιήσω αὐτοὺς ἵνα ἥξουσιν Rv 3:9; cp. 13:12b, 16. ἵνα without acc. (TestAbr B 6 p. 110, 20 [Stone p. 68] ποίησον ἵνα φαγῶμεν) J 11:37; Col 4:16; Rv 13:15.—ἡμῖν ὡς πεποιηκόσιν τοῦ περιπατεῖν αὐτόν us, as though we had caused him to walk Ac 3:12 (s. B-D-F §400, 7).β. w. a double accusative, of the obj. and the pred. (Hom. et al.; LXX; ApcEsdr 4:27 p. 38, 32 Tdf. λίθους ἄρτους ποιήσας; Mel., P. 68, 494 ποιήσας ἡμᾶς ἱεράτευμα καινόν), make someone or someth. (into) someth. W. noun as predicate acc.: ποιήσω ὑμᾶς ἁλιεῖς ἀνθρώπων Mt 4:19. ὑμεῖς αὐτὸν (i.e. τὸν οἶκον τοῦ θεοῦ) ποιεῖτε σπήλαιον λῃστῶν 21:13; Mk 11:17; Lk 19:46. Cp. Mt 23:15b; J 2:16; 4:46, 54; cp. 2:11; Ac 2:36; 2 Cor 5:21; Hb 1:7 (Ps 103:4); Rv 1:6; 3:12 al. ποίησόν με ὡς ἕνα τ. μισθίων σου Lk 15:19, 21 v.l. (cp. Gen 45:8; 48:20 and s. B-D-F §453, 4; Rob. 481). If the obj. acc. is missing, it may be supplied fr. the context as self-evident ἁρπάζειν αὐτὸν ἵνα ποιήσωσιν βασιλέα take him by force, in order to make (him) king J 6:15.—1 Cor 6:15. Claim that someone is someth., pretend that someone is someth. J 8:53; 10:33; 19:7, 12; 1J 1:10; 5:10. Cp. 5b.—W. adj. as predicate acc.: εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους (Is 40:3) make the paths straight Mt 3:3; Mk 1:3; Lk 3:4. τρίχα λευκὴν π. Mt 5:36. Cp. 12:16; 20:12b; 26:73; 28:14; Mk 3:12; J 5:11, 15; 7:23; 16:2; Ac 7:19; Eph 2:14 ὁ ποιήσας τὰ ἀμφότερα ἕν; Rv 12:15; 21:5. ἴσον ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν τῷ θεῷ (thereby) declaring that he was equal to God or making himself equal to God J 5:18.—Cp. use of the mid. 7b below.γ. w. adv. of place send outside ἔξω ποιεῖν τινα put someone out (=send outside; cp. X., Cyr. 4, 1, 3 ἔξω βελῶν ποιεῖν=‘put outside bowshot’) Ac 5:34.③ to carry out an obligation of a moral or social nature, do, keep, carry out, practice, commitⓐ do, keep the will or law obediently τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ etc. (JosAs 12:3; s. θέλημα 1cγ) Mt 7:21; 12:50; Mk 3:35; J 4:34; 6:38; 7:17; 9:31; Eph 6:6; Hb 10:7, 9 (both Ps 39:9), 36; 13:21; 1J 2:17; Pol 2:2; τὰ θελήματα Mk 3:35 v.l.; Ac 13:22; GEb 121, 34. π. τὰ θελήματα τῆς σαρκός Eph 2:3. Cp. Mt 21:31.—π. τὸν νόμον J 7:19; Gal 5:3; cp. Mt 5:19; Ro 2:14; Gal 3:10 (Dt 27:26); vs. 12 (cp. Lev 18:5).—Mt 7:24, 26; Lk 6:46; J 2:5; 8:44. ἐκεῖνο τὸ προσταχθὲν ἡμῖν ποιήσωμεν let us do what has been commanded us GMary 463, 27f (ParJer 6:9).—ὸ̔ ἐὰν φανηρώσῃ … ὁ θεός, τοῦτο ποιήσομεν GJs 8:2.—ἐξουσίαν ποιεῖν exercise authority Rv 13:12a.ⓑ do, practice virtues (cp. SIG 304, 41f τὰ δίκαια): π. τὴν ἀλήθειαν (ἀλήθεια 2b) live the truth J 3:21 (cp. 1QS 1:5 al.); 1J 1:6. (τὴν) δικαιοσύνην (δικαιοσύνη 3a) 1J 2:29; 3:7, 10; Rv 22:11; 2 Cl 4:2; 11:7. τὰ ἐντολά Ro 22:14 v.l. (SGoranson, NTS 43, ’97, 154–57). Differently Mt 6:1 (δικαιοσύνη 3b), which belongs with ποιεῖν ἐλεημοσύνην vs. 2a and 3a (s. ἐλεημοσύνη 1); cp. Ac 9:36; 10:2; 24:17. π. ἐγκράτειαν 2 Cl 15:1. π. χρηστότητα Ro 3:12 (Ps 13:1, 3; 52:4 v.l.). π. ἔλεος show mercy Js 2:13; μετά τινος to someone Lk 1:72; 10:37a (JosAs 23:4; s. ἔλεος a and μετά A2γג).ⓒ do, commit, be guilty of sins and vices (τὴν) ἁμαρτίαν (ἁμαρτία 1a) J 8:34; 2 Cor 11:7; 1 Pt 2:22; 1J 3:4a, 8, 9; pl. Js 5:15 (TestAbr B 10 p. 115, 10 [Stone p. 78, 10]). ἁμάρτημα (TestJob 11:3; ParJer 2:2; s. ἁμάρτημα) 1 Cor 6:18. (τὴν) ἀνομίαν (ἀνομία 2) Mt 13:41; 1J 3:4b; 1 Cl 16:10 (Is 53:9). βδέλυγμα καὶ ψεῦδος Rv 21:27. τὸ πονηρὸν τοῦτο GJs 13:1; cp. 13:2; 15:3f; ταῦτα 15:2. τὰ μὴ καθήκοντα Ro 1:28. ὸ̔ οὐκ ἔξεστιν Mk 2:24; cp. Mt 12:2.ⓓ The manner of action is more definitely indicated by means of an adv. (Jos., C. Ap. 2, 51). καλῶς ποιεῖν do good or well Mt 12:12; 1 Cor 7:37, 38a (ApcMos 17). κρεῖσσον π. 7:38b; Js 2:8 (s. 5d below), 19; φρονίμως π. act wisely Lk 16:8; π. οὕτως do so (Chariton 8, 6, 4 ποιήσομεν οὕτως=this is the way we will proceed; JosAs 10:20; ApcMos 40; Mel., P. 13, 82) Mt 24:46; Lk 9:15; 12:43; J 14:31 (καθὼς … οὕτως π.); Ac 12:8; 1 Cor 16:1; Js 2:12; B 12:7; GJs 7:2. π. ὡσαύτως proceed in the same way Mt 20:5; ὁμοίως π. Lk 3:11; 10:37b. ὥσπερ οἱ ὑποκριταὶ ποιοῦσιν as the dissemblers do Mt 6:2b. καθὼς ποιεῖτε 1 Th 5:11.—ποιεῖν foll. by a clause beginning w. ὡς: ἐποίησεν ὡς προσέταξεν he did as (the angel) had ordered Mt 1:24; cp. 26:19. Or the clause begins w. καθώς Mt 21:6; J 13:15b (TestJob 7:9). For GJs 17:1 s. 5e.ⓔ The manner of the action is more definitely indicated by a prepositional expr. ποιεῖν κατά τι do or act in accordance w. someth. (SIG 915, 13 π. κατὰ τὰς συνθήκας; 1016, 6; PLille 4, 6; 22 [III B.C.]; BGU 998 II, 12 [II B.C.] π. κατὰ τὰ προγεγραμμένα) κατὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν as they do Mt 23:3b.—Lk 2:27. Also π. πρός τι: πρὸς τὸ θέλημα 12:47.④ to do someth. to others or someth., do someth. to/with, of behavior involving others, π. τι w. some indication of the pers. (or thing) with whom someth. is done; the action may result to the advantage or disadvantage of this person:ⓐ neutral π. τί τινα do someth. with someone (double acc. as Demosth. 23, 194 τὶ ποιεῖν ἀγαθὸν τὴν πόλιν) τί ποιήσω Ἰησοῦν; what shall I do with Jesus? Mt 27:22. τί οὖν αὐτὴν ποιήσωμεν; what, then, shall I do about (Mary)? GJs 8:2; cp. 14:1; 17:1. τί ποιήσεις τὸν ἀγρόν; what will you do with the land? Hs 1:4 (ParJer 3:9 τί θέλει ποιήσω τὰ ἅγια σκεύη). Cp. Mk 15:12.—B-D-F §157, 1; Rob. 484.—Neutral is also the expr. π. τί τινι do someth. to someone J 9:26; 12:16; 13:12; Ac 4:16. Likew. the passive form of the familiar saying of Jesus ὡς ποιεῖτε, οὕτω ποιηθήσεται ὑμῖν as you do (whether it be good or ill), it will be done to you 1 Cl 13:2.ⓑ to someone’s advantage: π. τί τινι (Diod S 18, 51, 3; TestAbr B 12 p. 116, 19 [Stone p. 80]; ParJer 3:12; ApcMos 3): ὅσα ἐὰν θέλητε ἵνα ποιῶσιν ὑμῖν οἱ ἄνθρωποι Mt 7:12a. τί θέλετε ποιήσω ὑμῖν; what do you want me to do for you? Mt 20:32.—25:40; cp. vs. 45; Mk 5:19f; 7:12; 10:35f, 51; Lk 1:49; 8:39ab; J 13:15a.—π. τι εἴς τινα 1 Th 4:10. π. τι μετά τινος (B-D-F §227, 3, add. reff. B-D-R) Ac 14:27; 15:4 (TestJob 1:4; on the constr. w. μετά s. 3b above and cp. BGU 798, 7; 948, 8).ⓒ to someone’s disadvantage: π. τί τινι (Gen 20:9; JosAs 28:10 μὴ ποιήσητε αὐτοῖς κακόν; ApcMos 42) τί ποιήσει τοῖς γεωργοῖς; what will he do to the vine-dressers? Mt 21:40.—Mk 9:13; Lk 6:11; 20:15; Ac 9:13; Hb 13:6 (Ps 117:6); GJs 9:2.—π. τι εἴς τινα (PSI 64, 20; 22 [I B.C.] μηδὲ ποιήσειν εἰς σὲ φάρμακα) J 15:21. π. τι ἔν τινι Mt 17:12; Lk 23:31.ⓓ w. dat. and adv. ἐποίησαν αὐτοῖς ὡσαύτως they treated them in the same way Mt 21:36. οὕτως μοι πεποίηκεν κύριος the Lord has dealt thus with me Lk 1:25; cp. 2:48; Mt 18:35. εὖ ποιεῖν τινι Mk 14:7. καλῶς π. τινι Mt 5:44 v.l.; Lk 6:27. ὁμοίως π. τινι 6:31b.—In a condensed colloquialism (ποιεῖν) καθὼς ἐποίει αὐτοῖς (to do) as he was accustomed to do for them Mk 15:8 (s. εὐποιί̈α 1).ⓔ w. dat. and prep. κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ ἐποίουν τοῖς προφήταις οἱ πατέρες αὐτῶν Lk 6:23; cp. vs. 26.⑤ do, make, with variations in specialized expressionsⓐ get or gain someth. for oneself, provide oneself with someth. ποιήσατε ἑαυτοῖς βαλλάντια Lk 12:33; φίλους 16:9 (cp. X., An. 5, 5, 12 φίλον ποιεῖσθαί τινα).—Without a dat. Ἰησοῦς μαθητὰς ποιεῖ Jesus was gaining disciples J 4:1.ⓑ of mental construction assume, suppose, take as an example (Hdt. et al.) w. double acc. (Pla., Theaet. 197d) ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον καλόν suppose the tree is good Mt 12:33a; cp. vs. 33b.ⓒ w. an acc. of time spend, stay (Anth. 11, 330; PSI 362, 15 [251/250 B.C.]; UPZ 70, 21; PFlor 137, 7 [III A.D.] ἡμέραν, ἥν ποιεῖ ἐκεῖ; PGen 54, 18 τρεῖς ἡμέρας; Pr 13:23; Ec 6:12; Tob. 10:7 BA; TestJob 20:5; 31:4; ParJer 6:16; ApcMos 37 ὥρας τρεῖς; Jos. Ant. 6, 18 μῆνας τέσσαρας; cp. our colloquial ‘do time’. Demosth. 19, 163 and Pla., Phileb. 50d are wrongly cited in this connection, as shown by WSchulze, Graeca Latina 1901, 23f) χρόνον (Dionys. Hal. 4, 66; ParJer 7:33; ApcMos 31) Ac 15:33; 18:23. μῆνας τρεῖς 20:3. τρεῖς μῆνας GJs 12:3. νυχθήμερον 2 Cor 11:25. ἐνιαυτόν Js 4:13 (TestJob 21:1 ἔτη).ⓓ καλῶς ποιεῖν w. ptc. foll. do well if, do well to, as a formula somet.= please (s. καλῶς 4a and cp. SIG 561, 6f καλῶς ποιήσειν τοὺς πολίτας προσδεξαμένους; UPZ 110, 11 [164 B.C.]; POxy 300, 5 [I A.D.]; 525, 7; Hdt. 5, 24 εὖ ἐποίησας ἀφικόμενος; SIG 598e, 8f) Ac 10:33; Phil 4:14; 2 Pt 1:19; 3J 6; GEg 252, 53.—Sim. καλῶς ποιεῖν, εἰ … Js 2:8 (cp. PPetr II, 11 [1], 1 καλῶς ποιεῖς εἰ ἔρρωσαι).ⓔ αὕτη ἡ ἡμέρα κυρίου ποιήσει ὡς βούλεται this day of the Lord will turn out as (the Lord) wills GJs 17:1 (deStrycker cites Mt 6:34 for the construction); if the accentuation αὐτή is adopted, render: the day of the Lord shall itself bring things about as (the Lord) wills.⑥ to be active in some way, work, be active, abs. (X., An. 1, 5, 8; Ruth 2:19) w. acc. of time (Socrat., Ep. 14, 8 ποιήσας ἡμέρας τριάκοντα) μίαν ὥραν ἐποίησαν they have worked for only one hour Mt 20:12a. ποιῆσαι μῆνας be active for months Rv 13:5.—Somet. it is not a general action or activity that is meant, but the doing of someth. quite definite. The acc. belonging to it is easily supplied fr. the context: λέγουσιν καὶ οὐ ποιοῦσιν they say (it), but do not do or keep (it) Mt 23:3c (the contrast is not betw. speaking [λαλεῖν] and acting in general).—2 Cor 8:10f (s. Betz, 2 Cor p. 64); 1 Th 5:24.⑦ make/do someth. for oneself or of oneself mid.ⓐ mostly as a periphrasis of the simple verbal idea (s. 2d) ἀναβολὴν ποιεῖσθαι Ac 25:17 (s. ἀναβολή). ἐκβολὴν ποιεῖσθαι 27:18 (s. ἐκβολή); αὔξησιν π. Eph 4:16; δέησιν or δεήσεις π. Lk 5:33; Phil 1:4; 1 Ti 2:1 (s. δέησις). διαλογισμοὺς π. 1 Cl 21:3; τὰς διδασκαλίας Papias (2:15); τὴν ἕνωσιν π. IPol 5:2; ἐπιστροφὴν π. 1 Cl 1:1 (ἐπιστροφή 1); καθαρισμὸν π. Hb 1:3 (καθαρισμός 2). κοινωνίαν Ro 15:26. κοπετόν Ac 8:2 v.l.; λόγον (Isocr., Ep. 2, 2; Just., D. 1, 3 al.) 1:1; 11:2 D; 20:24 v.l. (on these three passages s. λόγος: 1b; 1aγ and 1aα, end). μνείαν Ro 1:9; Eph 1:16; 1 Th 1:2; Phlm 4 (μνεία 2). μνήμην 2 Pt 1:15 (s. μνήμη 1). μονήν J 14:23 (μονή 1). νουθέτησιν 1 Cl 56:2 (Just., A I, 67, 4). ὁμιλίαν IPol 5:1 (ὁμιλία 2). ποιεῖσθαι τὴν παραβολήν AcPlCor 2:28. πορείαν π. (=πορεύεσθαι; cp. X., An. 5, 6, 11, Cyr. 5, 2, 31; Plut., Mor. 571e; Jos., Vi. 57; 2 Macc 3:8; 12:10; Ar. 4, 2) Lk 13:22. πρόνοιαν π. make provision, care (Isocr. 4, 2 and 136; Demosth., Prooem. 16; Ps.-Demosth. 47, 80; Polyb. 4, 6, 11; Dion. Hal. 5, 46; Aelian, VH 12, 56. Oft. in ins and pap [esp. of civic-minded people]; Da 6:19 προν. ποιούμενος αὐτοῦ; Jos., Bell. 4, 317, C. Ap. 1, 9; Ar. 13, 2) Ro 13:14; Papias (2:15). προσκλίσεις π. 1 Cl 47:3; σπουδὴν π. be eager (Hdt. 1, 4; 5, 30 πᾶσαν σπουδὴν ποιούμενος; 9, 8; Pla., Euthyd. 304e, Leg. 1, 628e; Isocr. 5, 45 πᾶσαν τὴν σπ.̀ περὶ τούτου ποιεῖσθαι; Polyb. 1, 46, 2 al.; Diod S 1, 75, 1; Plut., Mor. 4e; SIG 539A, 15f; 545, 14 τὴν πᾶσαν σπ.̀ ποιούμενος; PHib 71, 9 [III B.C.] τ. πᾶσαν σπ. ποίησαι; 44, 8) Jd 3. συνελεύσεις ποιεῖσθαι come together, meet 1 Cl 20:10 (Just., A I, 67, 7). συνωμοσίαν ποιεῖσθαι form a conspiracy (Polyb. 1, 70, 6; Herodian 7, 4, 3; SIG 526, 16) Ac 23:13.—Cp. use of the act. 2d.ⓑ w. double acc., of the obj. and pred. (Lucian, Prom. Es in Verb. 6 σεμνοτάτας ἐποιεῖτο τὰς συνουσίας; GDI 4629, II, 22; 25 [Laconia]; Jos., Ant. 2, 263; s. 2hβ) βεβαίαν τὴν κλῆσιν ποιεῖσθαι make the calling certain 2 Pt 1:10. οὐδενὸς λόγου ποιοῦμαι τὴν ψυχὴν τιμίαν ἐμαυτῷ I don’t consider my life as something of value for myself Ac 20:24. Cp. use of the act. 2hβ.—B. 538. Cp. πράσσω. Schmidt, Syn. I 397–423. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv. -
95 קום
קוּםch. 1) same. Targ. Gen. 22:3. Targ. Lev. 25:30; a. v. fr.Part. קָאֵים, apocop. קָאֵי (q. v.); קָיֵם, קָיֵים; f. קָיְימָא; pl. קָיְימִין; קָיְימָן, קָיְמ׳. Targ. Josh. 4:10. Targ. O. Ex. 26:15 (Y. קַיָּמִין); a. v. fr.B. Mets.19a (expl. דייתיקי) דא תהי למֵיקַםוכ׳ this is to stand and be, that when I die B. Bath.43b bot. ארעא היכא דקָיְימָא תֵיקוּם let the land remain where it is (in the possession of the present incumbent). Gen. R. s. 65 ברייך יְקוּם לך may thy Creator stand by thee. Koh. R. to XI, 1 היידי הוא גברא דקָם ליה עיגוליה here is (I am) the man whom his loaf of bread assisted (who was rewarded for throwing his bread into the sea). Y.Ab. Zar. II, 40c bot. וקָמוּן and they remained (in the trade), v. עֲקַר I. Macc.22b דקָיְימֵי מקמיוכ׳ who stand up before a scroll of the Law and do not stand up before a great man. Kidd.33b קום מקמיה אביך stand up before thy father. Ib. קָאִימְנָא מקמיה, I should stand up before him. Ib. a מֵיקַם לא קָאֵי הידורוכ׳ he stood not up before them (gentile old men), but he showed them honor. B. Mets.7a ברשותיה קָיְימָא it is in his possession. Lev. R. s. 16 (ref. to Is. 5:19) נדע דמן הוא דקיימאוכ׳ that we know whose counsel will stand (prevail), ours or his; ib. לא ק׳ דידי וק׳ דלהון my counsel does not stand, shall theirs stand?; Yalk. Is. 266 הא קָמַת דידהון דידי לא now, theirs is carried out, and mine should not be?; Yalk. Lam. 1033, sq. (read עצא for על); Pesik. Vattom., p. 133a> (corr. acc.). Y.Ter.I, 40b top בחרש אנן קָיְימִין we are standing at (are treating of) the case of a deaf mute. Y.Maasr.I, 51b, a. fr. (ב) מה (א) נן קיימין what are we treating of?; a. v. fr.Yeb.32a וקם ליה באשר לא יבנהוכ׳ (by giving ḥălitsah to one of his brothers widows) he has been declared one ‘who does not build up his brothers house (Deut. 25:9), and the Law says, when one has once refused ‘to build, one must not ‘build again (marry another of his brothers widows); ib. 44a.Shebu.26a כי הוו קיימי מקמיה דרב (Ms. F. מפטרי) when they were out of Rabs sight, opp. כי אתו לקמיה.ק׳ על, also ק׳ ב־ (cmp. עמד) a) to ascertain. Ab. Zar.35b ליכא למֵיקַם עלה דמילתא it cannot be ascertained; a. e.B. Mets.19a קָמוּ … במילתא the Rabbis ascertained the case, v. קִים. Yeb.31a; a. fr.b) to bargain for. Gen. R. s. 11 אנא … קיימין עילויה myself and a certain Jew were bargaining for it (the fish); a. e. קם ליה בדרבה מיניה, v. קִים.תֵּיקוּ, נֵיקוּ = תֵּיקוּם, נֵיקוּם. B. Kam.96a תקנתא לעכ״ום נ׳ ונעביד shall we get up and make rules for the benefit of gentile (robbers)? Zeb.17a כל חדא וחדא ת׳ בדוכתה (not בדוכתיה; Ms. M. תיקום) let each verse stand in its own place, i. e. you can draw no analogies between them.Esp. תיקו let it stand, i. e. the question remains undecided. B. Kam. l. c. Ḥull.46a; a. fr. 2) (v. עָמַד) to curdle. Ab. Zar.35b נישקול מיניה קלי ונֵיקוּם (prob. to be read ונוֹקִים) let one take a little of it and curdle it. Ib. קיימי, v. נַסְיוּבֵי. 3) to cause to stand (v. קִים).Inf. מִיקְמָא, מִיקְמָה, v. Af. Af. אָקֵים, אוֹקִים, אוֹקֵי 1) to put up, erect; to appoint, place; to maintain. Targ. O. Ex. 40:2 תָּקִים (ed. Berl. a. Y. תְּקִים). Ib. 18 ואָקֵים (ed. Berl. ואָקֵים a. ואֵקִים). Targ. O. Deut. 25:7 לאָקָמָא ed. Berl. (oth. ed. לַאֲקָ׳; Y. למִיקְמָא). Targ. Ps. 78:13. Targ. Prov. 29:4; a. fr.B. Mets.39b מוֹקְמִינָן … לינוקא we (the court) appoint a guardian over it in behalf of the minor. Ib. מיגו דמוֹקִים … מוקמינןוכ׳ since one appoints a guardian for the one-sixth portion, we may just as well appoint one for the other sixth. B. Bath.33a אוֹקְמָהּ … בידיה R. H. placed it in his possession, i. e. decided that it belonged to him. Ib. 34a מוֹקְמִינָן לה בידיה we would place (or leave) it in his possession; a. v. fr.Taan.8a, a. fr. אוקים … אמורא, v. אֲמֹורָא.Esp. a) to put a case, to treat with reference to. B. Bath.44a ולוֹקְמָהּ בגזלן why does he not put the case as treating of a robber?; ולוקמה ביורש let him say, it refers to the case of an heir!; a. fr.b) to let stand, place, leave ( under the presumption). Keth.12b, a. e. אוקי ממונא בחזקת מריה leave the money where it is, on the presumption that it belongs to its present owner, i. e. possession has the benefit of the doubt. Ib. אוֹקְמָהּ אחזקה leave the woman in her ascertained condition (v. חֲזָקָה), i. e. consider her as having married as a virgin. Yeb.31a אוקי תרי להדי תרי ואשה אוקמה אחזקה leave the two witnesses (on the one side) against the two witnesses (on the other side), and leave the woman ; a. fr.c) to establish, prove. Num. R. s. 6, end ורבנן מוֹקְמִין מהאי קראוכ׳ and the Rabbis prove from this verse, that as atonement takes place in day-time, so ; a. e.d) א׳ טבאות ( to place right) to guarantee, secure. Y.Gitt.I, end, 43d אנן בעי תְּקִימִינָן ט׳ (not טבאת) we want thee to secure us (against an eventual loss of the money which thou art collecting from us for our creditors); בההוא דלא יכיל למִיקְמָה גרמיה ט׳ in the case of one who has no opportunity to secure himself (who cannot get a collector to take the risk), ברם ההוא דיכיל למיקמהוכ׳ but if he finds a collector to take the risk, he may take it away from the one and give it to the other; Y.Kidd.III, 64a. 2) (v. עָמַד) to make consistent, curdle. Ab. Zar.35a (read:) כיין דאוֹקְמֵיה איסורא הוא דקא מוֹקִים ליהוכ׳ (v. Ms. M. in Rabb. D. S. a. l., a. note) since it had the effect of curdling the milk, it is the forbidden matter that gave it substance, and therefore it (that forbidden substance) is to be considered as if it were there in its natural state. Ib. b, v. supra. Ittaf. אִיתָּקַם, אִתּוֹקַם to put up; to be placed. Targ. Ex. 40:17. Targ. Lev. 16:10; a. e. Polel קוֹמֵם to put up, erect. Targ. Is. 44:26; a. e. Pa. קַיֵּם, קיֵּים 1) as preced. Pi., to establish, confirm, fulfill Targ. O. Deut. 32:8 (Y. Af.). Targ. Num. 30:14. Targ. Is. l. c. Targ. Ps. 119:106; a. fr.Ned.70a דהא קַיְּימֵיה לנדריה היום (not קיימי, v. Rashi) for he has confirmed the vow to-day. Ib. (h. form) כיון דקִיְּימוֹ קִיְּימוֹ since he once confirmed it, it remains confirmed. Keth.19a זילו קַיְּימוּ שטרייכו go and get evidence for the identification of your documents, and then come to court. Y.Gitt.I, end, 43d קיַּימְתֵּיה מדאמרוכ׳ thou canst substantiate thy opinion by referring to what R. … said. Pesik. Haʿomer, p. 72b> למְקַיְּימָא לכוןוכ׳ in order to fulfill on you the prophecy (Deut. 33:29) ; Yalk. Lev. 643; Pesik. R. s. 18. Y.Ab. Zar. V, 44d ואנא יכיל קַיֵּים and I can ascertain it (by experiment); a. v. fr.Part. pass. מְקַיַּים. Ber.55a לא חלמא טבא מק׳וכ׳ (Ms. F. מתקיים) neither a good dream comes true entirely, nor a bad dream 2) (v. קְיָים) to swear, vow. Targ. Num. 30:3. Targ. Gen. 28:20. Targ. O. Lev. 5:4; a. e. Ithpa. אִתְקַיַּים as preced. Hithpa. Targ. Num. 14:38. Targ. Ez. 33:12; a. fr.Y.Sabb.VI, end, 8d (read:) תִּתְקַיֵּימ לכון נפשיכין בהדין יומכין היך דקַיַּימְתּוּןוכ׳ may your life be restored on that day of yours (when your time comes), as you have restored my life on this day. Erub.54a כי היכי דתתקיים בידך ותוריך חיי (not ביך, v. Rabb. D. S. a. l.) in order that it (thy learning) may be preserved in thy possession, and thou mayest live long; a. e. -
96 קוּם
קוּםch. 1) same. Targ. Gen. 22:3. Targ. Lev. 25:30; a. v. fr.Part. קָאֵים, apocop. קָאֵי (q. v.); קָיֵם, קָיֵים; f. קָיְימָא; pl. קָיְימִין; קָיְימָן, קָיְמ׳. Targ. Josh. 4:10. Targ. O. Ex. 26:15 (Y. קַיָּמִין); a. v. fr.B. Mets.19a (expl. דייתיקי) דא תהי למֵיקַםוכ׳ this is to stand and be, that when I die B. Bath.43b bot. ארעא היכא דקָיְימָא תֵיקוּם let the land remain where it is (in the possession of the present incumbent). Gen. R. s. 65 ברייך יְקוּם לך may thy Creator stand by thee. Koh. R. to XI, 1 היידי הוא גברא דקָם ליה עיגוליה here is (I am) the man whom his loaf of bread assisted (who was rewarded for throwing his bread into the sea). Y.Ab. Zar. II, 40c bot. וקָמוּן and they remained (in the trade), v. עֲקַר I. Macc.22b דקָיְימֵי מקמיוכ׳ who stand up before a scroll of the Law and do not stand up before a great man. Kidd.33b קום מקמיה אביך stand up before thy father. Ib. קָאִימְנָא מקמיה, I should stand up before him. Ib. a מֵיקַם לא קָאֵי הידורוכ׳ he stood not up before them (gentile old men), but he showed them honor. B. Mets.7a ברשותיה קָיְימָא it is in his possession. Lev. R. s. 16 (ref. to Is. 5:19) נדע דמן הוא דקיימאוכ׳ that we know whose counsel will stand (prevail), ours or his; ib. לא ק׳ דידי וק׳ דלהון my counsel does not stand, shall theirs stand?; Yalk. Is. 266 הא קָמַת דידהון דידי לא now, theirs is carried out, and mine should not be?; Yalk. Lam. 1033, sq. (read עצא for על); Pesik. Vattom., p. 133a> (corr. acc.). Y.Ter.I, 40b top בחרש אנן קָיְימִין we are standing at (are treating of) the case of a deaf mute. Y.Maasr.I, 51b, a. fr. (ב) מה (א) נן קיימין what are we treating of?; a. v. fr.Yeb.32a וקם ליה באשר לא יבנהוכ׳ (by giving ḥălitsah to one of his brothers widows) he has been declared one ‘who does not build up his brothers house (Deut. 25:9), and the Law says, when one has once refused ‘to build, one must not ‘build again (marry another of his brothers widows); ib. 44a.Shebu.26a כי הוו קיימי מקמיה דרב (Ms. F. מפטרי) when they were out of Rabs sight, opp. כי אתו לקמיה.ק׳ על, also ק׳ ב־ (cmp. עמד) a) to ascertain. Ab. Zar.35b ליכא למֵיקַם עלה דמילתא it cannot be ascertained; a. e.B. Mets.19a קָמוּ … במילתא the Rabbis ascertained the case, v. קִים. Yeb.31a; a. fr.b) to bargain for. Gen. R. s. 11 אנא … קיימין עילויה myself and a certain Jew were bargaining for it (the fish); a. e. קם ליה בדרבה מיניה, v. קִים.תֵּיקוּ, נֵיקוּ = תֵּיקוּם, נֵיקוּם. B. Kam.96a תקנתא לעכ״ום נ׳ ונעביד shall we get up and make rules for the benefit of gentile (robbers)? Zeb.17a כל חדא וחדא ת׳ בדוכתה (not בדוכתיה; Ms. M. תיקום) let each verse stand in its own place, i. e. you can draw no analogies between them.Esp. תיקו let it stand, i. e. the question remains undecided. B. Kam. l. c. Ḥull.46a; a. fr. 2) (v. עָמַד) to curdle. Ab. Zar.35b נישקול מיניה קלי ונֵיקוּם (prob. to be read ונוֹקִים) let one take a little of it and curdle it. Ib. קיימי, v. נַסְיוּבֵי. 3) to cause to stand (v. קִים).Inf. מִיקְמָא, מִיקְמָה, v. Af. Af. אָקֵים, אוֹקִים, אוֹקֵי 1) to put up, erect; to appoint, place; to maintain. Targ. O. Ex. 40:2 תָּקִים (ed. Berl. a. Y. תְּקִים). Ib. 18 ואָקֵים (ed. Berl. ואָקֵים a. ואֵקִים). Targ. O. Deut. 25:7 לאָקָמָא ed. Berl. (oth. ed. לַאֲקָ׳; Y. למִיקְמָא). Targ. Ps. 78:13. Targ. Prov. 29:4; a. fr.B. Mets.39b מוֹקְמִינָן … לינוקא we (the court) appoint a guardian over it in behalf of the minor. Ib. מיגו דמוֹקִים … מוקמינןוכ׳ since one appoints a guardian for the one-sixth portion, we may just as well appoint one for the other sixth. B. Bath.33a אוֹקְמָהּ … בידיה R. H. placed it in his possession, i. e. decided that it belonged to him. Ib. 34a מוֹקְמִינָן לה בידיה we would place (or leave) it in his possession; a. v. fr.Taan.8a, a. fr. אוקים … אמורא, v. אֲמֹורָא.Esp. a) to put a case, to treat with reference to. B. Bath.44a ולוֹקְמָהּ בגזלן why does he not put the case as treating of a robber?; ולוקמה ביורש let him say, it refers to the case of an heir!; a. fr.b) to let stand, place, leave ( under the presumption). Keth.12b, a. e. אוקי ממונא בחזקת מריה leave the money where it is, on the presumption that it belongs to its present owner, i. e. possession has the benefit of the doubt. Ib. אוֹקְמָהּ אחזקה leave the woman in her ascertained condition (v. חֲזָקָה), i. e. consider her as having married as a virgin. Yeb.31a אוקי תרי להדי תרי ואשה אוקמה אחזקה leave the two witnesses (on the one side) against the two witnesses (on the other side), and leave the woman ; a. fr.c) to establish, prove. Num. R. s. 6, end ורבנן מוֹקְמִין מהאי קראוכ׳ and the Rabbis prove from this verse, that as atonement takes place in day-time, so ; a. e.d) א׳ טבאות ( to place right) to guarantee, secure. Y.Gitt.I, end, 43d אנן בעי תְּקִימִינָן ט׳ (not טבאת) we want thee to secure us (against an eventual loss of the money which thou art collecting from us for our creditors); בההוא דלא יכיל למִיקְמָה גרמיה ט׳ in the case of one who has no opportunity to secure himself (who cannot get a collector to take the risk), ברם ההוא דיכיל למיקמהוכ׳ but if he finds a collector to take the risk, he may take it away from the one and give it to the other; Y.Kidd.III, 64a. 2) (v. עָמַד) to make consistent, curdle. Ab. Zar.35a (read:) כיין דאוֹקְמֵיה איסורא הוא דקא מוֹקִים ליהוכ׳ (v. Ms. M. in Rabb. D. S. a. l., a. note) since it had the effect of curdling the milk, it is the forbidden matter that gave it substance, and therefore it (that forbidden substance) is to be considered as if it were there in its natural state. Ib. b, v. supra. Ittaf. אִיתָּקַם, אִתּוֹקַם to put up; to be placed. Targ. Ex. 40:17. Targ. Lev. 16:10; a. e. Polel קוֹמֵם to put up, erect. Targ. Is. 44:26; a. e. Pa. קַיֵּם, קיֵּים 1) as preced. Pi., to establish, confirm, fulfill Targ. O. Deut. 32:8 (Y. Af.). Targ. Num. 30:14. Targ. Is. l. c. Targ. Ps. 119:106; a. fr.Ned.70a דהא קַיְּימֵיה לנדריה היום (not קיימי, v. Rashi) for he has confirmed the vow to-day. Ib. (h. form) כיון דקִיְּימוֹ קִיְּימוֹ since he once confirmed it, it remains confirmed. Keth.19a זילו קַיְּימוּ שטרייכו go and get evidence for the identification of your documents, and then come to court. Y.Gitt.I, end, 43d קיַּימְתֵּיה מדאמרוכ׳ thou canst substantiate thy opinion by referring to what R. … said. Pesik. Haʿomer, p. 72b> למְקַיְּימָא לכוןוכ׳ in order to fulfill on you the prophecy (Deut. 33:29) ; Yalk. Lev. 643; Pesik. R. s. 18. Y.Ab. Zar. V, 44d ואנא יכיל קַיֵּים and I can ascertain it (by experiment); a. v. fr.Part. pass. מְקַיַּים. Ber.55a לא חלמא טבא מק׳וכ׳ (Ms. F. מתקיים) neither a good dream comes true entirely, nor a bad dream 2) (v. קְיָים) to swear, vow. Targ. Num. 30:3. Targ. Gen. 28:20. Targ. O. Lev. 5:4; a. e. Ithpa. אִתְקַיַּים as preced. Hithpa. Targ. Num. 14:38. Targ. Ez. 33:12; a. fr.Y.Sabb.VI, end, 8d (read:) תִּתְקַיֵּימ לכון נפשיכין בהדין יומכין היך דקַיַּימְתּוּןוכ׳ may your life be restored on that day of yours (when your time comes), as you have restored my life on this day. Erub.54a כי היכי דתתקיים בידך ותוריך חיי (not ביך, v. Rabb. D. S. a. l.) in order that it (thy learning) may be preserved in thy possession, and thou mayest live long; a. e. -
97 soy
Del verbo ser: ( conjugate ser) \ \
soy es: \ \1ª persona singular (yo) presente indicativoMultiple Entries: ser soy
ser ( conjugate ser) cópula 1 ( seguido de adjetivos) to be◊ ser expresses identity or nature as opposed to condition or state, which is normally conveyed by estar. The examples given below should be contrasted with those to be found in estar 1 cópula 1 es bajo/muy callado he's short/very quiet;es sorda de nacimiento she was born deaf; es inglés/católico he's English/(a) Catholic; era cierto it was true; sé bueno, estate quieto be a good boy and keep still; que seas muy feliz I hope you'll be very happy; (+ me/te/le etc) ver tb imposible, difícil etc 2 ( hablando de estado civil) to be; es viuda she's a widow; ver tb estar 1 cópula 2 3 (seguido de nombre, pronombre) to be; ábreme, soy yo open the door, it's me 4 (con predicado introducido por `de'): soy de Córdoba I'm from Cordoba; es de los vecinos it belongs to the neighbors, it's the neighbors'; no soy de aquí I'm not from around here 5 (hipótesis, futuro): ¿será cierto? can it be true? verbo intransitivo 1b) (liter) ( en cuentos):◊ érase una vez … once upon a time there was …2a) (tener lugar, ocurrir):¿dónde fue el accidente? where did the accident happen?b) ( en preguntas):◊ ¿qué habrá sido de él? I wonder what happened to o what became of him;¿qué es de Marisa? (fam) what's Marisa up to (these days)? (colloq); ¿qué va a ser de nosotros? what will become of us? 3 ( sumar):◊ ¿cuánto es (todo)? how much is that (altogether)?;son 3.000 pesos that'll be o that's 3,000 pesos; somos diez en total there are ten of us altogether 4 (indicando finalidad, adecuación) soy para algo to be for sth; ( en locs) ¿cómo es eso? why is that?, how come? (colloq); como/cuando/donde sea: tengo que conseguir ese trabajo como sea I have to get that job no matter what; hazlo como sea, pero hazlo do it any way o however you want but get it done; el lunes o cuando sea next Monday or whenever; puedo dormir en el sillón o donde sea I can sleep in the armchair or wherever you like o anywhere you like; de ser así (frml) should this be so o the case (frml); ¡eso es! that's it!, that's right!; es que …: ¿es que no lo saben? do you mean to say they don't know?; es que no sé nadar the thing is I can't swim; lo que sea: cómete una manzana, o lo que sea have an apple or something; estoy dispuesta a hacer lo que sea I'm prepared to do whatever it takes; o sea: en febrero, o sea hace un mes in February, that is to say a month ago; o sea que no te interesa in other words, you're not interested; o sea que nunca lo descubriste so you never found out; (ya) sea …, (ya) sea … either …, or …; sea como sea at all costs; sea cuando sea whenever it is; sea donde sea no matter where; sea quien sea whoever it is; si no fuera/hubiera sido por … if it wasn't o weren't/hadn't been for … ( en el tiempo) to be;◊ ¿qué fecha es hoy? what's the date today?, what's today's date;serían las cuatro cuando llegó it must have been (about) four (o'clock) when she arrived; ver tb v impers soy v impers to be; soy v aux ( en la voz pasiva) to be; fue construido en 1900 it was built in 1900 ■ sustantivo masculino 1◊ soy humano/vivo human/living beingb) (individuo, persona):2 ( naturaleza):
soy see◊ ser
ser
I sustantivo masculino
1 being: es un ser despreciable, he's despicable
ser humano, human being
ser vivo, living being
2 (esencia) essence: eso forma parte de su ser, that is part of him
II verbo intransitivo
1 (cualidad) to be: eres muy modesto, you are very modest
2 (fecha) to be: hoy es lunes, today is Monday
ya es la una, it's one o'clock
3 (cantidad) eran unos cincuenta, there were about fifty people (al pagar) ¿cuánto es?, how much is it?
son doscientas, it is two hundred pesetas Mat dos y tres son cinco, two and three make five
4 (causa) aquella mujer fue su ruina, that woman was his ruin
5 (oficio) to be a(n): Elvira es enfermera, Elvira is a nurse
6 (pertenencia) esto es mío, that's mine
es de Pedro, it is Pedro's
7 (afiliación) to belong: es del partido, he's a member of the party
es un chico del curso superior, he is a boy from the higher year
8 (origen) es de Málaga, she is from Málaga
¿de dónde es esta fruta? where does this fruit come from?
9 (composición, material) to be made of: este jersey no es de lana, this sweater is not (made of) wool
10 ser de, (afinidad, comparación) lo que hizo fue de tontos, what she did was a foolish thing
11 (existir) Madrid ya no es lo que era, Madrid isn't what it used to be
12 (suceder) ¿qué fue de ella?, what became of her?
13 (tener lugar) to be: esta tarde es el entierro, the funeral is this evening 14 ser para, (finalidad) to be for: es para pelar patatas, it's for peeling potatoes (adecuación, aptitud) no es una película para niños, the film is not suitable for children
esta vida no es para ti, this kind of life is not for you
15 (efecto) era para llorar, it was painful
es (como) para darle una bofetada, it makes me want to slap his face
no es para tomárselo a broma, it is no joke
16 (auxiliar en pasiva) to be: fuimos rescatados por la patrulla de la Cruz Roja, we were rescued by the Red Cross patrol
17 ser de (+ infinitivo) era de esperar que se marchase, it was to be expected that she would leave Locuciones: a no ser que, unless
como sea, anyhow
de no ser por..., had it not been for
es más, furthermore
es que..., it's just that...
lo que sea, whatever
o sea, that is (to say)
sea como sea, in any case o be that as it may
ser de lo que no hay, to be the limit ' soy' also found in these entries: Spanish: cotarro - distinguir - extrema - extremo - golosa - goloso - hombre - honra - imaginarse - incapaz - inmensamente - malqueda - mejor - miope - natural - nostálgica - nostálgico - número - pensar - ritmo - seguir - soja - teatro - torpe - yo - ahorrador - aquí - así - despistado - entendido - estúpido - filólogo - lego - lo - malo - mandado - mano - mañanero - mayor - nuevo - nulidad - para - perder - profano - ser - soltero - soñador - soya - único English: actually - averse - be - believe in - chocolate - compare - DPhil - eldest - first - flesh - fourteenth - I - it - less - man - me - naturally - no - only - permanent - place - reasoning - relevance - sort - soy - soy sauce - that - this - through - bean - dog - from - fussy - injure - know - seal - speak - stranger - subscribe - will - wrongtr[sɔɪ]1 SMALLAMERICAN ENGLISH/SMALL soja\SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALLsoy sauce salsa de sojan.• soja s.f.sɔɪBrE soya 'sɔɪə mass noun soya f (AmL), soja f (Esp)[sɔɪ]N (esp US) = soya* * *[sɔɪ]BrE soya ['sɔɪə] mass noun soya f (AmL), soja f (Esp) -
98 stake
steik
I noun(a strong stick or post, especially a pointed one used as a support or as part of a fence.)
II
1. noun(a sum of money risked in betting: He and his friends enjoy playing cards for high stakes.)
2. verb(to bet or risk (money or something of value): I'm going to stake $5 on that horse.)- at stakestake ntr[steɪk]1 (bet) apuesta2 (give financial support to) invertir en1 (prize money) premio m sing1 (horse race) carrera f sing de caballos\SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALLpopularity stakes índice nombre masculino de popularidad————————tr[steɪk]1 (stick) estaca, palo; (post) poste nombre masculino; (for plant, tree) rodrigón nombre masculino; (in surveying) jalón nombre masculino1 (fasten, support - gen) sujetar con estacas, apoyar con estacas (up, -); (- plant, tree) arrodrigar; (in surveying) jalonar\SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALLto be burnt at the stake morir en la hoguerato pull up stakes SMALLAMERICAN ENGLISH/SMALL marcharse, desarraigarseto stake a claim to something reivindicar algo, reclamar el derecho a algo1) : estacar, marcar con estacas (una propiedad)2) bet: jugarse, apostar3)to stake a claim to : reclamar, reivindicarstake n1) post: estaca f2) bet: apuesta fto be at stake: estar en juego3) interest, share: interés m, participación fn.• apuesta s.f.• estaca s.f.• jalón s.m.• posta s.f.• poste s.m.• puesta s.f.v.• apostar v.• estacar v.
I steɪk1) ( pole) estaca fto be burned at the stake — ser* quemado en la hoguera
to pull up stakes — (AmE colloq) levantar campamento
2)a) ( bet) apuesta fthe stakes are high — es mucho lo que está en juego
to be at stake — estar* en juego
b) ( interest)to have a stake in a company — tener* participación or intereses en una compañía
we parents naturally have a stake in our children's future — como padres es natural que nos incumba el futuro de nuestros hijos
3) stakes pl
II
1) ( risk) \<\<money/reputation/life\>\> jugarse*to stake something ON something: I'd stake my last dime on it — me jugaría hasta el último centavo a que es así
2)a) ( mark with stakes) marcar* con estacas, estacar*b) \<\<tree/plant\>\> arrodrigar*•Phrasal Verbs:[steɪk]1. N1) (=bet) apuesta f•
to be at stake — estar en juegothere's a lot at stake in this — es mucho lo que está en juego, hay mucho en juego
he has got a lot at stake, there is a lot at stake for him — es mucho lo que se está jugando
the issue at stake — el asunto en cuestión, el asunto de que se trata
•
the stakes are high — (lit) se apuesta fuerte, las apuestas son muy elevadas; (fig) es mucho lo que está en juego, hay mucho en juegoto play for high stakes — (lit) apostar fuerte; (fig) tener mucho en juego
•
to raise the stakes — (Gambling) subir la apuestadevelopments that raised the stakes in the elections — acontecimientos que hicieron más aventuradas las elecciones
2) (=interest)a) (Econ) participación f•
he bought a 12 per cent stake in the company — compró un 12 por ciento de participación en la compañíab) (fig)•
every employee has a stake in the success of the firm — a todos los empleados les interesa que la empresa sea un éxito3) stakesa) (=race) carrera de caballos en la que el dinero del premio lo han puesto los propietarios de los caballos ; (=prize money) bote mb) (fig)•
he is still in front in the popularity stakes — sigue siendo el más popular de todos•
to be burned at the stake, die at the stake — morir en la hoguera2. VT1) (=bet) [+ money, jewels] jugarse, apostar; (fig) [+ one's reputation, life] jugarse•
to stake one's reputation on sth — jugarse la reputación en algo2) (with posts)a) (=delimit) [+ area, path, line] marcar con estacas, señalar con estacas- stake a or one's claim towith this win he has staked his claim for a place in the final — con esta victoria se ha asegurado un puesto en la final
* * *
I [steɪk]1) ( pole) estaca fto be burned at the stake — ser* quemado en la hoguera
to pull up stakes — (AmE colloq) levantar campamento
2)a) ( bet) apuesta fthe stakes are high — es mucho lo que está en juego
to be at stake — estar* en juego
b) ( interest)to have a stake in a company — tener* participación or intereses en una compañía
we parents naturally have a stake in our children's future — como padres es natural que nos incumba el futuro de nuestros hijos
3) stakes pl
II
1) ( risk) \<\<money/reputation/life\>\> jugarse*to stake something ON something: I'd stake my last dime on it — me jugaría hasta el último centavo a que es así
2)a) ( mark with stakes) marcar* con estacas, estacar*b) \<\<tree/plant\>\> arrodrigar*•Phrasal Verbs: -
99 Stimme
f; -, -n1. voice (auch Singstimme und fig.); mit lauter / bebender Stimme in a loud / trembling voice; gut bei Stimme sein be in good voice; die Stimme verlieren lose one’s voice; jemandes Stimme imitieren mimic s.o.’s voice; mit verstellter Stimme in a disguised voice; eine innere Stimme an inner voice; der Stimme des Herzens / Gewissens folgen obey the dictates of one’s heart / conscience3. (Meinung) voice, opinion; (Sprecher) speaker, voice; die Stimmen der Presse press comments; die Stimme des Volkes the voice of the people; die Stimme der Öffentlichkeit public opinion; es gibt Stimmen, die... there are those who...; es mehren sich die Stimmen dagegen there’s mounting opposition (among the public etc.); es mehren sich die Stimmen, dass more and more people are of the opinion that4. Wahl: vote; eine Stimme haben have a vote; Abgeordneter etc. ohne Stimme without a vote; seine Stimme abgeben cast one’s vote, vote; jemandem seine Stimme geben vote for s.o., give s.o. one’s vote; Stimmen werben canvass (for votes); sich der Stimme enthalten abstain (from voting); abgeben I 9, entscheidend II* * *die Stimme(Geräusch) voice;(Musikpartitur) part;(Wahl) vote* * *Stịm|me ['ʃtɪmə]f -, -n1) voice; (MUS = Part) part; (= Orgelstimme) register; (fig) (= Meinungsäußerung) voice; (= Sprachrohr) mouthpiece, voice; (liter = Ruf) callmit leiser/lauter Stimme — in a soft/loud voice
gut/nicht bei Stimme sein — to be in good/bad voice
erste/zweite/dritte Stimme (in Chor) — first/second/third part
bei einem Lied die erste/zweite Stimme singen — to sing the top part or melody of/the descant to a song
die Stimmen mehren sich, die... — there is a growing body of (public) opinion that..., there is a growing number of people calling for...
die Stimme(n) der Glocken/Geigen (liter) — the sound of the bells/violins
eine Stimme aus dem Dunkel/Exil — a voice out of the darkness/from exile
der Stimme der Natur folgen (euph hum) (= seine Notdurft verrichten) (= dem Geschlechtstrieb nachgeben) — to answer the call of nature to give way to a natural urge
der Stimme der Vernunft folgen — to be guided by reason, to listen to the voice of reason
2) (= Wahlstimme, Votum) voteseine Stimme abgeben — to cast one's vote, to vote
jdm/einer Partei seine Stimme geben — to vote for sb/a party
40% der Stimmen erhalten — to receive 40% of the vote(s)
See:* * *die1) (in music, the notes to be played or sung by a particular instrument or voice: the violin part.) part2) (the sounds from the mouth made in speaking or singing: He has a very deep voice; He spoke in a quiet/loud/angry/kind voice.) voice3) (the voice regarded as the means of expressing opinion: The voice of the people should not be ignored; the voice of reason/conscience.) voice* * *Stim·me<-, -n>[ˈʃtɪmə]f1. (Art des Sprechens) voicedu hast heute so eine heisere \Stimme you are [or your voice is] very hoarse todaymit bestimmter \Stimme sprechen to speak in a particular [tone of] voicesprich nicht mit so lauter \Stimme, man könnte uns hören! don't speak so loudly, someone might hear us!er sprach mit erstickter Stimme there was a catch in his voicemit leiser \Stimme sprechen to speak in a quiet [tone of] voice [or quietly]mit honigsüßer \Stimme sprechen to speak in honeyed tones2. (sprechender Mensch) voiceda rief doch eben eine \Stimme! there was [or I heard] a voice calling!3. POL votedie entscheidende \Stimme the deciding voteungültige \Stimme invalid voteseine \Stimme [für jdn/etw] abgeben to vote [for sb/sth]eine/keine \Stimme haben to have/not have a vote4. (Meinungsäußerung) voicees werden \Stimmen laut, die sich gegen das Projekt aussprechen voices are being raised against the projectdie \Stimmen, die mit dieser Politik nicht einverstanden sind, mehren sich the number of voices not in favour of this policy is increasing5. (Gefühl)die \Stimme des Herzens/der Vernunft/des Gewissens the voice of one's heart/of reason/of one's consciencehöre auf die \Stimme deines Herzens listen to [the voice of] your heart* * *die; Stimme, Stimmen1) voiceder Stimme der Vernunft folgen — (fig.) listen to the voice of reason
der Stimme des Herzens/Gewissens folgen — (fig. geh.) follow [the dictates of] one's heart/conscience
2) (Meinung) voice3) (bei Wahlen, auch Stimmrecht) vote* * *1. voice (auch Singstimme und fig);mit lauter/bebender Stimme in a loud/trembling voice;gut bei Stimme sein be in good voice;die Stimme verlieren lose one’s voice;jemandes Stimme imitieren mimic sb’s voice;mit verstellter Stimme in a disguised voice;eine innere Stimme an inner voice;der Stimme des Herzens/Gewissens folgen obey the dictates of one’s heart/consciencedie Stimmen der Presse press comments;die Stimme des Volkes the voice of the people;die Stimme der Öffentlichkeit public opinion;es gibt Stimmen, die … there are those who …;es mehren sich die Stimmen dagegen there’s mounting opposition (among the public etc);es mehren sich die Stimmen, dass more and more people are of the opinion that4. Wahl: vote;eine Stimme haben have a vote;Abgeordneter etcohne Stimme without a vote;seine Stimme abgeben cast one’s vote, vote;jemandem seine Stimme geben vote for sb, give sb one’s vote;Stimmen werben canvass (for votes);* * *die; Stimme, Stimmen1) voiceder Stimme der Vernunft folgen — (fig.) listen to the voice of reason
der Stimme des Herzens/Gewissens folgen — (fig. geh.) follow [the dictates of] one's heart/conscience
2) (Meinung) voice3) (bei Wahlen, auch Stimmrecht) vote* * *-n f.voice n.vote n. -
100 despistado
adj.disoriented, lost, at wits end, clueless.past part.past participle of spanish verb: despistar.* * *1→ link=despistar despistar► adjetivo1 (distraído) absent-minded2 (confundido) confused3 (desorientado) lost■ estoy despistado, ya no sé dónde estamos I'm lost, I don't know where we are► nombre masculino,nombre femenino1 absent-minded person, scatterbrain\hacerse el/la despistado,-a to pretend not to understand* * *despistado, -a1. ADJ1) (=distraído) vague, absentminded2) (=confuso) confused, muddled2.SM / F (=distraído) scatterbrain, absent-minded person* * *I- da adjetivo1)a) [ser] vague, absentmindedb) [estar]estaba or iba despistado — I was miles away (colloq) o daydreaming
2) [estar] (desorientado, confuso) bewildered, lostII- da masculino, femenino scatterbrain (colloq)* * *= absent-minded, scatterbrain, clueless, moony [moonier -comp., mooniest -sup.], dreamy [dreamier -comp., dreamiest -sup.], in a fog, ditzy [ditzier -comp., ditziest -sup.], ditz, dits, ditsy [ditsier -comp., ditsiest -sup.], airhead, airheaded.Ex. The academic library is the natural habitat of the absent-minded professor.Ex. A 'characterology' can be created, from the author who is himself a precise archivist to the scatterbrain who throws nothing away.Ex. He was standing around clueless, being introduced to a bunch of people he wouldn't remember in the morning.Ex. I know for certain I was moony and lonely, feeling dissatisfied with myself, and wanted only to be alone that night.Ex. Puberty, he describes as ' dreamy and sentimental' and though this may seem a far cry from the teenagers we would recognize that adolescence brings an awakening of emotions, idealism and commitment to a romantic ideal.Ex. After practice, however, the usually affable Jackson looked to be in a fog as he prepared to walk to his locker.Ex. She might be a ditz, you can do that with the money she makes, if she wasn't so rich she'd be just another ditzy broad.Ex. She might be a ditz, you can do that with the money she makes, if she wasn't so rich she'd be just another ditzy broad.Ex. But then again, there are thousands of such ditses out there that need mental help.Ex. If there is a stereo type for ditsy blondes she really has gone out of her way to fit it perfectly.Ex. Some people like airheads with fake boobs.Ex. She's just an airheaded bimbo, with an endless capacity to push aside unpleasant realities in favor of her more satisfying interests: young men and jewels.* * *I- da adjetivo1)a) [ser] vague, absentmindedb) [estar]estaba or iba despistado — I was miles away (colloq) o daydreaming
2) [estar] (desorientado, confuso) bewildered, lostII- da masculino, femenino scatterbrain (colloq)* * *= absent-minded, scatterbrain, clueless, moony [moonier -comp., mooniest -sup.], dreamy [dreamier -comp., dreamiest -sup.], in a fog, ditzy [ditzier -comp., ditziest -sup.], ditz, dits, ditsy [ditsier -comp., ditsiest -sup.], airhead, airheaded.Ex: The academic library is the natural habitat of the absent-minded professor.
Ex: A 'characterology' can be created, from the author who is himself a precise archivist to the scatterbrain who throws nothing away.Ex: He was standing around clueless, being introduced to a bunch of people he wouldn't remember in the morning.Ex: I know for certain I was moony and lonely, feeling dissatisfied with myself, and wanted only to be alone that night.Ex: Puberty, he describes as ' dreamy and sentimental' and though this may seem a far cry from the teenagers we would recognize that adolescence brings an awakening of emotions, idealism and commitment to a romantic ideal.Ex: After practice, however, the usually affable Jackson looked to be in a fog as he prepared to walk to his locker.Ex: She might be a ditz, you can do that with the money she makes, if she wasn't so rich she'd be just another ditzy broad.Ex: She might be a ditz, you can do that with the money she makes, if she wasn't so rich she'd be just another ditzy broad.Ex: But then again, there are thousands of such ditses out there that need mental help.Ex: If there is a stereo type for ditsy blondes she really has gone out of her way to fit it perfectly.Ex: Some people like airheads with fake boobs.Ex: She's just an airheaded bimbo, with an endless capacity to push aside unpleasant realities in favor of her more satisfying interests: young men and jewels.* * *1 [ SER] forgetful, absent-mindedtendrás que recordárselo, es muy despistado you'll have to remind him, he's very absent-minded o forgetful o he tends to forget thingssoy muy despistado para los nombres I never remember names, I'm hopeless with names ( colloq)2 [ ESTAR]:estaba or iba despistado y me pasé de la parada I was miles away o I was daydreaming and I missed my stop ( colloq)B [ ESTAR] (desorientado, confuso) bewildered, lostcon tantos cambios estoy despistado I'm bewildered by o I'm all at sea with all these changestodavía anda un poco despistado he hasn't quite found his feet yet, he's still a bit lost o disorientedmasculine, femininescatterbrain ( colloq)es un despistado he's a scatterbrain, he's very absent-minded o forgetfulno te hagas la despistada don't act as if you don't know what I'm talking about* * *
Del verbo despistar: ( conjugate despistar)
despistado es:
el participio
Multiple Entries:
despistado
despistar
despistado◊ -da adjetivo
b)◊ estar despistado to be miles away (colloq) o daydreaming;
(desorientado, confuso) to be bewildered o lost
■ sustantivo masculino, femenino
scatterbrain (colloq)
despistar ( conjugate despistar) verbo transitivo
‹ sabueso› to throw … off the scent
despistarse verbo pronominal ( confundirse) to get confused o muddled;
( distraerse) to lose concentration
despistado,-a
I adjetivo
1 (olvidadizo) scatterbrained, absent-minded: Jorge es muy despistado, nunca se acuerda de dónde ha aparcado el coche, Jorge is absent-minded; he never remembers where he parked his car
2 (desorientado) confused: estoy un poco despistado, ¿dónde nos encontramos ahora?, I'm a bit confused - where are we?
II sustantivo masculino y femenino scatterbrain: me hago la despistada, I pretend not to understand
despistar verbo transitivo
1 (hacer perder la pista) to lose, throw off the scent
2 figurado to mislead
' despistado' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
despistada
- distraída
- distraído
- hacerse
- alocado
- atolondrado
English:
absent-minded
- careless
- forgetful
- hopelessly
- scatterbrained
- sea
- absent
- vague
* * *despistado, -a♦ adj1. [por naturaleza] absent-minded;soy muy despistado para los cumpleaños I'm hopeless at remembering birthdays2. [momentáneamente] distracted;en ese momento estaba despistado y no la vi I was distracted at the time and didn't see her3. [confuso] muddled, mixed up;aún se le ve despistado he still looks a bit lost o as if he doesn't quite know what he's doing;nos tenías despistados a todos you had us all fooled♦ nm,fes una despistada she's very absent-minded;hacerse el despistado to act as if one hasn't noticed/heard/understood/ etc;no te hagas el despistado, te hablo a ti stop acting as if you haven't heard, I'm talking to you* * *I adj scatterbrainedII m, despistada f scatterbrain* * *despistado, -da adj1) distraído: absentminded, forgetful2) confuso: confused, bewildereddespistado, -da n: scatterbrain, absentminded person* * *despistado adj absent minded
См. также в других словарях:
Natural scientific research in Canada — This article outlines the history of natural scientific research in Canada, including mathematics, physics, astronomy, space science, geology, oceanography, chemistry, biology, medical research and psychology. The social sciences are not treated… … Wikipedia
Natural language processing — (NLP) is a field of computer science and linguistics concerned with the interactions between computers and human (natural) languages; it began as a branch of artificial intelligence.[1] In theory, natural language processing is a very attractive… … Wikipedia
Natural family planning — This article is about methods of family planning approved by the Catholic Church. For a more general use of the term, see fertility awareness. Natural family planning Background Birth control type behavioral First use Ancient: calendar, LAM mid… … Wikipedia
Natural Monuments of South Korea — This list is incomplete; you can help by expanding it. Natural Monuments of South Korea Hangul 천연기념물 Hanja … Wikipedia
Natural selection — For other uses, see Natural Selection (disambiguation). Part of a series on Evolutionary Biology … Wikipedia
Natural gas storage — Natural gas, like many other commodities, can be stored for an indefinite period of time in natural gas storage facilities for later consumption. Contents 1 Usage 2 Measures and definitions 3 Types 3.1 … Wikipedia
Natural history — For other uses, see Natural history (disambiguation). Naturalist redirects here. For other uses, see Naturalist (disambiguation). Tables of natural history, from the 1728 Cyclopaedia Natural history is the scientific research of p … Wikipedia
Natural number — Natural numbers can be used for counting (one apple, two apples, three apples, ...) from top to bottom. In mathematics, the natural numbers are the ordinary whole numbers used for counting ( there are 6 coins on the table ) and ordering ( this is … Wikipedia
Natural Law — • In English this term is frequently employed as equivalent to the laws of nature, meaning the order which governs the activities of the material universe. Among the Roman jurists natural law designated those instincts and emotions common to man… … Catholic encyclopedia
Natural pool — This German swimming pond highlights how NSPs can be designed to resemble a part of the surrounding environs … Wikipedia
Natural afro-hair — Natural hair, black hair, and afro textured hair are terms used to refer to the texture of Black peopleNative Africans hair that has not been altered chemically (by perming, relaxing, straightening, bleaching or coloring). Not all people of… … Wikipedia